CIRCUIT SYSTEMS INC
8-K, 1997-08-08
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
Previous: COMMERCE NATIONAL CORP, 10-Q, 1997-08-08
Next: ADAMS JOHN LIFE CORP, 10QSB, 1997-08-08



<PAGE>

                            UNITED STATES
                 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                       Washington, D.C.  20549

                              Form 8-K

                           CURRENT REPORT

  Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)  of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

  Date of Report (Date of Earliest event reported):  July 24, 1997


                        CIRCUIT SYSTEMS, INC.
         ---------------------------------------------------
        Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter

       Illinois                    0-15047                 36-2663010
  --------------------------     ---------------           -----------------
(State or other jurisdiction    (Commission File          (IRS Employer
       of incorporation)            Number)            Identification Number)

                       2350 East Lunt Avenue,
                  Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007

                            847/439-1999
         --------------------------------------------------
         Registrant's telephone number, including area code

                                 N/A
      ----------------------------------------------------------
     (Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

   ITEM 2.   ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

            On  July  24,  1997,  Circuit  Systems  of  Tennessee,  a
  Tennessee limited partnership ("CST, L.P."), purchased the  printed
  circuit board ("pcb") manufacturing  operation of Philips  Consumer
  Electronics Company ("PCEC"), a  division of Philips North  America
  Operation.  The  purchase  consisted  of  all  of  the   inventory,
  equipment and  93,360 square  foot  plant located  in  Greeneville,
  Tennessee, which is primarily utilized  for the production of  pcbs
  for Philips television sets in North  America.  The agreement  also
  requires  PCEC  to   purchase  all  of   its  North  American   pcb
  requirements for television sets from CST, L.P. for two years after
  the closing.

       CST, L.P. was formed as a Tennessee limited partnership on May
  19, 1997.  Circuit  Systems of Tennessee, Inc.  ("CST, Inc.") is  a
  Tennessee corporation organized on May 19, 1997 for the purpose  of
  being the corporate general partner of CST, L.P.  CST, Inc. owns 1%
  of the  units  of  CST, L.P.  Circuit  Systems,  Inc.  ("CSI"),  an
  Illinois corporation, the  sole limited  partner, owns  99% of  the
  units of CST, L.P. and is the sole shareholder of CST, Inc.
<PAGE>

       Philips and CST, L.P. signed a Real Estate and Asset  Purchase
  and Sale Agreement  (the "Agreement") on  July 24, 1997,  providing
  for the sale of  the real estate and  improvements located at  1515
  Industrial  Road,  Greeneville,  Tennessee  (the  "Real   Estate"),
  inventory, all equipment and machinery (the "Equipment"), all  used
  in  connection   with  Philips'   PCB  business   located  at   its
  Greeneville, Tennessee facility  (collectively, the "Assets").  The
  purchase price for the Assets under the Agreement was  $10,000,000,
  payable in  cash at  closing.   CST,  L.P. assumed  no  liabilities
  except Philips' obligations under the personal property leases  for
  leased equipment included in the sale.

       CST, L.P. and  Philips entered  into a  Printed Circuit  Board
  Purchase Agreement pursuant to which CST, L.P. will manufacture and
  sell to Philips all  of its PCB  requirements for its  Greeneville,
  Tennessee and Juarez, Mexico, projection and direct view television
  manufacturing production. The minimum purchase requirements are for
  2,000,000 television sets for each of the next two years.

       American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago lent  CST,
  L.P. $10,000,000  for  the purpose  of  acquiring the  assets.  CSI
  guaranteed all of the obligations of CST, L.P. and CST, Inc.

  ITEM 7.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

            (a) and (b) Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired

       Circuit Systems will file  financial statements and pro  forma
  financial information within 60 days of the date of this report.

            (c) Exhibits

  2.1    Real Estate  and Asset  Purchase  and Sale  Agreement  between
         Circuit Systems of  Tennessee, L.P. and  Philips Electronics  North
         America Corporation dated July 24, 1997

  10.1   Quality Agreement between Circuit  Systems of Tennessee,  L.P.
         and Philips Electronics North America Corporation dated July 24, 1997

  10.2   Printed  Circuit  Board  Purchase  Agreement  Between  Circuit
         Systems of Tennessee,  L.P. and Philips  Electronics North  America
         Corporation dated July 24, 1997.

  10.3   Agreement between Circuit Systems of Tennessee, L.P. and Local
         796 of the International Union of Electronic, Electrical, Salaried,
         Machine and Furniture Workers, AFL-CIO dated July 25, 1997

  10.4   Loan and Security Agreement

  10.5   Deed of Trust Note in the amount of $2,800,000<PAGE>

  10.6   Installment Note (Secured) in the amount of $2,270,0000

  10.7   Security Agreement

<PAGE>

  10.8   Continuing  Pledge  Agreement  relating  to  Circuit  Systems,
         Inc.'s 400,000 shares of SigmaTron International, Inc. assigned to
         American National Bank as additional security

  10.9   Master Lease [for equipment in the amount of $4,930,000]

  10.10  Circuit Systems, Inc. Guaranty

  10.11  Circuit Systems of Tennessee, Inc. Guaranty



                             SIGNATURES

       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
  1934, the Registrant has  duly caused this report  to be signed  on
  its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorize.

       Date:          August 7, 1997


                                                 Circuit Systems, Inc.       
                                                    (Registrant)

                                                /s/ D.S. Patel                  
                                               D.S. Patel, President and 
                                               Chief Executive Officer
  
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

        REAL ESTATE AND ASSET PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT



     THIS REAL ESTATE AND ASSET PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
(hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of the 24th day of July, 1997, by and between CIRCUIT
SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P., a Tennessee limited partnership (the
"Buyer"), and PHILIPS ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation with offices in Knoxville, Tennessee (the
"Seller").

                      W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to
purchase from Seller, certain assets (the "Assets") described herein
and relating to the manufacture of printed circuit boards, and in
connection therewith Buyer is willing to assume certain liabilities
of Seller relating to such assets, all upon the terms, conditions
and provisions set forth herein; and

      WHEREAS following the closing of the purchase sale of the
Assets, Buyer desires to manufacture and sell to Seller and Seller
desires to purchase from Buyer printed circuit boards ("PCB")
pursuant to a Printed Circuit Board Purchase Agreement between Buyer
and Seller, of even date (the "PCB Purchase Agreement");

     NOW, THEREFORE, FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the foregoing and
the premises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Buyer and Seller agree
as follows:

                           SECTION 1
                 PURCHASE, SALE, AND AGREEMENTS

S1.        Assets Purchased.  Buyer agrees to purchase and pay for
and Seller agrees to sell, assign, transfer and convey to Buyer on
the Closing (as defined in Section 6.1), for the consideration
specified in Section 3 hereof, the following Assets (as the same
shall exist at the time of Closing) except Excluded Assets (as
defined herein), as follows:

     SA.             Real Estate.  All of Seller's right, title and
     interest in and to those certain tracts of real property being
     the site of the printed circuit board manufacturing facility
     owned by Seller in Greeneville, Greene County, Tennessee
     (hereinafter referred to as the "PCB Facility" or "Greeneville
     Facility"), as more particularly described in various parcels
     constituting Schedule 1.1A hereto, consisting of approximately
     ten (10) acres, together with all and any rights and
     appurtenances pertaining to such real property, including any
     right, title, and interest of Seller in and to adjacent
     streets, easements, alleys, and rights-of-way and subject to
     the Permitted Encumbrances (all of such real property rights
     and appurtenances being hereinafter referred to as the "Real
     Property");
<PAGE>
     SB.           Improvements.  All improvements, structures and
     fixtures currently situated upon the Real Property, including
     without limitation the PCB manufacturing facilities of
     approximately ninety-three thousand (93,000) square feet, and
     all other properties or property interests normally included in
     the sale of real estate, including but not being limited to
     heating, air conditioning, electrical, plumbing fixtures,
     drinking fountains, sprinkler systems, bus ducts, dock
     levelers, signs, fire extinguishers, alarm and security systems
     and motion detectors, environmental process equipment,
     electrical disconnects and lines, kitchen equipment, and with
     respect to such improvements, all building plans and
     specifications, operating contracts, warranties, permits, soil
     reports, surveys, maps, or environmental studies or
     assessments, and all reports associated therewith (hereinafter
     referred to as the "Improvements"); 

     SC.       Equipment.  All equipment, machinery, furniture,      
     furnishings, and other tangible personal property owned by the
     Seller currently situated upon the Real Property or
     Improvements or used or to be used in connection therewith at
     the PCB Facility, including without limitation those certain
     items of tangible personal property identified in Schedule 1.1C
     hereto (all of such tangible personal property to be sold
     hereto being hereinafter referred to as the "Equipment"), but
     excluding the tooling, dies, equipment and other intangible
     personal property shown in Schedule 1.1C-1 (the "Excluded
     Equipment").  The Equipment shall include, without limitation,
     the paper phenolic machinery equipment described in
     Section 1.1C-2;

     SD.             Inventory, Work in Progress.  As such items are
     located at the Greeneville Facility at the time of closing, all
     right, title and interest of Seller in all inventory and work
     in progress (collectively, the "Inventory"), as set forth in
     Sections 1.6 and 4.1P hereof which shall be transferred at
     Closing to Buyer.  There will be no finished goods inventory
     transferred to Buyer in this transaction.

     SE.           Personal Property Leases.  All right, title and
     interest of Seller as lessee (or sublessee), in, to and under
     the leases of personal property (including without limitation
     leases for certain manufacturing equipment) listed in Schedule
     1.1E hereto (leases described in this paragraph being
     individually a "Personal Property Lease" and collectively the
     "Personal Property Leases"); at Closing Buyer will assume all
     of Seller's obligations under any and all of the Personal
     Property Leases;

     SF.       Other Contracts.   All right, title and interest of  
     Seller in, to and under the sales orders, purchase orders and
     other contracts described in Schedule 1.1F hereto (the "Other
     Contracts").
<PAGE>
     All of the foregoing assets to be purchased by Buyer from
Seller are referred to herein as the "Assets".  Buyer is not
purchasing any other assets of Seller.  Any and all other assets of
Seller not expressly included herein, including the Excluded
Equipment, utility deposits, insurance deposits, any other
regulatory deposit (if any), and other excluded property
specifically listed in Schedule 1.1, shall be referred to as the
"Excluded Assets."  A portion of the Excluded Assets consists of
certain know-how, patents, inventions, formulae, patterns, designs,
and other intangible property that is confidential and contains
trade secrets of Seller pertaining (i) to the operation and
maintenance of the Improvements and Equipment (the "Process IP"), and
(ii) specifically to the design and production of products for 
Seller (the "Design IP"), all of which is more specifically
described in Schedule 1.1C (collectively, the "Intellectual                    
Property").  To the extent the Intellectual Property is necessary to
operate the Improvements and the Equipment or to produce products
for Seller under the PCB Purchase Agreement, Seller shall grant a
nonexclusive, non-transferable license to Buyer to use such
Intellectual Property, as further set forth in Section 1.7 hereof.              

S1.2    Purchase Price.  At Closing, Buyer agrees to pay in the       
aggregate to Seller as the purchase price for the Assets an amount
equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) (the "Purchase Price"). 
The full Purchase Price, plus or minus prorations, shall be paid to
Seller at Closing by certified check or wire transfer of immediately
available funds.

S1.3    Non-Refundable Exclusivity Fee.  As consideration for      
Seller's grant to Buyer of the exclusive right to purchase the
Assets, pursuant to the terms hereof, on or prior to July 25, 1997,
Buyer has, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, paid
to Seller a non-refundable earnest money fee of $250,000 (the
"Fee").  If Buyer does not close this transaction by July 25, 1997,
for any reason other than failure to sign a collective bargaining
agreement for a three (3) year period following a good faith effort
by Buyer to achieve such agreement and without regard to acts or
omissions of Buyer, then the Fee shall be retained by Seller and
this Agreement shall terminate.  If the transaction contemplated by
this Agreement does close on or prior to July 25, 1997, then the
purchase price shall be reduced by the amount of the Fee.

S1.4    Additional Documents and Information.  Seller shall furnish
to Buyer, at Seller's sole cost and expense, within ten (10) days
after the date of this Agreement, the following documents and
information which are in the possession of Seller:

          SA.  Copies of any plans and specifications for the
Improvements, surveys, maintenance, service, and operating
contracts, phase one environmental site assessments, notices,
correspondence from governmental or regulatory agencies or bodies
pertaining to the Real Property; and
<PAGE>
          SB.  Copies of any warranties in Seller's possession          
pertaining to the Improvements or the Equipment. 

          SC.  Seller agrees to respond to the requests of Grant,          
Thornton (Buyer's accountants) for certain lists of assets,
products, inventory, and other items; provided, however, that such
lists or any other similar data shall not be considered or construed
as financial statements of Seller.  Seller expressly disclaims any
responsibility for producing any financial statements for Seller or
for the Printed Circuit Board operations of Seller, as Seller has no
such records.  Buyer acknowledges that reference or utilization of
any similar lists or data or materials in the creation of any
financial forecasts, statements or other conclusory compilations are
made without any participation, direction or review by Seller, and
Buyer assumes sole responsibility for such forecasts.

S1.5    Permitted Encumbrances.  As used in this Agreement, the term
"Permitted Encumbrances" shall mean:

          SA.  Current personal property, assessments, and real
property taxes for the year 1996; and

          SB.  Such covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements,          
rights-of-way, title exceptions and other matters presently existing
and/or disclosed in the Preliminary Report and Survey, both as
defined hereinafter.

          SC.  Such mechanics, materialman, warehouseman, carrier or
similar liens, statutory or otherwise, which will not materially
impair the inventory or the use of the inventory in the production
of PCB at the PCB Facility.

S1.6   Inventory. Seller and Buyer agree to mutually determine by
physical inventory the raw material inventory and work-in-process
inventory at the PCB Facility as of the time of Closing. 


S1.7    Grant of License.

          SA.   Subject to the terms hereof, Seller hereby grants to    
Buyer and Buyer hereby accepts, a nonexclusive license (the
"License") to use the Process IP at the PCB Facility for the sole
purpose of operating and maintaining the PCB Facility and for the
purpose of manufacturing PCB products, and to use the Design IP
solely and exclusively for the manufacture of products for Seller.

          SB.   The License for use of the Design IP shall have a
term expiring upon the later of termination of the PCB Purchase
Agreement or at such time as Seller is no longer purchasing Products
from Buyer.
<PAGE>
          SC.  Buyer acknowledges that the Design Intellectual          
Property includes valuable confidential and secret information of
Seller, the development of which required the expenditure of
considerable time and money by Seller.  Buyer shall treat the Design
Intellectual Property in confidence and shall not use, copy, or
disclose to any third party, or permit any of its personnel to use
the same to any extent or for any purpose that is not specifically
authorized under this Agreement.  Buyer shall not disclose any
information about the Design Intellectual Property, including the
Intellectual Property itself, to any third party without the prior
written consent of Seller.

          SD.  Buyer shall not permit any personnel of Buyer to
remove any proprietary or other legend or restrictive notice
contained or included in the Intellectual Property, and Buyer shall
not permit Buyer personnel to copy the Intellectual Property except
as specifically authorized hereunder.  Buyer will reproduce and
maintain Seller's copyright and proprietary notices on any copy
(whether complete or partial) of the Intellectual Property permitted
by this Agreement.

          SE.  Buyer shall limit use of and access to the
Intellectual Property to such personnel of Buyer directly involved
in the use thereof by Buyer.  Buyer shall disclose such information
only to personnel of Buyer who Buyer has no reason to believe are
untrustworthy or may violate the provisions of this Section 1.6. 
Buyer shall prevent all personnel of Buyer from having access to any
such information that is not required in the performance of their
duties for Buyer.  Buyer shall adopt reasonable security practices
to prevent unauthorized access to or use of the Intellectual
Property.

          SF.  Buyer shall not in any event use any of the Design IP
in the production of printed circuit boards or any other products
for any person other than Seller or its designee.

          SG.  To the extent any Intellectual Property is not owned
by Seller but is used pursuant to a licensing or other use agreement
between Seller and a third party, Seller shall make a good faith
reasonable commercial effort to obtain the consent of such third
party to a sublicense or assignment of such Intellectual Property to
Buyer. 
<PAGE>
                   DUE DILIGENCE INVESTIGATION

S2.1      Access to the Property; Investigations.  Buyer may, at any       
time during regular business hours prior to the Closing, through its
own employees, advisors, consultants, and other representatives
(provided that such parties have executed appropriate
confidentiality agreements), make such inspection and investigation
of the Real Property, Improvements and Equipment as it deems
necessary or advisable to familiarize itself with the Real Property,
Improvements and Equipment, and all other matters pertaining to the
Assets.  Such investigation may, but need not, include making an
independent environmental audit or investigation of the Real
Property and/or Improvements, the right to conduct such tests,
boring for water or soil samples, or conducting such other tests,
examinations, studies, assessments and analyses of the Real
Property, or any part or aspect thereof, as Buyer may deem or
determine necessary or advisable.  Buyer shall indemnify and hold
Seller harmless from and against any liens, claims, costs or
liabilities arising from any activities of Buyer or its employees,
contractors, or agents upon the Real Property.  If Buyer or its
agents or representatives causes any damage to any of the Assets
during its investigation thereof, and if for any reason the Closing
shall not occur, Buyer shall restore the Real Property,
Improvements, or Equipment, as the case may be, to the condition
that existed prior to such investigation.


 
                      CONDITIONS OF CLOSING

  S3.1  Conditions to Buyer's Obligations.  The obligations of Buyer       
under this Agreement to purchase the Assets are subject to the
fulfillment of the following conditions prior to or at the Closing:
<PAGE>
        SA.     Twenty (20) days prior to the Closing, Buyer shall          
have received a current commitment for title insurance at Buyer's
expense (hereinafter the "Preliminary Report"), issued by a title
insurance company satisfactory Buyer (hereinafter the "Title
Company"), covering the Real Property.  Buyer shall within ten
(10) days after Buyer's receipt of the Survey (defined in B. below)
and the Preliminary Report, give written notice to Seller specifying
any and each title exception contained in the Preliminary Report or
on the Survey which is objectionable to Buyer.  If Buyer notifies
Seller of any objectionable title exception, then Seller may cause
each such objectionable title exception to be removed or cured prior
to the Closing; provided, however, that if any such objectionable
title exception cannot be so removed or cured by the date on which
the Closing is scheduled to occur, or should Seller elect not to
undertake such action as will cause the objectionable title
exception to be removed or cured, then Buyer shall elect (i) to
waive each such objectionable title exception which cannot be
removed and proceed with the Closing, or (ii) to terminate this
Agreement and all of the rights and obligations of the parties
hereunder.  At the Closing, or as soon thereafter as practicable,
Title Company shall issue to Buyer an ALTA Owner's Policy of Title
Insurance in an amount as determined by Buyer, not less than the
then appraised value of the Real Property, insuring that title to
the Real Property is vested in Buyer, subject only to the Permitted
Encumbrances.  Said title insurance policy shall provide extended
coverage over general exceptions and shall contain such endorsements
as Buyer's counsel shall reasonably require.

          SB.    Buyer shall commission at Buyer's cost and expense a          
survey (hereinafter referred to as the "Survey").  The Survey shall
include the surveyors' certificate to Buyer in a form reasonably
acceptable to Buyer and Buyer's lender and as necessary for the
issuance of a policy of title insurance insuring Buyer and any
lender.

          SC.       Seller shall have performed and complied in all          
respects with its obligations, covenants, and agreements contained
in this Agreement, to be performed and complied with prior to the
Closing.

          SD.        There is no suit or proceeding which seeks to
restrain, prohibit, challenge, or obtain damages or other relief in
connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.
<PAGE>
          SE.        Seller shall have executed the PCB Purchase          
Agreement, and such bills of sale, endorsements, assignments, deeds
and other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance and
transfer, as are provided for herein, subject to any Permitted
Encumbrances, including the following:

               (1)  general bills of sale and assumption and
                    assignment agreements vesting in Buyer title 
                    to the Equipment and any other Asset of Seller 
                    transferred herein;
               
               (2)  assignments of the Personal Property Leases;

               (3)  endorsements and assignments of the Other Contracts;

               (4)  a quality agreement by and between Seller and
                    Buyer in the form attached hereto as Schedule 3.1E(4) 
                    (the "Quality Agreement");

        SF.   Seller shall have delivered or caused to be delivered          
to Buyer all such written consents or waivers necessary to permit
the assignment to Buyer, on the terms provided herein, of the rights
and obligations of Seller under the Personal Property Leases and the
Other Contracts and the assumption of the liabilities thereunder by
Buyer.

        SG.   The Board of Directors of Seller shall have taken all
corporate action necessary to effectuate the Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby, and Seller shall have furnished
Buyer with certified copies of the resolutions duly adopted by
Seller's Board of Directors evidencing the same.

        SH.     Buyer shall have entered into an acceptable labor          
contract/collective bargaining agreement of at least two years
duration with the International Union of Electronic, Electrical,
Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers, AFL-CIO ("IUE") regarding
the provision of labor for the Greeneville Facility.  Said agreement
must be endorsed by Local 796 of the IUE and/or its officers or the
Administrator acting on its behalf.
<PAGE>
          In the event that any of such conditions shall not have
been satisfied at or prior to the Closing, or waived by Buyer (and
provided Buyer shall have fulfilled its obligations in connection
with such condition), then Buyer shall have the right, at Buyer's
option, to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of such
termination to Seller.  Buyer shall return to Seller all of the
materials provided to Buyer (including, without limitation, those
provided pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof), and Buyer and Seller each
shall be released from all further obligations and liabilities
hereunder.

S3.2      Conditions to Seller's Obligations.  The obligations of       
Seller under this Agreement to sell the Assets are subject to the
fulfillment of the following conditions:

          SA.  Buyer shall have performed and complied in all
respects with its obligations, covenants, and agreements contained
in this Agreement to be performed and complied with prior to the
Closing.

          SB.  There is no suit or proceeding which seeks to
restrain, prohibit, challenge, or obtain damages or other relief in
connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

          SC.  Buyer shall have executed the PCB Purchase Agreement,
and all agreements in connection therewith, including without
limitation, the Quality Agreement. 

          SD.  All actions, proceedings, instruments and documents
required to carry out the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or incidental hereto and all other related legal matters
shall be reasonably satisfactory to Seller and counsel for Seller. 
Buyer shall have delivered to Seller at Closing such documents and
other evidence as Seller may reasonably request in order to
establish the consummation of transactions relating to the
execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement, the
purchase, transfer and delivery of the Assets to be purchased
hereunder, the assumption by Buyer of all obligations and
liabilities contemplated by this Agreement, the taking of all
corporate and other proceedings in connection therewith and the
compliance with the conditions set forth herein, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller.

          SE.  The General Partner of Buyer shall have taken all          
action necessary to effectuate the Agreement and the other
transactions contemplated hereby, and Buyer shall have furnished the
Seller with certified copies of the resolutions duly adopted by
Buyer's General Partner evidencing the same.
<PAGE>
          In the event that any of such conditions shall not have
been satisfied at or prior to the Closing, or waived by Seller (and
provided Seller has fulfilled its obligations in connection with
such conditions), then Seller shall have the right, at Seller's
option, to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of such
termination to Buyer.  Buyer shall return to Seller the materials
provided to Buyer pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof, and Buyer and
Seller each shall be released from all further obligations and
liabilities hereunder.

S3.3   Casualty or Condemnation.  Buyer shall be bound to purchase       
the Assets for the full purchase price as required by the terms
hereof, without regard to the occurrence or effect of any damage to
or destruction of the Assets or partial condemnation of the Real
Property or Improvements occurring after the date hereof and prior
to the Closing, provided:

          SA.  The cost to repair any such damage or destruction
does not exceed ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($100,000.00) and is
repaired to the satisfaction of Buyer by Seller prior to the
Closing, or Seller assumes full responsibility for the repair and
restoration of the Real Property and Improvements in an agreement
satisfactory to Buyer at the Closing; and

          SB.  Any partial condemnation that does not affect Buyer's
intended operation and use of the PCB Facility; and

          SC.  If such damage or destruction exceeds ONE HUNDRED
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($100,000.00), or if any condemnation affects
Buyer's intended use of the Real Property and Improvements, then
Buyer may at its option either terminate this Agreement or
consummate the purchase at the purchase price specified in
Section 1.2 hereof, in which event Seller shall at Closing assign to
Buyer the insurance claims and proceeds thereof.  Buyer's option
must be exercised within twenty (20) days from the date on which
Buyer receives written notice from Seller of such damage or
destruction or condemnation.

  S3.    Employees.     

         SA.  (i)    Buyer agrees to offer employment to all active
bargaining unit employees who are employed by Seller at Plant 4, on
the date of the Sale.  If Buyer receives an insufficient number of
acceptances of its offers of employment from Seller's active
bargaining unit employees, Buyer will, to the extent necessary to
staff its operations, offer employment to Seller's employees who are
on the recall list at the time the sale occurs, who are qualified to
fill available openings and who make application to the Buyer.
<PAGE>
               (ii) Buyer agrees to offer employment to all of
Seller's salaried employees employed by Seller at Plant 4 on terms
to be established by Buyer.

               (iii)     So long as the affected applicant has given
written authorization to the review of his or her records in
Seller's possession, Seller will allow Buyer to have access to all
pertinent employment documents of Seller related to Seller's
employees including employment and disciplinary folders or records
at a corporate, plant, departmental or supervisory level, excluding
worker's compensation, medical information, or other information
protected by law.

        SB.     Employees of Seller who are offered and accept          
employment with Buyer will cease to be employees of Seller and
become employees of Buyer.  Buyer will have no obligation for
severance payments to any of Seller's former employees due to the
termination of employment by Seller and all obligations regarding
the employment relationship between Seller's former employees and
Seller shall be an obligation of Seller.

        SC.       Buyer shall be responsible for any and all          
liabilities and obligations related to its offers of employment to
Seller's former employees and all matters of employment
relationships between it and Seller's former employees.

        SD.    Seller agrees to comply with all of its obligations          
under the National Labor Relations Act, including, but not limited
to, its obligations to bargain over the decision and the effects of
the sale with the Union, bargaining agent for those in the
collective bargaining unit at the Greeneville Facility.  Seller and
Buyer agree to comply with all of their obligations under the Worker
Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act ("WARN").  Seller will
hold Buyer harmless from and against any damages or liability
arising out of Seller's conduct under the National Labor Relations
Act and the WARN statute related to the sale of the Greeneville
Facility.  Buyer will hold Seller harmless from and against any
damages or liability arising out of Buyer's conduct under the
National Labor Relations Act and the WARN statute related to the
sale of the Greeneville Facility.

         SE.   Should Seller incur any liability whatsoever due to          
Buyer's handling of labor and employment issues, Buyer agrees to
indemnify, defend, and hold Seller harmless from and against any
such liability.  Should Buyer incur any liability whatsoever, due to
Seller's handling of labor and employment issues, Seller agrees to
indemnify, defend and hold Buyer harmless from and against any such
liability. 
<PAGE>
         SF.   Buyer has determined that it will not be assuming the    
collective bargaining agreement that currently exists between Seller
and the Union, but Buyer does recognize the Union as the bargaining
agents for its hourly employees.  In anticipation of this
relationship, Buyer has entered into a collective bargaining
agreement with the International Union of Electronic, Electrical,
Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers, AFL-CIO which has been
endorsed by Local 796 of the IUE, its officers, or the Administrator
acting on its behalf as referenced in Section 3.1 M supra prior to
the sale.  This agreement covers wage rates and protects both Buyer
and Seller from interruption in the production and supply of
products because of strikes.


          SG.  As of the Closing, Buyer shall adopt, at its expense,
vacation, holiday and health insurance plans for its employees. 
Buyer will have no liability or obligation to pay or provide and
Seller will assume all liabilities and expenses for any vacation,
holiday, severance, health insurance, pension or other benefits
earned or accrued by Seller's former employees prior to the Closing.
 Buyer will assume all liability or obligations to pay for vacation,
holiday, severance or health insurance or other benefits claimed or
accruing by Seller's former employees for time worked after the
Closing.  Assets relating to Seller's benefit plans shall be
retained by Seller.

          SH.  The covenants of Buyer and Seller in this Section 3.4
are solely for the benefit of Buyer and Seller and are not intended
to create any right in any current or former employee of Seller, or
any of their beneficiaries or personal representatives, or any other
third party, including the Union.


S4.                        WARRANTIES

 S4.1     Seller's Warranties.  Seller hereby represents and warrants       
to Buyer that except as disclosed on Schedule 4.1: 

          SA.  Seller has good title to the Assets, subject only to
the Permitted Encumbrances.

          SB.  Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly          
existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware, and is qualified to do business in the State of Tennessee.
<PAGE>
          SC.  Seller has all corporate and legal right, power, and          
authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery of
this Agreement by Seller and consummation by Seller of the
transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of Seller. 
This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and
together with all other instruments and documents executed and
delivered by Seller at the Closing, constitute and will constitute
legal, valid, and binding agreements of Seller, enforceable in
accordance with their respective terms, except that: (i) enforcement 
may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, 
or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' 
rights generally; and (ii) the remedies of specific performance and 
injunctive relief and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to 
equitable defenses and other discretion of the court before which any 
proceeding therefor may be brought.

          SD.  Seller does not know and Seller has received no
notice of any litigation, proceeding, or investigation currently
pending or threatened, before any forum, court, body, department, or
agency, which may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on the transactions contemplated hereby or that might affect
Seller's authority to consummate such transactions.

          SE.  Seller has received no notice that the occupancy,
operation, and use of the Real Property and/or the Improvements
violate any applicable law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation,
policy order, or determination of any federal, state, local, or
other governmental authority ("Governmental Authority") or any board
of fire underwriters (or other body exercising similar functions),
or any restrictive covenant or deed restriction affecting any
portion of the Real Property and/or Improvements including, without
limitation, any applicable zoning ordinances and building codes,
flood disaster laws, wetlands laws or regulations.

          SF.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.1, Seller has
received no notice that the Real Property is not in compliance with
applicable environmental laws, regulation or policy relating to
environmental matters, including but not limited to the Clean Air
Act as amended, the Clean Water Act as amended, the Resource
Conservation Recovery Act of 1976 as amended, and the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as
amended, and applicable state and local environmental requirements.

          SG.  Seller has received no notice that the Real Property,           
or any portion thereof, is listed, proposed for listing, or eligible
for listing on the National Priority List under the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.
9601 Section et seq.), as amended, nor under any comparable listing
or designation of the State of Tennessee.
<PAGE>
          SH.    There are no maintenance, management, leasing,               
service agreements, or other contracts or agreements of any nature
relating to the Real Property which will be in effect at the
Closing, other than those provided by Seller to Buyer pursuant to
Section 1.3 hereof.

          SI.     There is no pending or threatened litigation or          
pending or contemplated condemnation proceedings known to Seller
which affect the Assets or any part thereof.

          SJ.     There are no municipal or other government
assessments against the Real Property other than current real
property taxes and Seller has not entered into any understanding or
agreement with any taxing or assessing authority with respect to the
imposition or deferment of any taxes or assessment relating to the
Real Property, except as disclosed in the Preliminary Report.

          SK.      No person, firm, or entity has rights in or to
acquire the Assets or any part thereof, and there is no agreement
other than this Agreement to sell the Assets.

          SL.  Seller has not received any notice of structural
defects or dangerous mechanical conditions which exist with respect
to the PCB Facility.  With respect to the Improvements and
Equipment, all mechanical equipment (including but not limited to
the air conditioning, heating, and electrical systems, and
plumbing), structural members, and utilities are in good condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted, and all mechanical equipment and
utilities are presently in serviceable and safe operating condition.

          SM.  Seller has not engaged any broker or finder in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and no broker's
or finder's fees or commissions are due or payable in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby.

          SN.  Seller has received no notice from any lessor or
third party of any condition of default in any term of the Personal
Property Lease(s) and Other Contract(s).

          SO.  Seller has good and marketable title to all of the          
Equipment, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges, security
interests, encumbrances or other interests of any third party other
than Permitted Encumbrances.  All of the Equipment is in good
condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and is
suitable for the present uses thereof.

          SP.  The inventories of Seller to be sold to Buyer will          
consist of items of a quality and quantity which are good, usable
and saleable in the usual and ordinary course of business of Seller
at customary prices therefor and will not include any items which
are damaged, obsolete or below standard quality.
<PAGE>
          SQ.  Set forth on Schedule 4.1(Q) hereto is a true and          
correct list of all permits, licenses, certificates, consents and
other authorizations (herein collectively called "Permits")
possessed or used by Seller that relate to and are necessary for the
operation of its business as presently conducted or to own the Real
Property and Improvements owned by it.  Seller is in compliance with
all such Permits, and all such Permits are in full force and effect.
At the Closing Seller shall transfer and assign to Buyer all such
Permits that are transferable as indicated by an asterisk on said
Schedule 4.1(Q). 

          The above representations and warranties of Seller shall
survive the Closing and transfer of title to the Assets to Buyer.

S4.2       Representations and Warranties of Buyer.

          SA.  Buyer is a Tennessee limited partnership duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of
the State of Tennessee, and will be, by the Closing, qualified to do
business in the State of Tennessee.

          SB.   Buyer has all legal right, power, and authority to
enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement
by Buyer and consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated
hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action
on behalf of Buyer.  This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by Buyer and it, together with all other instruments and
documents executed and delivered by Buyer at the Closing, constitute
and will constitute legal, valid, and binding agreements of Buyer,
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except that:
(i) enforcement may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, 
reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws now or hereafter
in effect relating to creditors' rights generally; and (ii) the
remedies of specific performance and injunctive relief and other
forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and
other discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor
may be brought.

          SC.     To the best of Buyer's knowledge, there is no
litigation, proceeding, or investigation currently pending or
threatened, before any forum, court, body, department, or agency,
which may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse affect
on the transactions contemplated hereby or that might affect Buyer's
authority to consummate such transactions, and Buyer does not know
of any basis for any such litigation, proceeding, or investigation.
<PAGE>
         SD.      Buyer has not engaged any broker or finder in          
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and no broker's
or finder's fees or commissions are due or payable in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby.

                            SECTION 5
                         INDEMNIFICATION

S5.1       Nature and Survival of Representations and Warranties. 
Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement to the
contrary, all of the representations, warranties and covenants made
by Seller and Buyer under this Agreement shall survive the Closing
until the second (2nd) anniversary following closing hereof. 

S5.2       Indemnification of Buyer.  Seller shall indemnify and hold
Buyer harmless from and against, and reimburse Buyer on demand for,
any actual damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) incurred by Buyer resulting from any breach of
Seller's representations or warranties.

S5.3       Indemnification of Seller.  Buyer shall indemnify and hold
Seller harmless against, and reimburse Seller on demand for, any
actual damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) incurred by Seller resulting from any breach of
Buyer's representations or warranties.

S5.4       Notice of Claims.  If any claim is made against a party
hereto that, if sustained, would give rise to a right of indemnity
under this Section 5, the party having the claim made against it
("Indemnitee") shall give the other party ("Indemnitor") written
notice thereof (specifying the nature and amount of the claim and
giving Indemnitor the right to contest the claim) within thirty (30)
days of becoming aware of such claim ("Notice of Claim").

S5.5       Right to Contest.  Indemnitee shall afford Indemnitor the
opportunity, at Indemnitor's own expense, to assume the defense or
settlement of any such Notice of Claim, with its own counsel.  In
connection therewith, the Indemnitee shall cooperate fully to make
available all pertinent information under its control and shall have
the right to join in the defense, at its own expense, with its own
counsel.  If Indemnitor does not elect to undertake the defense of a
claim under a Notice of Claim on the terms provided below,
Indemnitee shall be entitled to undertake the defense or settlement
of the claim at the expense of and for the account and risk of
Indemnitor. 
<PAGE>
          Indemnitor shall have the right to assume the entire
defense of a claim hereunder provided that (i) Indemnitor gives
written notice of such desire (the "Notice of Defense") to
Indemnitee within fifteen (15) days after Indemnitor's receipt of
the Notice of Claim; (ii) Indemnitor's defense of such claim shall
be without cost to Indemnitee or prejudice to Indemnitee's rights
under this Section 5; (iii) counsel chosen by Indemnitor to defend
such claim shall be reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee; (iv)
Indemnitor shall bear all costs and expenses in connection with the
defense and settlement of such claim; (v) Indemnitee shall have the
right to receive periodic reports from Indemnitor and Indemnitor's
counsel; and (vi) Indemnitor will not, without Indemnitee's written
consent, settle or compromise any claim or consent to any entry of
judgment which does not include the unconditional release by
claimant or plaintiff of all liability with respect to the claim. 
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if
Indemnitor assumes the defense of a claim, Indemnitor shall
thereafter be estopped from asserting that indemnity was not proper
with respect to such claim, provided, however, this shall not
relieve Indemnitee of its obligation to cooperate and make available
pertinent information under this Section 5.5.

S5.6        Limitation of Liability.  Buyer shall not have any
liability to indemnify Seller in respect of losses incurred by
Seller pursuant to Section 5.3, and Seller shall not have any
liability to indemnify Buyer in respect of Losses incurred by Buyer
pursuant to Section 5.2, in either case unless and until the
aggregate amount of such losses exceeds $50,000, in which event the
party seeking indemnity may recover the full amount of such Losses,
other than the initial $50,000, provided that recovery by Buyer in
respect of such Losses shall be limited to $10,000,000. 

                            SECTION 6 
                             CLOSING

S6.1   Closing.  Closing of the purchase and sale of the Assets and
the execution of the PCB Purchase Agreement, the Quality Agreement,
and the Warranty Deed and Bill of Sale conveying the Assets to
Buyer, and any lease assignments related to the foregoing shall be
held on or before July 25, 1997, or a date prior thereto mutually
agreed by Buyer and Seller, at the offices of Seller (or its
counsel) in Atlanta, Georgia or at such other time and date or place
as shall be mutually agreed by Seller and Buyer.  The date on which
the Closing actually takes place or, if more than one day is
required to complete the Closing, the date on which the Closing is
actually accomplished is herein referred to and designated as the
"Closing."
<PAGE>
S6.2     Deliveries at Closing.  At the Closing the following shall
occur, each action being considered a condition precedent to the
others and all being considered as taking place simultaneously, and
each party covenanting to perform or cause to be performed each such
action to be performed on its part:

       SA.    Seller and Buyer shall execute (or have previously          
executed) the PCB Purchase Agreement and the Quality Agreement.

       SB.    Seller shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to          
Buyer a Warranty Deed, in the form attached hereto as Schedule
6.2(B), conveying and warranting to Buyer title to the Real Property
and Improvements, subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances.

       SC.    Seller shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to          
Buyer such Bills of Sale, in the form attached hereto as Schedule
6.2C, selling, assigning, and transferring to Buyer the Equipment
and Inventory to be herein conveyed, subject to the Permitted
Encumbrances.

       SD.     Seller shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to          
Buyer such assignments of lease or other documents as are necessary
to transfer any Personal Property Leases comprising portions of the
Assets. 

       SE.   Buyer shall pay to the Seller in current funds the
sum of TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000), subject to adjustments for
prorations and/or the Fee, as set forth herein.

       SF.   All reasonable and customary prorations shall be made          
as of the Closing and appropriate credit shall be given for real
property taxes, assessments, utilities, deposits and other matters,
the nature of which properly require such treatment at the Closing.

       SG.   Seller and Buyer shall each pay one-half of the taxes          
(if any), sales and excise taxes (if any), title insurance, and
survey for the subject transaction.  Buyer shall pay all recording
fees and taxes or other fees relating to any mortgage of the Real
Property.

       SH.   Seller shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to
Buyer a Non-Foreign Affidavit of Buyer, in a form reasonably
satisfactory to Buyer, in accordance with Section 1445 of the
Internal Revenue Code.

       SI.   Each party shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver          
such other documents and instruments and take such other action as
the other party or its legal counsel may reasonably require in order
to document and carry out the transaction contemplated in this
Agreement.

S6.3   Closing Deadline.    If Buyer is unable to close before 
July 25, 1997, then this Agreement shall terminate; Seller shall retain
the Fee; each party shall bear its own costs arising from such
termination; and Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 shall have no effect.
<PAGE>
                           SECTION 7 
                      DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

S7.1   Default by Seller.  In the event of a default by Seller in       
the performance of its obligations hereunder, Buyer shall give
written notice to Seller designating such default.  Seller shall
have a period of ten (10) days following the effective date of said
notice within which to correct, or in the case of a default which is
of a nature that cannot reasonably be corrected within such ten
(10) day period, within which to commence action to correct, the
default of which Seller has received notice.  In the event that
Seller shall fail to correct such default within said ten (10) day
period or, if applicable, to commence action to correct such default
within said ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently to pursue
the same to completion, Buyer shall have the right:  (a) If such
default occurs prior to the Closing, to forfeit the Fee, and to
terminate this Agreement and all rights, duties, and obligations of
the parties hereunder by giving written notice thereof to Seller; or
(b) compel specific performance by Seller of its obligations
hereunder or recover damages from Seller resulting from said default.



S7.2     Default by Buyer.  In the event of a default by Buyer in the
performance of its obligations hereunder, Seller shall give written
notice to Buyer designating such default.  Buyer shall have a period
of ten (10) days following the effective date of said notice within
which to correct, or in the case of a default which is of a nature
that cannot reasonably be corrected within such ten (10) day period,
within which to commence action to correct, the default of which
Buyer has received notice.  In the event that Buyer shall fail to
correct such default within said ten (10) day period or, if
applicable, to commence action to correct such default within said ten
(10) day period and thereafter diligently to pursue the same to 
completion, Seller shall have the right:  (a) If such default occurs
prior to the Closing, to retain the Fee and to terminate this
Agreement and all rights, duties, and obligations of the parties
hereunder by giving written notice thereof to Buyer; or (b) by legal
action recover damages from Buyer resulting from said default.

S7.3       Remedies.        

      SA.     The rights and remedies of any of the parties hereto         
shall not be exclusive, and the exercise of any rights or remedies
with respect to one or more of the provisions of this Agreement
shall not preclude the exercise of rights or remedies with respect
to any other provisions; provided, however, the indemnification
provisions of Section   shall be the exclusive remedy with respect             5
to any breach of the representations and warranties, and neither
Buyer nor Seller shall be entitled to any remedies other than those
set forth herein with respect to the breach of any such
representation or warranty.
<PAGE>
      SB.   In the event of any claim or controversy under or
otherwise relating to this Agreement, except as set forth in Section
5 and/or Section 7.3(C), the parties shall attempt to resolve the
claim or controversy by good faith participation in nonbinding
mediation in Knox County, Tennessee, prior to the commencement of
litigation in any forum.  The mediator and the rules of mediation
shall be agreed upon by the parties within ten (10) days following
notice of an intent to mediate.  In the absence of the parties'
agreement, the mediator and the rules for the mediation shall be
determined by the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service or, if
that Service is unable or unwilling to serve, the American
Arbitration Association.  The mediation shall continue until the
claim or controversy is resolved or the mediator makes a finding
that there is no possibility of settlement through mediation.

      SC.   Seller acknowledges that the breach by Seller of any
obligation relating to Intellectual Property would cause immediate
and irreparable harm to Buyer, for Buyer would have no adequate
remedy at law.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.7, in
the event of a breach or threatened breach of any obligation of
Seller relating to Intellectual Property, Buyer shall be entitled
(upon reasonable proof thereof by affidavit executed by an officer
or managing agent of Buyer, but without notice or delivery of a
bond) to such temporary restraining and seizure orders as may be
appropriate to prevent the breach or further breach of the
obligation and to protect the rights of Buyer in and to the
Intellectual Property.  Furthermore, in the event of a breach or
threatened breach of any obligation relating to Intellectual
Property, Buyer shall also be entitled to such preliminary and
permanent injunctions as may be appropriate to prevent the breach or
further breach of the obligation or to protect the rights of Buyer
in and to the Intellectual Property.  Nothing in this paragraph
shall be construed to prevent Buyer from pursuing any other remedy
for the breach or threatened breach of the obligation.

                           SECTION 8 
                       GENERAL PROVISIONS

S8.1    Notices.  All notices and other communications provided for      
in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficient for
all purposes if personally delivered or if mailed by certified or
registered U.S. mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
sent by facsimile with confirmation and addressed to the respective
party at the address set forth below or at such other address as
such party may hereafter designate by written notice to the other
party as herein provided.
<PAGE>
                           To Seller:

          Philips Electronics North America Corporation
                  Attention:  John Porter, Esq.
                         P.O. Box 14810
                 Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810
                    Facsimile (423) 521-4330

                     With a copy to each of:

          Philips Electronic North America Corporation
               Attention:  Thomas M. Hafner, Esq.
                    64 Perimeter Center East
                  Atlanta, Georgia  30346-6401
                    Facsimile (770) 821-2266

                               and

                        Hunton & Williams
              Attention: Joseph P. Congleton, Esq.
             2000 Riverview Tower, 900 S. Gay Street
                   Knoxville, Tennessee 37902
                    Facsimile (423) 549-7704


                            To Buyer:

                      Circuit Systems, Inc.
                    Attention:  Dilip S. Vyas
                      2350 East Lunt Avenue
               Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007
                    Facsimile (847) 437-5910

                         With a copy to:

                     Rieck and Crotty, P.C.
                Attention:  Thomas W. Rieck, Esq.
                55 West Monroe Street, Suite 3390
                    Chicago, Illinois  60603
                    Facsimile (312) 726-0647

Facsimile notices and other communications shall be deemed to have
been given and received upon confirmation.

S8.2    Costs.  Except as otherwise specifically provided in this       
Agreement, Seller and Buyer each shall pay their own costs and
expenses incurred in preparation and execution of and performance
under this Agreement.

S8.3    Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, including the schedules       
hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto
relative to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede any prior
negotiations, correspondence, agreements, or understandings relative
to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement may not be amended or
modified except in writing executed by both of the parties hereto.
<PAGE>
S8.4    Interpretation.  This Agreement shall be governed by and       
construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of
Tennessee.  Whenever the context requires, the singular shall
include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, the whole
shall include any part thereof, any gender shall include both other
genders, the term "person" shall include an individual, partnership
(general or limited), corporation, trust, or other entity or
association or combination thereof.  The captions and section
headings contained in this Agreement are for purposes of reference
only and shall not limit, expand, or otherwise affect the
construction of any provisions of this Agreement.  This Agreement
shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.  The respective rights
and obligations of any party hereto shall not be assignable without
the consent of the other party.  Time is of the essence as to each
and every provision of this Agreement. The provisions of this
Agreement shall be construed both as covenants and conditions in the
same manner as though the words importing such covenants and
conditions were used in each separate provision hereof.  Schedules
1.1A through 6.2(C) hereto are by this reference incorporated herein
and made a part hereof for all purposes. As used herein, the
expression "this Agreement" means the body of this Agreement and
such Schedules, and the expressions "herein," "hereof," and
"hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this
Agreement and such Schedules as a whole and not to any particular
part or subdivision thereof.

S8.5     No Assumption of Liabilities.  Except as set forth in this
Agreement, Buyer shall not become liable for and is not assuming any
debt, duty, liability, or obligation (of any nature) of Seller by
entering into this Agreement or by consummating the transaction
contemplated hereby, specifically including, but not limited to any
liability covered by any applicable bulk sales law.  Seller shall
indemnify and hold Buyer harmless against and from any and all
liabilities and all costs, including, but not limited to fees and
expenses of counsel, incurred by Buyer and arising out of or
attributable to any liabilities under applicable bulk sales law. 
Seller agrees that it will pay or otherwise provide for the payment
and discharge of all such liabilities, including without limitation
any liabilities or obligations, tax or otherwise, imposed on or
incurred by Seller as a result of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement. 

S8.6    Waiver.  Either party hereto may to the extent permitted by
applicable law (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the
obligations or other acts of the other party, (ii) waive any
inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other
party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto,
or (iii)  waive compliance with any of the covenants, agreements or
conditions of the other party contained herein.  No such extension
or waiver shall be effective unless set forth in a written
instrument duly executed by or on behalf of the party extending the
time of performance or waiving any such inaccuracy or non-
compliance.
<PAGE>
S8.7   Invalidity of Provision.  If any provisions of this Agreement
as applied to either party or to any circumstance shall be adjudged
by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable for
any reason, the same shall in no way affect (to the maximum extent
permitted by applicable law) any other provision of this Agreement,
the application of any such provision under circumstances different
from those adjudicated by the court, or the validity or
enforceability of the Agreement as a whole.

S8.8   No Recordation.  Buyer covenants and agrees that neither this
Agreement nor any memorandum or other notice of this Agreement
(other than the Warranty Deed) shall be recorded in any real
property records of any Tennessee county, without the prior written
consent of Seller.

S8.9   Tax Allocation.  The parties hereby agree that the allocation       
of the Purchase Price among the Assets to ensure such allocation
complies with the provisions of Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 is as follows, unless modified at Closing by a separate
schedule:

Real Property and   -     $7,000,000                    
  Improvements

Inventory           -     $  400,000                    

Equipment           -     $2,600,000                    

S8.10       Multiple Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in       
multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original for
all purposes and all of which shall be deemed, collectively, one
agreement. 

S8.11     Governing Law; Choice of Forum.  This Agreement shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Tennessee and the Buyer and
Seller acknowledge that the only forum and venue for resolution of
any judicial proceeding in connection with any matter pertaining to
this Agreement shall be in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Tennessee located at Knoxville, Tennessee.

S8.12     Announcements.  Neither party shall make any initial public
or third party announcement of this transaction, or the pendency or
execution of any agreements in connection herewith, without the
prior approval of the other party.
<PAGE>

           [Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                         PHILIPS ELECTRONICS NORTH
                         AMERICA CORPORATION


                         By:/s/ Thomas M. Hafner
                              Thomas M. Hafner
                              Vice President and General Counsel,
                              Philips Consumer Electronics Company,
                              a division of Philips Electronics
                              North America Corporation
            
             [Signature page to Real Estate and Asset
                   Purchase and Sale Agreement]


            
                         CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P.,
                         a Tennessee limited partnership

                         CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, INC.
                         a Tennessee corporation, general partner


                         By:/s/ Dilip S. Vyas
                              Dilip S. Vyas
                              Vice President



               [Signature page to Real Estate and Asset
                   Purchase and Sale Agreement]




                             SCHEDULE 
                               1.1A
                           REAL PROPERTY

                           SCHEDULE 1.1C
                             EQUIPMENT

                           SCHEDULE 1.1C-1
                        INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
<PAGE>

     Excluded Assets includes the following Intellectual Property
owned by Seller:  corporate names, brand names, trade names,
trademarks, servicemarks, copyrights, patents, inventions,
processes, know-how, formulae, patterns, designs, trade secrets and
interests thereunder; licenses; software, design work, and any and
all other Intellectual Property.  That portion of the Intellectual
Property that consists of inventories, processes, know-how, and
software that are an integral part of the Improvements and
Equipment, and are necessary for the operation of the Improvements
and Equipment is referred to as "Process IP."  That portion of the
Intellectual Property consisting of corporate names, brand names,
trade names, trademarks, servicemarks, copyrights, patents,
inventions, processes, know-how, formulae, patterns, designs, trade
secrets and interests thereunder; licenses; software, and design
work that specifically relates to or contains information about the
specifications for, design and manufacture of products for Seller is
referred to as "Design IP."  The Design IP and the Process IP
collectively make up the Intellectual Property.



                        AND


     All Philips product specific tooling and dies.



                           SCHEDULE 1.1E
                       REAL PROPERTY LEASES
                       [Expected to be none]

                           SCHEDULE 1.1F
                          OTHER CONTRACTS

                         SCHEDULE 3.1G(5)
                         QUALITY AGREEMENT

                           SCHEDULE 4.1
                            DISCLOSURE

                          SCHEDULE 4.1(Q)
                              PERMITS

                           SCHEDULE 6.2B
                       FORM OF WARRANTY DEED

                           SCHEDULE 6.2C
                       FORM OF BILL OF SALE


<PAGE>




<PAGE>


                       MASTER QUALITY AGREEMENT

        This Quality Agreement (this "Agreement") is made as of the
   July 24, 1997, by and between PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
   COMPANY, a division of PHILIPS ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA
   CORPORATION (hereinafter called "PURCHASER") and CIRCUIT
   SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, LP (hereinafter called "SUPPLIER") and
   provides as follows:

                         W I T N E S S E T H:

        FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises contained
   herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
   sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Purchaser and
   Supplier agree on the quality program for Products (as such term
   is defined in that certain Printed Circuit Board Purchase
   Agreement between Purchaser and Supplier, initially dated July 29,
   1997 (the "Purchase Agreement") as follows:

   1.        Definitions

        Product Specification shall be defined as the Lightning
   Stroke "General Printed Circuit Board Specifications for the Sound
   & Vision (S&V) Classes 1, 2 and 3, "Draft", issue date of 05-15-
   1997."  This specification will govern unless otherwise specified
   by Engineering (as set forth in Lightning Stroke) and agreed upon
   in writing.

        "Field Call Rate" or "FCR" shall be identified as the
   calculated failure rate for all Products within a specific Product
   category and for all model years.

        "Paid Call Rate" or "PCR" shall be identified as the
   calculated failure rate for all Products within a specific Product
   category for a specified model year introduction.

        "PPM" or Parts Per Million shall be defined as the
   measurement of a Products general quality as measured by the
   PURCHASER or PURCHASER's designate as defined by the Product
   Specification or other written agreements.  The PPM goal will be
   as stated in Exhibit A attached hereto as such may be amended from
   time to time.

        "Final Instrument Facilities" shall be defined as Five Rivers
   Manufacturing, LLC, located in Greeneville, Tennessee (to the
   extent such facility manufacturers Products for Purchaser) and
   Philips Electronics, Juarez, Mexico, plants 2 and 5.
<PAGE>
   1.        Purpose
    
        a.    For Products to be procured by PURCHASER from the
   SUPPLIER, the purpose of this Master Quality Agreement (MQA) is to
   establish the quality system elements, and to more fully define
   the obligations of PURCHASER and SUPPLIER, and to establish the
   working relationship and the feedback system between the
   PURCHASER, Final Instrument Facilities and SUPPLIER.
    
        b.    The Master Quality Agreement establishes also the basic
   elements which are required and aimed on the continuous
   improvement of the Product conformity and reliability performance.
    
        c.    This document supplements the terms and conditions as set
   out by the Purchase Agreement.
    
   2.        Zero-Defects
    
        a.    SUPPLIER, PURCHASER and Final Instrument Facilities have
   committed to the principle of Zero Defects in which all Product
   defects and failure, and quality discrepancies are to be
   considered as unacceptable.
    
        b.    SUPPLIER, PURCHASER and Final Instrument Facilities will
   actively cooperate to investigate the causes of failure and the
   implementation of corrective as well as preventive actions and
   generally assist each other in the achievement of mutually
   beneficial opportunities for quality improvement.
    
        c.    As evidence of SUPPLIER's commitment to the Zero Defect
   goal, SUPPLIER agrees to supply Products in accordance with the
   PPM targets as specified in the Product Quality Addendum shown in
   Exhibit A as well as the applicable terms of the Purchase
   Agreement.
    
   3.        Applicable Documents
    
        a.    Product Specifications
                  UAN-D1829/020
    
        b.    Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. Process Certification
    
        c.    Purchase Agreement

        Note:  Prior to the procurement of Products by the PURCHASER,
   both parties will agree on the Product specification.  SUPPLIER is
   responsible for ensuring that any Product shipped to PURCHASER
   meets the requirements of the Product specification.

   1.        Supplier Obligations
    
        a.    SUPPLIER is responsible for the quality of delivered
   Products and warrants that all Products will meet the requirements
   of the Product Specification as well as the applicable terms of
   the Purchase Agreement.
<PAGE>    
        b.    SUPPLIER shall perform and retain records of all the
   necessary regulatory compliance testing and verification on all
   Products manufactured for the PURCHASER (reference item 4b). 
    
        c.    SUPPLIER shall assist the PURCHASER or Final Assembly
   Facilities in the performance of, or make equipment available for
   the investigation of Product failure.
    
        d.    SUPPLIER shall provide formal quotation which will
   include the following:

             1.   Tooling cost breakdown
             2.   Engineering charges (if applicable)
             3.   Lead time for tooling
             4.   Lead time for samples
             5.   Production start date after sample approval
             6.   Minimum order quantity
             7.   Samples not electrically tested (fixture ordered
                  after sample approval)

   1.        Purchasers Obligations

        Except as otherwise set forth in the Purchase Agreement:

        a.    PURCHASER shall provide tooling package to the SUPPLIER
   capable of meeting Product Specifications.
    
        b.    PURCHASER shall issue purchase order for required tooling.
    
        c.    PURCHASER is responsible for final sample approval.
    
        d.    PURCHASER shall assist the SUPPLIER in investigation of
   causes of failure and the implementation of corrective and
   preventive actions and assist in the achievement of continuous
   quality improvement.
    
        e.    PURCHASER shall ensure that the SUPPLIER has the latest
   information concerning PCB manufacturing design rules.
    
   2.        Mutual Access, Verification and Confidentiality
    
        a.    SUPPLIER's manufacturing and distribution facilities
   shall be accessible to PURCHASER's representatives in order to
   verify whether SUPPLIER observes its obligations under this
   agreement.
    
        b.    To the extent allowable under Purchaser's Contracts for
   Products from the Greeneville, Tennessee facilities of Five Rivers
   Mfg. LLC, PURCHASER's manufacturing facilities will be accessible
   to SUPPLIER's representatives to observe the handling and
   processing of SUPPLIER's Products.
    
        c.    In both cases, the normal courtesies of prior
   notification and agreement will be observed.
<PAGE>    
        d.    Both parties agree to keep in strictest confidence and
   ont use for itself or disclose to any third party any confidential
   and propriety information disclosed by one of the parties during
   the course of audits, visits and discussions, unless agreed
   otherwise between SUPPLIER and PURCHASER.
    
   3.        Qualifications
    
        a.    System
    
             i)  SUPPLIER shall maintain ISO 9002 and ISO 14000
   certification of its system, or document a quality system of
   equivalent standard.  This system shall ensure conformance to the
   requirements of this agreement and the Purchase Agreement. 
   Moreover, the system will provide for the prevention and early
   detection of discrepancies and for timely corrective and
   preventative actions.
    
             ii) Upon prior notification, the PURCHASER shall at
   least once per year be afforded the opportunity to visit the
   SUPPLIER facility to perform a quality system audit on the basis
   of the appropriate ISO 9000 document.
    
        b.   Process
    
             i) SUPPLIER shall have a documented process description.  
   This description shall ensure that Products meet the requirements 
   of the Product specification.
    
             ii) PURCHASER upon prior notification and agreement
   with the SUPPLIER, shall be afforded the opportunity to perform a
   process audit in the SUPPLIER production or manufacturing
   location.
    
        c.   Product
    
             i)  SUPPLIER shall use only qualified and approved
   materials in the design and manufacture of Products and shall have
   appropriate documentation and procedures which support the
   qualification process.  A joint understanding and agreement of the
   qualification process shall be established prior to the delivery
   of any Products (see Product Quality Addendum attached). 
   Exceptions to the agreed upon Product Specification shall be
   requested by the SUPPLIER to the PURCHASER and shall be jointly
   approved in writing.

            ii) After qualification, the SUPPLIER shall not
   introduce any significant manufacturing process change without
   prior notice to and approval of PURCHASER, if the change effects
   the final Product beyond the Product specifications.
    
            iii) PURCHASER reserves the right to refuse shipment
   lots in those cases where it has been determined and agreed via
   analytical methods that Products are not conforming to the Product
   Specifications.
    
   4.        Safety
<PAGE>    
        a.    SUPPLIER is responsible for maintaining all appropriate
   regulatory certification as evidenced in "Attachment B".
    
        b.    Safety defects will be considered as critical defects. 
   Every Product will be submitted to inspection on critical defects
   during SUPPLIER's manufacturing process.  SUPPLIER will
   immediately notify PURCHASER an defected Final Assembly Facilities
   upon detection of any Product with a safety defect or upon
   acquiring information that the risk exists that Products with such
   defects have been delivered to PURCHASER.  A joint action plan
   shall be initiated.
    
        c.    Should the PURCHASER and/or Final Instrument Facilities
   discovery any single safety defect, the SUPPLIER shall be notified
   and a joint action plan will be initiated.
    
   5.   Application Validation
    
        a.    PURCHASER shall ensure that the final material PQA
   (Part's Qualification Approval) or a wavier is provided to the
   SUPPLIER prior to production start up.
    
        b.    The final responsibility for the application of the
   material remains with the PURCHASER.
    
   6.   Change Control
    
        a.    SUPPLIER shall notify PURCHASER a minimum of 90 days in
   advance of any intended change that would impact the performance
   or specifications of the final instrument/material.
    
        b.    Notifications by the SUPPLIER of such changes shall be
   accompanied by information which explains the reason for the
   change and the possible impact to the final instrument process
   and/or performance.
    
        c.    SUPPLIER may request from the PURCHASER a time within
   which to respond to the change notification.  The PURCHASER may
   also ask for additional time in order to complete the evaluation
   of impact and shall agree with the SUPPLIER as to the appropriate
   time.
    
        d.    Both the PURCHASER and SUPPLIER shall be in agreement as
   to the necessary requalification of the Product prior to the
   manufacture of the Product.
    
        e.    Emergency instances shall be handled on a case-by-case
   basis where a temporary waiver may be granted by the PURCHASER
   based on the current information available.
    
   7.   Process Control
    
        a.    Statistical Process Control shall be applied throughout
   the SUPPLIER's process (where applicable and reasonable).  Process
   capability indexes (Cpk's) shall be established for the critical
   Product parameters and the correlating process parameters.
<PAGE>    
        b.    The critical Product parameters shall be established in
   mutual agreement with the PURCHASER or via Product specifications.
   The minimum Cpk goal shall be 1.33.
    
   8.   Product Inspection, Monitoring and Reporting
    
        a.    SUPPLIER shall use a monitoring scheme to establish the
   reliability and outgoing quality level of Products supplied to the
   PURCHASER and shall report the details upon request by the
   PURCHASER.
    
        b.    SUPPLIER shall notify PURCHASER upon detection of
   potential problems which may lead to a deterioration of
   PURCHASER's conformity or reliability levels in its development,
   manufacturing and customer locations.
    
        c.    SUPPLIER shall notify PURCHASER verbally of any
   potential quality or reliability problems associated with supplied
   Products and confirm in writing.  This shall then be supported by
   weekly status reports to the PURCHASER until corrective and
   preventative actions are in place.
    
        d.    The detection of a potential safety hazard, by either
   PURCHASER or SUPPLIER shall be cause for immediate joint
   notification and action.
    
   9.   PPM Management
    
        a.    An essential element of PPM management is PPM co-
   operation.  The purpose of PPM Co-operation is to achieve overall
   qualify improvement, whereby the ultimate goal is ZERO DEFECTS. 
   For certain Products, the PURCHASER may start a PPM management
   activity with the SUPPLIER and provide feedback on a monthly
   basis.
    
        b.    Final Instrument facilities shall provide the SUPPLIER a
   monthly summary report of material performance.
    
        c.    SUPPLIER and PURCHASER shall establish corrective and
   preventative actions that will focus on PPM improvement and
   reduction and shall organize regular follow up to ensure that
   actions taken are sufficient.
    
        d.    SUPPLIER, PURCHASER, and Final Instrument Facilities
   shall jointly perform at a minimum of one (1) time per year, a
   review of the PPM Management Process.
    
   10.  Complaints

        PURCHASER may, but shall not be required to subject all
   Products supplied to the PURCHASER to inspections and acceptance
   or rejection; however, the PURCHASER shall be under no obligation
   to perform Incoming Materials Inspection.  Areas where rejects may
   be identified:

        a.   Incoming Materials Inspection
<PAGE>    
             (1)  Lots with defects identified by PURCHASER during a
   sample inspection may be handled in the following ways:

             o    return the entire shipment to SUPPLIER for
                  replacement (RA number required.

             o    PURCHASER may elect to do 100% inspection of the
                  defective shipment on site based upon agreed cost
                  to the SUPPLIER.

             o    destroy the shipment with written approval from the
                  SUPPLIER.

             o    require SUPPLIER to have its personnel and the
                  necessary equipment attend at PURCHASER's premises
                  to do a 100% re-inspection and re-work of the
                  Products.

             (1)  PURCHASER/Final Instrument Manufacturer, shall
   provide SUPPLIER samples of defective material with initial
   paperwork requesting corrective action and/or financial
   reimbursement.
    
        b.   SUPPLIER shall prepare a corrective action plan which
   addresses the following items and shall be forwarded to the
   PURCHASER and Final Instrument Manufacturer primary contact.
   
                    (1)     Problem Description (if found to be 
                             other than original)
                    (2)     Interim Containment Action and the 
                             Date and Product Identification of
                             the implemented action.
                    (3)     Root Cause analysis
                    (4)     Implementation of Permanent Corrective Action
                    (5)     Actions to Prevent Recurrence
    
        c.   SUPPLIER Products, packaging or components that have
   been reworked shall be readily identifiable by an agreed-upon
   marking.
    
   2.   Shelf Life and Warranty
    
        a.   The shelf life of components, assemblies, sub-assemblies
   or finished goods received from the SUPPLIER will be as specified
   in the component or Product specifications as set forth in the
   Purchase Agreement or Product Specification.
    
        b.   Products found to be older than specified upon incoming
   inspection shall be subject to return to the SUPPLIER for
   replacement by new production.  Other options may be agreed upon
   between the SUPPLIER and PURCHASER.
    
   3.   Product Traceability
<PAGE>    
        a.   SUPPLIER shall maintain a Product tracking system
   capable of identifying production batches in the manufacturing and
   supply chain.
    
   4.        Amendment

        This agreement and the attachments and exhibits hereto shall
   serve as the Quality Agreement between the parties until amended
   in writing as set forth herein or in the Purchase Agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Purchaser and Supplier, intending to be
   legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the date and
   year first above written.


                            CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, LP
                            "Supplier"



                            By: /s/ Dilip S.Vyas                                
                                 Dilip S. Vyas
                                 Vice President


                              PHILIPS ELECTRONICS NORTH
                              AMERICA CORPORATION
                              "Purchaser"

                              By:/s/ Thomas M. Hafner
                                 Thomas M. Hafner, Vice President 
                                 and General Counsel
                                 Philips Consumer Electronics 
                                 Company, a division of Philips 
                                 Electronics North America Corporation


                              EXHIBIT "A"
                       Quality Agreement between
                   Philips Consumer Electronics and
                  Circuit Systems of Tennessee, L.P.
                         1997-98 Quality Goals


   Product Category:                       1997 Goals     1998 Goals

   Printed Circuit Board Material
         o    FRI or FR2 base material

         o    CEM base material

   Impound Number

         o    TBD
<PAGE>
   Quality Goals shall be determined after a six month monitoring and
   review of the data from the Final Instrument Facilities in
   Greeneville, TN.  (Five Rivers Mfg., LLC) and Juarez, Mexico
   (Philips Plants 2, 4 and 5).

   *"ppm" = Parts Per Million as measured by PURCHASER or PURCHASER's
   designated Final Instrument Manufacturing Facilities.


                              EXHIBIT "B"
                 Generic Quality Specification between
                   Philips Consumer Electronics and
                  Circuit Systems of Tennessee, L.P.
                         1997-98 Specification

   a)   Product Safety Certificate/UL Process Certification
             o   UL Certification Number: E38049

   b)   Designated Contacts with Signature Authority:

        SUPPLIER                           PURCHASER

   1)   _______________________
        ____________________________
        Circuit Systems of                 Philips Consumer Electronics
        Tennessee, L.P.                    Development Engineering


                                
        ____________________________
                                           Philips Consumer Electronics
                                           V.P. Development Engineering


                               
        ____________________________
                                           Philips Consumer Electronics
                                           Director Quality, Reliab. &    
                                           Comp.


                                  
        ____________________________
                                           Philips Consumer Electronics
                                           Manager Product Compliance

        c) Statistical Process Control shall be utilized by the
   SUPPLIER when processing Products for the PURCHASER.  Process
   Control points shall be mutually agreed upon or identified per the
   Product Specification prior to the initiation of production.

<PAGE>

                              EXHIBIT "C"
                   Product Quality Addendum between
                   Philips Consumer Electronics and
                  Circuit Systems of Tennessee, L.P.
                                1997-98


             see attached document from S&V Engineering.
                  (Draft Process of supplier qualification and
                  Product Specifics)




<PAGE>      


<PAGE>                

              PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD PURCHASE AGREEMENT


       This PRINTED  CIRCUIT  BOARD PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  (this  "PCB
  Purchase Agreement") is made and entered  into as of the 24th  day
  of July, 1997  by and  between PHILIPS  ELECTRONICS NORTH  AMERICA
  CORPORATION, a Delaware  corporation, with  offices in  Knoxville,
  Tennessee (hereinafter  called "Buyer"),  and CIRCUIT  SYSTEMS  OF
  TENNESSEE,  L.P.,  a  Tennessee  limited  partnership,  with   its
  principal place of business at 1515 Industrial Road,  Greeneville,
  Tennessee (hereinafter called "Seller").

                        W I T N E S S E T H :

       WHEREAS, Buyer desire to purchase from Seller certain printed
  circuit board ("PCB")  products to  be manufactured  by Seller  in
  Greeneville, Tennessee for  Buyer (hereinafter called  "Products")
  for resale and Seller desires to sell such Products to Buyer; and

        WHEREAS, the parties  hereto deem it  desirable by means  of
  this PCB Purchase Agreement to establish the terms and  conditions
  which shall govern Seller's manufacture  and sale of Products  and
  Buyer's purchase of Products;

       NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the
  mutual promises and covenants  hereinafter set forth, the  receipt
  and sufficiency  of which  are  hereby acknowledged,  the  parties
  hereto mutually agree as follows:

                              ARTICLE 1
                    Orders; Quantity of Products

       1.01 The Agreement  between the  parties ("Agreement")  shall
  consist of  this  PCB Purchase  Agreement,  the face  of  purchase
  orders, the  Schedules  to  this  Agreement  and  other  documents
  executed by  duly authorized  representatives  of both  parties.  
  During the  term of  this Agreement,  all agreements  between  the
  parties for the purchase and sale of Products shall include and be
  governed  exclusively  by  the   terms  and  conditions  of   this
  Agreement, except as  the parties may  otherwise agree in  writing
  duly executed by their respective authorized representatives.   In
  case of  any conflicts  between this  Agreement and  any  purchase
  orders, acceptances, correspondence, memoranda, listing sheets and
  other documents forming part of any order for the Products  placed
  by Buyer and accepted by Seller or any acceptance of such order by
  Seller during the  term of  this Agreement,  this Agreement  shall
  govern and prevail, and the contrary printed terms and  conditions
  of any such documents shall not be binding upon Seller or Buyer.
<PAGE>
       1.02  Purchase and sale of  Products shall be made  according
  to the following schedule, with production of Products being given
  a first priority status in all manufacturing scheduling by Seller:

            (a)  For the Buyer's model year beginning  approximately
            May 1,  1997, and  continuing for  approximately  twelve
            months thereafter, Seller shall produce in  Greeneville,
            Tennessee and sell  to Buyer, and  Buyer shall  purchase
            from Seller, Products consisting  of all of Buyer's  PCB
            requirements for its  Greeneville and Juarez  projection
            and direct view television manufacturing production  for
            such model  year,  which  shall consist  of  a  minimum,
            collectively, of  2,000,000 television  sets (the  "1997
            Production Level"); and

            (b)  For the Buyer's model year beginning  approximately
            May 1,  1998, and  continuing for  approximately  twelve
            months thereafter, Seller shall produce in  Greeneville,
            Tennessee and sell  to Buyer, and  Buyer shall  purchase
            from Seller, Products consisting  of all of Buyer's  PCB
            requirements for its  Greeneville and Juarez  projection
            and direct view television manufacturing production  for
            such model  year,  which  shall consist  of  a  minimum,
            collectively, of  2,000,000 television  sets (the  "1998
            Production Level"); and

            (c)  For the  Buyer's  model  year  beginning  with  the
            "1999" and "2000" model years, respectively, Seller  and
            Buyer shall  utilize the  procedures for  proposals  set
            forth in Section  2.03 to determine  those Products,  if
            any, which may be manufactured and sold hereunder. 

       1.03  Purchase  and sale  of Products  for each  year of  the
  Agreement shall be made pursuant to individual purchase orders  of
  Buyer, provided, however, that  the aggregate purchases and  sales
  of Products in any given year of the Agreement shall be within the
  applicable Production  Level for  such year  provided in  Sections
  1.02(a)  and  (b),  unless  such  quantities  shall  be  otherwise
  adjusted as provided herein.  Individual purchase orders shall  be
  in writing, shall state the quantities  of each model of  Products
  by Buyer's Model Number, and  shall indicate prices as  calculated
  pursuant to  Article 2, quantities,  shipping schedules  and such
  other terms  of sale  not  covered by  this  Agreement as  may  be
  mutually agreed  upon; provided,  however, that  Buyer shall  give
  Seller not less than twenty (20) days notice in writing of Buyer's
  delivery schedule.   Price  changes attributable  to each  Product
  model agreed  to by  both parties  will be  reflected in  purchase
  order change notices from Buyer to Seller.  The Buyer's  "Material
  Delivery Schedule"  will reflect  quantity and  shipping  schedule
  changes on a monthly  basis, with effects  of changes, within  the
  twenty (20) day leadtime, reviewed as needed.  An allowance of one
  unscheduled change,  per  line, per  shift,  is reflected  in  the
  current Standard  Cost.   The inability  of  Buyer and  Seller  to
  mutually  agree  (in  good  faith  negotiations)  on  the   price,
  quantity,  production  schedules  and/or  delivery  schedules  for
  Products shall  relieve  Buyer  from  obligations  hereunder  with
<PAGE>  
  regard to the Products  represented by such  order and the  annual
  Production Level shall  be reduced  accordingly by  the number  of
  sets represented by such Products.  For disputes over price  only,
  Seller may contest such cancellation and/or reduction by Buyer  by
  submitting the dispute  over the price  for the specific  disputed
  Product to binding arbitration  pursuant to Section 13.02 hereof;
  provided however  that disputes  over the  award of  contracts  by
  Buyer to third party manufacturers for or during the 1999 and 2000
  Production years, pursuant  to Section 2.03 hereof, shall  not be
  subject to the binding arbitration requirements hereof.

       1.04  Standard production hours  are defined for the  purpose
  of this agreement as the standard  direct labor hours required  to
  manufacture  an  individual  Product  hereunder.    Schedule  1.04
  reflects the standard direct labor hours for Products currently in
  production.  The standard direct labor  hours per product will  be
  agreed upon between Seller and  Buyer in good faith  negotiations,
  beginning with  the  allocations  per  Product  as  set  forth  in
  Schedule 1.04 for production year 1997.

                              ARTICLE 2
                 Price; Price Adjustments; Invoices

       2.01 (a) For purposes of the 1997 Production Level and of the
  1998 Production Level, the "standard production cost per hour"  is
  as follows:

                                     Standard Production
                                     Cost Per Hour
                                     PCB Manufacture

            1997                     $53.58 (U.S.)
            1998                     $53.58 (U.S.)

            (b)  (i)  For the 1997  and 1998  Production years,  the
       sale price  of  each  Product  of  an  individual  design  is
       calculated as follows:  (1) Standard Material Costs, plus (2)
       Standard production costs, which for such item is defined  as
       the product of:  (x) standard production hours multiplied  by
       (y) standard production cost per hour.

                 (ii) For  the 1999  and 2000  Production years  the
       sale price  per  Product,  if  any,  that  may  be  purchased
       hereunder shall be negotiated on each Product purchase as set
       forth in Section 2.03.
<PAGE>
            (c) Standard Material Costs are  defined as the cost  of
       the raw  material used  in  creating Products  and  utilizing
       historical basis for establishing raw material costs, as  set
       forth in Schedule 1.04.   During the  term of this  Agreement
       Standard Material Costs will be established from time to time
       by the then current cost  structure for raw material  through
       Philips' purchase price  terms for such  material with  third
       party suppliers, as  set forth  in Section  6.01 and  without
       mark-up of any nature.  Product material volumes in excess of
       the Standard Material Costs prescribed for each Product shall
       be for  the  account  of the  Seller.    Additional  Standard
       Material Cost terms are set forth in Schedule 2.01(c).

       2.02  Unless  otherwise agreed  in writing  by both  parties,
  payment by Buyer to Seller for individual purchase orders shall be
  on open account, in U.S. dollars. Payment shall be made  following
  delivery of  a detailed  billing invoice  by Seller  to Buyer  net
  every sixty (60)  days, in the  form attached  hereto as  Schedule
  2.02,  following  the  delivery  and  acceptance  of  Products  in
  connection with  each  individual  purchase order  of  Buyer.  All
  payments by Buyer to Seller shall be electronically transferred in
  such commercial methods as  are available to  Buyer and as  Seller
  shall specify in writing. 

       2.03   Provided  that Seller  shall  have complied  with  the
  requirements of this Agreement for the 1998 model year  Production
  Level, Buyer agrees to allow Seller to submit to Buyer a  proposal
  for price, quantity and scheduling for the Buyer's 1999 model year
  printed circuit  board  requirements or  portions  thereof;  Buyer
  agrees that, by  December 1, 1998,  Buyer shall  notify Seller  of
  acceptance or  rejection of  Seller's proposals  for such  printed
  circuit  board  requirements  or  portions  thereof.    If  Seller
  successfully  completes  any  obligations  for  1999  model   year
  requirements for Buyer's  Products, Seller  may similarly  propose
  for 2000 model  year requirements by  December 1, 1999.   In  1999
  and/or 2000 Buyer may solicit third party bids for some or all  of
  its requirements for such model year  printed circuit boards.   In
  considering printed  circuit board  proposals  for 1999  and  2000
  model years hereunder (and provided  Seller is in compliance  with
  this Agreement), Buyer  shall give  a preference  to proposals  by
  Seller which, within 10 days after the selection date of  December
  1, are equal to or below any price quotations of any third parties
  and based upon  equivalent quality,  specifications, volumes,  and
  delivery schedules (as such terms are disclosed to Seller by Buyer
  by December 1).  If any purchase orders are awarded to Seller  for
  any portion of the 1999 model year and/or 2000 model year products
  of Buyer, all terms and conditions of this Agreements shall govern
  the transactions; provided,  however, that the  price per  Product
  shall be determined in accordance with  this Section 2.03 and  the
  terms of Sections 1.04, 2.01 and 2.02 shall be inapplicable to any
  such order(s).
<PAGE>
                              ARTICLE 3
                        Shipment and Delivery

       3.01    All  sales  shall  be  F.O.B.  Seller's   Greeneville
  premises, at which point title to and the risk of loss of Products
  shall pass to Buyer, and Buyer  shall bear all costs of  insurance
  after such point. Buyer  will specify the carrier  herein or in  a
  separate agreement.  All products  shall be packed in  road-worthy
  packing and containers in the manner specified by Buyer. 

       3.02  Seller shall strictly conform to the delivery  schedule
  as set forth  in Buyer's individual  purchase orders.   If  Seller
  does not meet  the delivery schedule  and if  such failure  causes
  Buyer's inability  to  sell  Products  ordered  after  good  faith
  effort, Buyer  may, at  its own  discretion, cancel  the  relevant
  order  and/or  decrease  ratably  its  purchase  obligation  under
  Section 1.02 hereto without liability for such cancellation.

                              ARTICLE 4
                        Government Approvals

       Buyer  shall,  at  its  sole  expense,  obtain  and  maintain
  necessary certifications and approvals for Buyer's product  design
  from Underwriters  Laboratory and  will comply  with any  and  all
  required and  applicable  laws, regulations  and  requirements  of
  United States  federal, state  or local  government agencies,  and
  shall provide  Seller  with  a  copy  of  all  submittals  to  and
  approvals from such agencies.

                              ARTICLE 5
                       Buyer-Supplied Material

       5.01    All  tools  and  dies  exclusively  employed  now  or
  hereafter added  from  time to  time  in the  manufacture  of  the
  Products for  Buyer,  including  but  not  being  limited  to  the
  equipment listed on Schedule 5.01  hereto (the "Tools"), shall  be
  the sole and  exclusive property  of Buyer.  Use of  the Tools  by
  Seller shall be devoted exclusively to production of Products  for
  Buyer under this Agreement.  Seller shall properly maintain all of
  the Tools in its possession or control.  Seller shall not, without
  Buyer's prior written consent, substitute  any tools and dies  for
  the Tools.   The  Tools shall  be subject  to removal  at  Buyer's
  written request within two (2) years after the end of production,
  at such time as they are no longer required for the production  of
  Products hereunder  for  any  reason; and  upon  receipt  of  such
  request Seller, at  Buyer's cost  and expense,  shall prepare  the
  Tools for shipment and shall have  them delivered to Buyer in  the
  same condition as originally  received by Seller, reasonable  wear
  and tear excepted.   If Buyer does  not request delivery  thereof,
  the Tools may be  disposed of by Seller,  in its discretion,  upon
  reasonable prior written  notice to Buyer,  without incurring  any
  liability to Buyer.
<PAGE>
       
       5.02  Any  equipment, components,  tooling,  dies, or  other
  material supplied by  Buyer shall remain  Buyer's sole property.  
  Seller shall keep  Buyer's property  reasonably segregated,  shall
  bear the  risk of  loss or  damage to  Buyer's property  while  in
  Seller's custody or control,  and shall adequately insure  Buyer's
  property within reasonable  coverage limits  acceptable to  Buyer,
  with Buyer named as a co-insured. Seller shall furnish Buyer  with
  certificates  of  insurance  confirming  the  existence  of   such
  insurance and  stipulating that  the insurer  will give  Buyer  at
  least thirty (30) days' written notice prior  to any cancellation
  of or material change in such insurance.

                              ARTICLE 6
                      Materials and Spare Parts

       6.01   Seller  shall issue  purchase  orders to  the  current
  suppliers, and shall pay the  suppliers according to the  purchase
  terms, price and quality standards currently in existence  between
  Buyer and suppliers.  Buyer agrees to use commercially  reasonable
  good faith efforts to cause vendors to sell to Seller the material
  and supplies used at the Greeneville Facility on the same terms as
  presently sold to  Seller.  In  order to  protect Buyer's  Product
  quality, Seller may not change suppliers for, or components of, or
  materials and supplies  used in  the manufacture  of Products  for
  Buyer (now or in the future) without the express consent of Buyer.
   
                              ARTICLE 7
                           Specifications

       7.01      Specifications   applicable   to   Products    (the
  "Specifications") shall be as set forth in the Quality  Agreement,
  collective  and/or  individual  purchase  orders  and/or  in  this
  Agreement, and/or in specific  Product definitions which shall  be
  supplied by Buyer, and/or in  individual requests for quotes  from
  Buyer, as applicable,  prior to production  of any  Product.   All
  Products  shall   be   manufactured   in   accordance   with   the
  Specifications.

       7.02  Following the establishment of Specifications for  each
  Product, if  thereafter  Buyer  requests any  variation  from  the
  Specifications or  delivery  schedule,  or in  the  event  current
  suppliers (from which Seller is  required to purchase pursuant  to
  Article 6) increase the cost of materials and supplies, and any of
  the foregoing impacts  cost or  delivery times,  then the  parties
  shall negotiate the effect of such variation on price and time  of
  delivery.  The  variation shall  be made  upon the  issuance of  a
  purchase order change from Buyer which is agreed to in writing  by
  Seller, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld.
<PAGE>
       7.03  Upon obtaining  Buyer's prior written approval,  Seller
  may from time to time (i) alter or deviate from the Specifications
  for the  purpose  of  improving  Product  quality  or  safety,  or
  (ii) substitute equivalent materials or components for unavailable
  material or  components.  Seller  shall make  no  such  change  in
  design, Specifications, drawings, or other descriptions  furnished
  to Buyer, manufacturing processes, tooling or materials from those
  used in  manufacturing  samples  approved  by  Buyer  pursuant  to
  Article 8 without  Buyer's prior  written approval.  Seller  shall
  notify Buyer  within fourteen  (14) days  before making  any  such
  changes and  provide  Buyer  with  copies  of  engineering  change
  notices.  Changes made pursuant to this Section 7.03 shall be made
  at no  cost or  expense to  Buyer. If  any such  changes are  made
  without Buyer's approval,  Buyer may, but  shall not be  obligated
  to, cancel all  outstanding purchasing orders  for the  Product(s)
  affected, and Seller shall  indemnify Buyer against any  liability
  claim, loss, expense in connection therewith (including reasonable
  attorneys fees and cost of voluntary or involuntary recall arising
  out of such unapproved change).

       7.04   In  addition  to  its  other  obligations  under  this
  Section 7, Seller shall notify Buyer in writing of all changes  in
  material,  components,  design  and  Specifications  permitted  by
  Article 7 which affect the Products, and shall:

            (a)  provide the Buyer, as needed, parts change  notices
            which have  been  made  in  the  Buyer's  Product,  with
            information  such  as  model  number,  affected   serial
            numbers  or  production  dates  of  Products,  and  part
            interchangeability; and

            (b)  provide the Buyer,  as needed, technical  bulletins
            which will show  circuit changes, modification,  changes
            in adjustment procedures, and various other  engineering
            changes using written description and diagrams.

       7.05  Any alterations or improvements in Products (and to the
  Intellectual Property) made by Seller using Intellectual  Property
  (as hereafter  defined)  shall  belong exclusively  to  Buyer  and
  Seller shall  execute  all  assignments or  other  instruments  of
  conveyance  reasonably  requested  by  Buyer  to  effectuate   the
  complete transfer of rights in those alterations or  improvements.
   Alterations or improvements in Products made by Seller not  using
  Intellectual Property shall belong to Seller, provided that  Buyer
  shall have a royalty free,  perpetual, worldwide license to  make,
  have made, use, offer for sale,  and sell, directly or  indirectly
  Products that embody any of the alterations or improvements.   The
  rights conferred upon  Buyer herein shall  extend to customers  of
  Buyer, and shall survive termination of this Agreement.
<PAGE>  
       7.06  Seller acknowledges and agrees that the  Specifications
  and all  alterations  or  improvements  therein  that  become  the
  property of Buyer under this  Agreement are the valuable  property
  of Buyer and  shall be maintained  in confidence by  the Seller.  
  Seller represents  and warrants  that the  Specifications and  all
  alterations or improvements  therein shall  be used  only for  the
  purpose of manufacturing  Products under this  Agreement.   Seller
  shall  exercise  the   same  degree  of   care  with  respect   to
  confidentiality of the Specifications as it exercises over its own
  confidential information and, with  respect thereto, shall  comply
  with the provisions of Section 1.7 of the Asset Purchase Agreement
  as they relate to Design IP.

                              ARTICLE 8
                        Samples and Approvals

       8.01    From  time  to  time  after  the  execution  of  this
  Agreement, Seller shall  supply Buyer with  agreed upon  operating
  samples of each  model of the  Product (the "Operating  Samples"),
  together with Specifications therefor relating to its  electrical,
  mechanical and performance characteristics for Buyer's approval as
  to function, performance and serviceability.  After submission  of
  the Operating Samples and specifications, Buyer shall give  Seller
  notice of  its  approval or  disapproval  in accordance  with  the
  provisions  of  Section 8.02  hereof.    After  approval  of  the
  Operating Samples, agreed upon  pre-production models of each  new
  model of the Product, made from available production tooling, will
  be  submitted   to  Buyer   for   approval  as   to   performance,
  serviceability and  conformity  to the  Specifications,  prior  to
  commencement of actual production  of each such  model.  All  such
  samples shall be provided to Buyer at cost; provided that prior to
  undertaking the  production of  any  Operating Sample,  Buyer  and
  Seller shall negotiate in good  faith to establish a  commercially
  reasonable price for  production of Operating  Samples, with  such
  price to  be based  upon actual  cost (i.e.,  material, labor  and
  overhead) to Seller to produce the  Samples.  Production will  not
  commence   until   after   Buyer's   approval   of    performance,
  serviceability and conformity to the Specifications. 
  
       8.02  Whenever Buyer's approval shall be requested by  Seller
  or is  required pursuant  to this  Agreement, Buyer  shall  notify
  Seller in writing of its discretionary approval or rejection,  and
  reasons  therefor,  as  soon  as  possible,  except  as  otherwise
  expressly provided for  herein.  At  the time of  making any  such
  request, Seller shall  advise Buyer of  the date  by which  Seller
  should receive  such approval  or disapproval  in order  to  avoid
  delays in  the shipment  of Products  or  in the  development  and
  production  cycle.    In  the  event  that  Buyer's  approval   or
  disapproval is not received by Seller by the date designated,  the
  applicable shipment, development and/or production cycle date,  as
  the case may be, may be extended by Seller by that number of  days
  beyond the  designated date  required for  Seller to  obtain  such
  approval.
<PAGE>
                              ARTICLE 9
                        Intellectual Property

       9.01  The parties adopt  and incorporate herein by  reference
  the definition  of  "Intellectual  Property"  and  the  provisions
  relating  to  granting   a  license  therein   as  set  forth   in
  Sections 1.1 and  1.7(A)-(G) of  the Asset  Purchase Agreement  of
  even date herewith  ("Asset Purchase Agreement").   Seller  hereby
  covenants with Buyer that it  shall require affiliates to  protect
  the Intellectual  Property  of Buyer  to  the same  extent  as  is
  required of Seller hereunder.

       9.02   Buyer  hereby  grants to  Seller,  and  Seller  hereby
  accepts, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  a
  nonexclusive and nontransferable  license to  use the  trademarks,
  service  marks,  and  trade  names  identified  in  Schedule  9.02
  ("Buyer's Brands"),  only in  connection with  the manufacture  of
  Products for  Buyer under  the terms  of this  Agreement.   Seller
  understands and  agrees  that  Buyer's  Brands  are  the  valuable
  properties of Buyer, and that the acquisition of secondary meaning
  in any instance is associated exclusively with Buyer.  All use  of
  Buyer's Brands  by Seller,  and  the goodwill  generated  thereby,
  shall inure to the benefit of Buyer.

       9.03  Buyer shall  have the right in  its sole discretion  to
  amend Schedule 9.02 from time to time for  the purpose of adding,
  deleting, or modifying marks and  names contained therein.   Buyer
  shall give Seller prompt notices of  all such amendments.   Seller
  shall comply  with  all  guidelines and  instructions  from  Buyer
  regarding  proper   usage  of   the  Buyer's   Brands,   including
  instructions or guidelines relating to notices.

       9.04  Seller shall not, during the term of this Agreement  or
  thereafter, (i) claim any right, title,  or interest in or to  the
  Buyer's Brands  or Intellectual  Property other  than the  limited
  right to use  the Buyer's Brands  and Intellectual Property  under
  the terms  of  this Agreement  or  the Asset  Purchase  Agreement,
  (ii) challenge any right, title, or interest of Buyer in or to the
  Buyer's Brands  or Intellectual  Property, (iii) take any  action
  likely to infringe or to violate any right, title, or interest  of
  Buyer in or  to the Buyer's  Brands or  Intellectual Property,  or
  (iv) use the Buyer's Brands or Intellectual Property in any manner
  that violates the terms  of this Agreement  or the Asset  Purchase
  Agreement.

       Seller shall notify Buyer promptly of all actual or suspected
  infringements of  the Buyer's  Brands or  Intellectual Property.  
  Buyer  shall  have  the  right  to   take  any  action  it   deems
  appropriate, including  the initiation  of legal  proceedings,  to
  enjoin such infringements  or otherwise to  protect its rights  in
  and to the Buyer's Brands or Design Intellectual Property.  Seller
  shall provide reasonable assistance to Buyer (at Buyer's  expense)
  in protecting such  rights against infringements  as requested  by
  Buyer.
<PAGE>
       9.05  Seller acknowledges  that the breach  by Seller of  any
  obligation relating  to Buyer's  Brands or  Intellectual  Property
  would cause immediate  and irreparable  harm to  Buyer, and  Buyer
  would have  no  adequate  remedy  at  law.    Notwithstanding  the
  provisions of Section 13, in the event of a  breach or  threatened
  breach of any obligation of Seller  relating to Buyer's Brands  or
  Intellectual Property, Buyer  shall be  entitled (upon  reasonable
  proof thereof  by affidavit  executed by  an officer  or  managing
  agent of Buyer, but without notice or delivery of a bond) to  such
  temporary restraining and seizure orders as may be appropriate  to
  prevent the  breach or  further breach  of the  obligation and  to
  protect the  rights of  Buyer  in and  to  the Buyer's  Brands  or
  Intellectual Property.  Furthermore, in the  event of a breach  or
  threatened breach  of  any  obligation  relating  to  Intellectual
  Property, Buyer shall  also be  entitled to  such preliminary  and
  permanent injunctions as may be appropriate to prevent the  breach
  or further breach of  the obligation or to  protect the rights  of
  Buyer in  and  to the  Intellectual  Property.   Nothing  in  this
  paragraph shall be  construed to prevent  Buyer from pursuing  any
  other remedy  for the  breach or  threatened  breach of  any  such
  obligation.
  
       9.06  Without the prior express written consent of the other
  party hereto, neither  party shall  disclose to  any third  person
  (except as  necessary  to procure  articles  or services  for  the
  manufacture or production of Products  or as necessary to  service
  Products and under the same care as exercised in the protection of
  such party's confidential  information) any  information which  it
  has  acquired  under  or  as  a  result  of  this  Agreement,   or
  negotiations leading to  it, concerning the  other party's  plans,
  drawings, trade secrets, specifications, business objectives, know
  how, financial and/or  sales reports  and forecasts,  intellectual
  property,   marketing   strategies,   service   records,   product
  development plans,  price  lists,  customers  or  customer  lists,
  personnel, products and  product specifications, product  manuals,
  work processes, work or services, unless such information (a)  was
  known to or  becomes generally known  without fault  of the  party
  making disclosure, (b)  is readily obtainable  from other  sources
  without breach  of any  obligation, or  (c)  is requested  by  any
  governmental body  or  court  order or  which  may  be  reasonably
  required  in  the  opinion  of  Seller's  counsel  under   federal
  securities laws.    All  such confidential  information  shall  be
  returned at the termination of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE 10
                              Warranty

       10.01  Seller hereby indemnifies  and upon request of  Buyer,
  at Seller's cost and expense, will  defend Buyer from and  against
  any cause of action, liability, or claims and demands therefor, or
  damage arising out of death or  injury to any person or damage  to
  property, by whomsoever suffered, resulting from or arising out of
  any defects  in the  workmanship of  Products, or  the failure  of
  Seller or the  workmanship of Products  to comply with  applicable
  United  States   federal,  state   or  local   laws,   ordinances,
  regulations or standards; and against the expenses of any  Product
  recalls necessary or advisable due to  defects caused by Seller.  
  Buyer hereby  indemnifies Seller,  and  will at  Seller's  request
  defend Seller from damage  arising out of death  or injury to  any
  person or damage  to property, by  whomsoever suffered,  resulting
  from or arising out of any defects in the design of and  materials
  specified or components  supplied by  Buyer for  Products, or  the
  failure of  Buyer or  the design  of and  materials specified  for
  Products to comply with applicable United States federal, state or
  local laws, ordinances, regulations or standards; and against  the
  expenses of  any Product  recalls necessary  or advisable  due  to
  defects caused by Buyer.   The parties  shall comply with  Section
  11.04 hereof and any such indemnity shall be null and void if  any
  such claim, liability or  damage is due to  the negligence of  the
  indemnified party.

       10.02   Buyer  represents and  warrants  that the  design  of
  Products is  not  in violation  of  any applicable  United  States
  Federal, State or local law, ordinance, regulation or standard and
  that  none  of  such   regulations  or  standards  prohibits   the
  importation, shipment,  offering for  sale, sale  or use  for  its
  intended purpose of Products on account of their design; and  that
  Products will be free  from defects in  design or component  parts
  which will  create  a  "substantial  product  hazard"  within  the
  meaning of  the  United  States  Consumer  Product  Safety  Act.  
  Further, Seller represents and warrants that Products will be free
  from defects  in workmanship  that create  a "substantial  product
  hazard" and  that all  Products  will be  manufactured,  packaged,
  labeled, shipped,  and if  required,  certified or  registered  in
  accordance with all such applicable laws, ordinances,  regulations
  and   standards,   including   the   standards   of   Underwriters
  Laboratories, if  applicable.   Each party  agrees to  notify  the
  other of and cooperate in the response to any "substantial product
  hazard."

       10.03  Simultaneously herewith  Buyer and Seller shall  enter
  into  a  Quality  Agreement   which  is  incorporated  herein   by
  reference, and is attached hereto as Schedule 10.03.  All Products
  manufactured hereunder shall  conform to the  requirements of  the
  Quality Agreement.
<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE 11
                       Indemnity and Insurance

       11.01  Seller  shall procure and maintain  product liability
  insurance relating to the  Products in an amount  not less than  a
  combined single limit  of Ten Million  U.S. Dollars  ($10,000,000)
  for  bodily  injury  and  death  liability  and  property   damage
  liability, written by a  reputable insurance company  satisfactory
  to Buyer, naming  Buyer as an  additional insured.   Seller  shall
  furnish  Buyer  with  certificates  of  insurance  confirming  the
  existence of such insurance and stipulating that the insurer  will
  give Buyer at least thirty (30) days' written notice prior to any
  cancellation of  or  material  change  in  such  insurance.    The
  procurement and  maintenance  of product  liability  insurance  by
  Seller shall not operate as any limitation on Seller's  liability,
  to Buyer or to any third party, for any claim of a third party for
  bodily injury,  death  or property  damage  caused by  Products.  
  Seller shall be liable for all such claims, as provided in Section
  10.01.

       11.02  Buyer  shall indemnify and  hold Seller harmless  from
  and against any judgments, decrees, costs and expenses  (including
  any attorney's fees and expenses) resulting from any suit,  action
  or claim for  infringements brought  against Seller  by any  third
  party as the result  of Seller's use  of Intellectual Property  in
  accordance with this Agreement.
       
       11.03  Buyer shall further indemnify and hold harmless Seller
  from and against any and all liabilities, costs, expenses,  losses
  and damages,  including counsel  fees and  expenses and  costs  of
  settlement, arising out of  or relating to any  claim made by  any
  third party which is based upon or  arises from or as a result  of
  any items  that  are  incorporated  in  any  Products  at  Buyer's
  direction.

       11.04  Where either party has  agreed to indemnify the  other
  party pursuant to Article 10 or 11 , the indemnifying party  shall
  assume the  defense of  any action  or suit  relating thereto,  by
  reputable counsel retained  at the  indemnifying party's  expense,
  and shall pay any damages assessed against or otherwise payable to
  the indemnified party as a result  of the disposition of any  such
  action or suit.  The indemnified  party shall promptly notify  the
  indemnifying party of the commencement of any such action or suit,
  or threats thereof, and the  indemnifying party shall be  afforded
  the opportunity to determine  the manner in  which such action  or
  suit shall be handled or otherwise  disposed of.  The  indemnified
  party shall give the indemnifying party the cooperation reasonably
  required, at the indemnifying  party's expense, for  out-of-pocket
  expenses incurred by  the other party  and paid  to third  parties
  (except  for  salaries  of   the  other  party's  employees),   in
  connection with  any such  action or  suit.   Notwithstanding  the
  foregoing, the  indemnified  party  may participate  in  any  such
  action or suit at its own expense and by its own counsels.
<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE 12
                        Term and Termination

       12.01  This Agreement shall become  effective on the date  of
  its execution by the parties hereto and shall remain effective for
  two (2)  years  from such  date  and shall  extend  thereafter  to
  include any  Product sold  by Seller  to Buyer  in 1999  and  2000
  production years,  unless  otherwise  canceled  or  terminated  as
  provided herein.

       12.02  This Agreement, and any purchase order hereunder,  may
  be terminated by either party upon  written notice to the other:  
  (i) in the  event  that  performance  of  this  Agreement  or  any
  purchase order hereunder  shall have been  rendered impossible  or
  impracticable for a period of ten (10) consecutive days after the
  scheduled delivery date (which is 20 days from the purchase  order
  date) by reason of the happening of one or more events referred to
  in Section 15.03 hereof, or  (ii) at any time  upon or  after the
  filing  by  the  other  party  of  a  petition  in  bankruptcy  or
  insolvency, or upon or after any adjudication that the other party
  is insolvent, or upon  or after the filing  by the other party  of
  any petition  or answer  seeking reorganization,  readjustment  or
  arrangement of  the business  of the  other  party under  any  law
  relating to  bankruptcy  or  insolvency,  or  upon  or  after  the
  appointment of  a  receiver  for  all  or  substantially  all  the
  property of the other  party, or upon or  after the making by  the
  other party  of any  assignment or  attempted assignment  for  the
  benefit of  creditors, or  upon or  after the  institution of  any
  proceedings for the liquidation or winding up of the other party's
  business or for the termination of its corporate charter.

       12.03   This  Agreement  may  also  be  terminated  upon  the
  occurrence of an  Event of Default.  Each of  the following  shall
  constitute a separate "Event of Default" hereunder:

            (a)    Seller's  failure   to  make  any  delivery   due
            hereunder.  Seller recognizes that the continual, timely
            and conforming  delivery to  Buyer  of Products  is  the
            essence of this Agreement,  and that failure to  perform
            delivery obligations  by  Seller may  damage  Buyer  and
            Buyer's business.   Notwithstanding any other  provision
            contained in this  Agreement (including Section  15.03),
            in the  event  Seller is  unable  to cure  any  delivery
            failure hereunder within ten (10) days of the  scheduled
            delivery due date, Buyer shall thereafter have the right
            (upon twenty-four (24) hours notice to Seller) to remove
            Buyer's Tools (as  described in  Section 5.01) from the
            Seller's premises  in order  to  utilize such  Tools  in
            another  facility   of   Buyer's  selection.      Seller
            recognizes and acknowledges that granting this right  to
            Tool removal is an appropriate and necessary remedy  and
            has the  effect of  mitigating  damage claims  by  Buyer
            against Seller. 
<PAGE>
            (b)  A default  or  violation  by  either  Buyer  and/or
            Seller in performing  any of the  terms or covenants  of
            this Agreement  (other than  delivery requirements  as  
            governed by  Section  12.03(a)) which  continues  for  a
            period  of  twenty  (20)  days  after  notice   thereof,
            provided, however, that said twenty (20) day period will
            be extended an  additional twenty (20)  days so long  as
            Seller is diligently attempting  to cure such  violation
            in a reasonable commercial manner.

            (c)  Seller's transfer  of, or  agreement  to transfer,
            substantially all of its business or assets to an entity
            which Buyer, in its reasonable discretion, deems to be a
            competitor of Buyer;  Buyer shall be  given thirty  (30)
            days  advance  notice  of   any  proposed  transfer   of
            ownership of more than 10% of the assets of Seller.

            (d)  The  calling  of   a  meeting   of  creditors,   an
            appointment of a committee  of creditors or  liquidating
            agents, or an offering of a composition or extension  to
            creditors by, for, or of Seller.
            
            (e)  The occurrence  of any  transaction  or series  of
            transactions  (whether  or  not  such  transactions  are
            related), a  result of  which  the voting  control  over
            Seller is held by a person or entity which Buyer in  its
            reasonable discretion,  deems  to  be  a  competitor  of
            Buyer.

            (f)  Seller's challenge to  Buyer's title  or rights  in
            and to the Buyer's  Brands or Intellectual Property,  or
            the validity of the  Buyer's Brand or other  proprietary
            rights of Buyer relating to Products.

       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and expiration  of
  an applicable cure period, if  any, the non-defaulting party  may,
  in its  sole  discretion,  elect to  terminate  the  Agreement  by
  written notice to the other party. 

       12.04   Upon  termination  of this  Agreement,  Seller  shall
  immediately cease and desist using the Buyer's Brands, Design  IP,
  and Tools and shall comply  with Buyer's instructions relating  to
  return or destruction of the Buyer's Brands, Design IP, Tools,  or
  any of them.

       12.05  The termination of this Agreement shall not affect  or
  impair the  rights  and  obligations of  either  party  under  any
  Product purchase  order  placed  prior to  such  termination,  nor
  relieve any party of any obligation or liability accrued hereunder
  or under any such  purchase order prior  to such termination,  nor
  affect or impair  the rights of  either party  arising under  this
  Agreement prior to such termination, except as expressly  provided
  in this Agreement.
<PAGE>
       12.06  Any termination of this Agreement due a party's  Event
  of Default shall be without prejudice  to any remedy of the  party
  for the recovery of any moneys then due to it under this Agreement
  or in  respect to  any antecedent  breach of  this Agreement,  and
  without prejudice  to  any  other right  of  a  party,  including,
  without limitation, damages for breach to  the extent they may  be
  recoverable.

       12.07  The  parties' performance and  obligations under  this
  Agreement are contingent  upon the  execution and  closing by  the
  parties hereto of  that certain Asset  Purchase Agreement  between
  the parties  of  even  date and  related  thereto  and  referenced
  therein and  constituting  integral  parts  of  this  transaction,
  provided, however,  that the  failure to  execute and  close  such
  Asset Purchase  Agreement  shall  not  terminate  the  duties  and
  obligations contained in Section 9 hereto or subsections thereof.

       12.08   SELLER  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY  AGREES  TO  THE  FOLLOWING
               LIMITATION OF DAMAGE CLAIMS AGAINST BUYER: 

       Except for claims strictly for payment for Product  delivered
  in conformity herewith pursuant to purchase orders from Buyer, the
  cumulative liability  of  Buyer to  Seller  for all  other  claims
  relating to this Agreement, including any cause of action sounding
  in contract, tort, or strict liability, shall not exceed the total
  amount  of   the  result   determined  by   multiplying  the   (i)
  deficiencies in television  PCB sets below  the 2,000,000  minimum
  requirement (not otherwise subject to force majeure hereunder)  in
  1997 and/or 1998 by (ii) $1.50 (one dollar and fifty cents).  This
  limitation of liability  is intended  to apply  without regard  to
  whether other provisions of this  Agreement have been breached  or
  have proven  ineffective.   Seller acknowledges  that the  damages
  limitation  herein  specified  is  reasonable  in  light  of   the
  anticipated harm it may suffer as a result of a breach by Buyer. 

       In no event shall  Buyer be liable for  any loss of  profits;
  any incidental, special, exemplary,  or consequential damages;  or
  any claims or  demands brought against  Buyer, even  if Buyer  has
  been advised of the possibility of  such claims or demands.   This
  limitation upon damages  and claims is  intended to apply  without
  regard to whether  other provisions  of this  Agreement have  been
  breached or have proven ineffective. 
<PAGE>

                             ARTICLE 13
                     Mediation; Binding Arbitration

       13.01  In  the event  of any  claim or  controversy under  or
  otherwise relating  to  this Agreement,  except  as set  forth  in
  Section 1.03  and/or Section 9.05, the  parties shall  attempt to
  resolve the claim  or controversy by  good faith participation  in
  nonbinding mediation  in  Knox  County, Tennessee,  prior  to  the
  commencement of  litigation.    The  mediator  and  the  rules  of
  mediation shall be agreed upon by the parties within ten (10) days
  following notice of an intent to  mediate.  In the absence of  the
  parties' agreement, the mediator and  the rules for the  mediation
  shall be  determined by  the  Federal Mediation  and  Conciliation
  Service or, if that Service is  unable or unwilling to serve,  the
  American Arbitration Association.   The  mediation shall  continue
  until the claim or controversy is resolved or the mediator makes a
  finding  that  there  is  no  possibility  of  settlement  through
  mediation.
        
       13.02  Binding Arbitration on Price  Disputes.  In  order to
  achieve an immediate resolution of price disputes, if the  parties
  are unable  to agree  on a  price adjustment,  under Section  1.03
  hereof, at any time during the 1997 and/or the 1998 model years of
  this agreement, then either party may initiate binding arbitration
  in regard  to  the  price  dispute,  according  to  the  following
  procedure:   either  Buyer  or Seller  may  initiate  the  binding
  arbitration by giving notice of the demand for such resolution  to
  the other  party.   Such  notice shall  be  in writing;  shall  be
  delivered  in  accordance  with  the  notice  provisions  of  this
  agreement; shall state in writing the  specific terms of the  such
  parties demand  for price  adjustment  (and the  basis  therefor);
  shall name an  arbitrator who shall  be the designated  arbitrator
  for such party.  Not later than two business days after receipt of
  such notice,  the recipient  shall respond  to  said notice:    in
  writing; in  accordance with  the  Notice delivery  terms  hereof;
  stating the basis  for its objection  to the proposed  adjustment;
  and naming an  arbitrator who shall  be the designated  arbitrator
  for such  party.   Thereafter  within  two business  days  of  the
  designation of the second arbitrator by the responsive notice  set
  forth above, the two designated  arbitrators shall select a  third
  arbitrator.    The   three  arbitrators   shall  then   thereafter
  immediately meet to consider the positions of the parties and  the
  terms of this  Agreement and shall  render a  binding decision  of
  such  price  dispute   seven  days  thereafter.     This   binding
  arbitration provision shall apply only  to the price issues  under
  Section  1.03  and  not  for  any  other  dispute  regarding  this
  Agreement.  Neither party hereunder may suspend its performance of
  the other  terms of  this Agreement  during the  pendency of  such
  arbitration.  To the extent not contradicted by the terms of  this
  section (in which case this section shall govern) the rules of the
  American  Arbitration  Association  shall  apply  to   arbitration
  pursuant  to  this  section.    A  decision  of  the   arbitrators
  hereunder, as to any price dispute under Section 1.03, shall be  a
  final and  conclusive  resolution  of the  considered  issue,  not
<PAGE>  
  subject to review  by, or appeal  to, any  court otherwise  having
  jurisdiction over the matter (provided, however, that a court  may
  be asked to enforce the terms of any arbitration decision pursuant
  to this section).   The  agreed purpose  of this  provision is  to
  resolve in two weeks time any price dispute under Section 1.03.
  
                             ARTICLE 14
                       Contract Administrators

       14.01  Buyer and Seller each shall designate an employee  who
  shall have  the  primary  responsibility  for  implementing  these
  agreements  and  who  shall  be  responsible  for  overseeing  the
  administration of this  Agreement and with  the authority to  make
  decisions required by this Agreement ("Contract  Administrators").
   The designation required by this  Section 14.01 shall be made  in
  writing at or prior to Closing.  The Contract Administrators,  and
  the parties  generally, shall  cooperate  and negotiate  with  one
  another in good faith to resolve any question that may arise as to
  the interpretation  of  any  provision of  the  Agreement  and  to
  resolve any dispute  arising under this  Agreement, to the  extent
  possible.   Each  party  may change  the  employee  designated  as
  Contract Administrator by written notice to the other party.

                             ARTICLE 15
                          Additional Terms

       15.01  The  relationship between Seller  and Buyer is  solely
  that of vendor  and vendee.   Neither party, nor  its agents,  and
  employees shall, under any circumstances, be deemed to be  agents,
  partners, joint venturers,  legal representatives  or servants  of
  the other  party for  any purpose  whatsoever, and  neither  party
  shall have  any right  or authority  to enter  into any  contract,
  obligation, responsibility  or commitment  in the  name of  or  on
  behalf of the other or to bind or purport to bind the other in any
  manner whatsoever.

       15.02   Accordingly, this  Agreement shall  be assignable  by
  Seller, in  whole or  in part,  (whether by  operation of  law  or
  otherwise)  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Buyer,
  provided Seller is not  then in default of  any provision of  this
  Agreement and that  the manufacturing facilities  for any  Product
  hereunder  (other  than  the  use  of  present  processes  at  the
  Greeneville  facility)  are  certified  for  the  Buyer's  Product
  Qualification Approval PQA process,  attached as Schedule 15.02. 
  Buyer may assign its rights  hereunder to a successor,  subsidiary
  or affiliated corporation or business entity wholly owned by Buyer
  without  releasing  the  Buyer  from  liability  hereunder.    Any
  assignment contrary to the terms hereof shall be null and void and
  of no force or effect and  shall be deemed to constitute an  Event
  of Default hereunder. 
<PAGE>
       15.03  Neither Buyer nor Seller  shall be liable for  failure
  to perform or be deemed to be in default of this Agreement  and/or
  any purchase  orders under  this Agreement  because of  delays  or
  failures in the  performance of  its obligations  (other than  the
  payment of money) results from strikes, accidents, fires, shutdown
  of manufacturing  plants  supplying the  affected  parties,  court
  imposed or other  allocation of vendor  supplies, governmental  or
  court orders, injunctions, riots, acts  of God or war,  embargoes,
  earthquakes, floods, tornadoes or other types of unusually  severe
  weather,   quarantine    restrictions,   inability    to    secure
  transportation facilities or contingencies  arising out of or  due
  to national  defense activities  or emergency  conditions, or  any
  other cause, beyond the reasonable  control of the party  claiming
  benefit  hereof.     The  party  claiming   the  benefit  of   the
  aforementioned force majeure  condition shall continue  to make  a
  commercially reasonable good faith effort to cure the condition of
  force majeure, promptly resume performance when the cause for non-
  performance is  removed, and  shall send  to the  other notice  in
  writing of  the  cause within  three  (3) working days  after  the
  occurrence of such cause is known.  If any of the condition(s)  of
  force  majeure   set  forth   herein  shall   continue  to   exist
  uninterrupted for a period of ten  (10) consecutive days from  the
  date of  notice,  then  the  party  not  asserting  force  majeure
  hereunder may  elect  to  suspend  deliveries,  excuse  deliveries
  and/or cancel (in whole or in part) affected deliveries hereunder.
   If a  herein described force  majeure condition prohibits  Seller
  from filling and delivering to Buyer the majority of Products  for
  ten (10)  consecutive  days,  then  (in  addition  to  the  rights
  otherwise set forth herein) Buyer shall  have the right to  remove
  its tooling and dies from Seller's premises and to transport  such
  property  to  other  locations  in   order  to  provide  for   the
  manufacture of its PCB needs.

       15.04  The failure or delay of Buyer or Seller in any one  or
  more  instances  to  exercise  any  right  or  privilege  in  this
  Agreement or the waiver  of any breach by  Buyer or Seller of  any
  terms and conditions of this Agreement  shall not be construed  as
  thereafter waiving any  such terms  and conditions,  and the  same
  shall continue and remain in full force and effect as if no waiver
  had occurred. Any such failure, delay or waiver shall not preclude
  any other  or further  exercise thereof  or  the exercise  of  any
  right, power  or  remedy provided  herein.  No express  waiver  or
  assent by either party to any breach or default shall constitute a
  waiver of or assent to any succeeding breach or default.

       15.05   If any  provisions of  this Agreement  as applied  to
  either party or to any circumstance  shall be adjudged by a  court
  of competent  jurisdiction to  be void  or unenforceable  for  any
  reason, the same  shall in no  way affect (to  the maximum  extent
  permitted  by  applicable  law)   any  other  provision  of   this
  Agreement,  the   application   of  any   such   provision   under
  circumstances different from  those adjudicated by  the court,  or
  the validity or enforceability  of the Agreement  as a whole.  Any
  clauses of this Agreement intended to survive this Agreement shall
  survive the termination date of this Agreement.
<PAGE>  
       15.06   This Agreement,  the  Schedules and  Purchase  Orders
  issued hereunder, and all documents for  the purchase and sale  of
  Products shall  be  governed  by and  construed  and  enforced  in
  accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee, without regard
  to conflicts of laws principles.  The Buyer and Seller acknowledge
  that the only  forum and venue  for resolution  of any  litigation
  and/or other  judicial proceeding  in connection  with any  matter
  pertaining to  this  Agreement  shall  be  in  the  United  States
  District Court for  the Eastern District  of Tennessee located  at
  Knoxville, Tennessee.

       15.07   The  articles,  sections,  paragraphs,  captions  and
  headings set forth in each of the sections of this Agreement  have
  been inserted only for  the convenience of  the parties and  shall
  not be  considered in  the interpretation  or enforcement  of  the
  provisions of the Agreement.

       15.08  All  Schedules and  amendments to  this Agreement  are
  incorporated as if fully set forth therein.

       15.09  All notices required or permitted hereunder, requests
  and other communications relating to this Agreement shall be  made
  in  writing  and  shall  be  deemed  duly  given  when  personally
  delivered by hand or  when sent by  registered or certified  mail,
  return receipt requested, postage  prepaid, by Federal Express  or
  such  other  similar  overnight  courier  service,  by   facsimile
  addressed to the  intended recipient  thereof at  the address  and
  facsimile number  set forth  below (or  to such  other address  as
  either party  may hereafter  provide to  the other  party), or  by
  cable confirmed by letter as aforesaid, as follows:

  Notice to      Purchasing Department
  Buyer:         Philips Consumer Electronics Company
                 P.O. Box 14810
                 Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810
                 Facsimile: (423) 521-4897

  Copy to:       Law Department
                 North American Philips Corporation
                 P.O. Box 14810
                 Knoxville, Tennessee 37914-1810
                 Facsimile: (423) 521-4330

  Additional     Law Department
  Copy to:       Philips Electronics North America Corporation
                 64 Perimeter Center East
                 Atlanta, Georgia  30346-6401
                 Facsimile: (770) 821-2266<PAGE>

  And to:        Hunton & Williams
                 Attention: Joseph P. Congleton, Esq.
                 2000 Riverview Tower, 900 S. Gay Street
                 Knoxville, Tennessee 37902
                 Facsimile (423) 549-7704
<PAGE>
  Notice to      Circuit Systems, Inc.
  Seller:        Attention:  Dilip S. Vyas
                 2350 East Lunt Avenue
                 Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007
                 Fax: (847) 437-5910

  Copy to:       Rieck and Crotty, P.C.
                 Attention:  Thomas W. Rieck, Esq.
                 55 West Monroe Street, Suite 3390
                 Chicago, Illinois  60603
                 Facsimile (312) 726-0647

  or to such other address as  either party may hereafter  designate
  in writing by like notice.

       15.10  Time is of the essence as to each and every  provision
  of this Agreement.

       15.11   The specified  remedies herein  provided in  case  of
  default in the  performance of any  of the  obligations of  either
  party under this  Agreement or any  Production Release under  this
  Agreement are in  addition to, and  the exercise of  any right  or
  remedy herein provided  shall be without  prejudice to, any  other
  right or remedy  provided under  this Agreement  or at  law or  in
  equity.

       15.12   This Agreement  constitutes the  entire contract  and
  agreement between the  parties, and  it supersedes  all prior  and
  contemporaneous oral  or  written statements,  representations  or
  agreements.  No course of prior  dealings between the parties  and
  no trade  usage shall  be relevant  or admissible  to  supplement,
  explain or alter any of the terms of this Agreement. Acceptance or
  waiver of a course of performance  under this Agreement shall  not
  be relevant  or  admissible  to  determine  the  meaning  of  this
  Agreement. No  understandings  or  agreements have  been  made  or
  relied upon in making this Agreement except for those specifically
  set forth herein. This  Agreement may not  be modified or  amended
  unless such modification or  amendment is set  forth in a  writing
  duly executed by authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be
  legally bound hereby, have executed this Agreement as of the  date
  first above written.

                [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]




<PAGE>
                           ("BUYER")

                           PHILIPS ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA
                           CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation


                           BY: /s/ Thomas M. Hafner
                              Thomas M. Hafner
                              Vice President and General Counsel,
                              Philips Consumer Electronics Company,
                              a division of Philips Electronics 
                              North America Corporation


                            
                           
    [Signature Page to Printed Circuit Board Purchase Agreement]


                           ("SELLER")

                           CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P.,
                           a Tennessee limited partnership

                           CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, INC.
                           a Tennessee corporation, general partner


                           BY: /s/ Dilip S. Vyas
                              Dilip S. Vyas
                              Vice President


    [Signature Page to Printed Circuit Board Purchase Agreement]



                          Schedule 2.01(c)


  For Automatic Process

  Ink allowance of $0.1248 per square foot of board

  Scrap  allowance  of  2%,  of  board  material  (CEM-1)  plus  ink
  allowance, provided  that  any  paper  phenolic  (or  other  newly
  introduced board  material) allowances  shall be  reviewed by  the
  parties, subsequent to  the Closing  and based  on experience,  to
  reflect actual waste experience.



  For Carbon Process

  Ink allowance of $0.4000 per square foot of board

  Scrap allowance of 13%, of board material plus ink allowance
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                              CONTENTS

  Agreement                                                    
  ARTICLE I                Union Recognition
  ARTICLE II               Management Responsibility
  ARTICLE III              No Discrimination
  ARTICLE IIIA             Check Off
  ARTICLE IV               Hours and Overtime
  ARTICLE V                Seniority
  ARTICLE VI               Wages
  ARTICLE VII              Holidays
  ARTICLE VIII             Grievance Procedure
  ARTICLE IX               Arbitration
  ARTICLE X                Vacations
  ARTICLE XI               Leaves of Absence
  ARTICLE XII              General
  ARTICLE XIII             Insurance
  ARTICLE XIV              Pension Plan
  ARTICLE XV               Duration & Termination of Agreement
                           Allocation of Stewards
                           Rework Operations
                           Pilot run Operations
  EXHIBIT A                Classification
  EXHIBIT B-1              Wage Rate Schedule 1997-1998
  EXHIBIT B-2              Wage Rate Schedule 1998-1999
  EXHIBIT B-3              Wage Rate Schedule 1999-2000
  EXHIBIT C                Union Dues Authorization
  EXHIBIT D                Medical Downgrade Authorization
  EXHIBIT E                Reasonable Suspicion Testing
  EXHIBIT F                Weekly Insurance Premiums
  APPENDIX I               Weekend Overtime
  APPENDIX II              Letters of Understanding
  IUE - Cope Check-off form


                              AGREEMENT

  This  Agreement  is  between  Circuit  Systems  of  Tennessee,  a
  Tennessee Limited Partnership, (hereinafter call the  "Company"),
  and the International Union of Electronic, Electrical,  Salaried,
  Machine  and  Furniture  Workers,  AFL-CIO,  and  its  Local  796
  (hereinafter called the "Union").
<PAGE>
                             WITNESSETH:

  WHEREAS a  majority  of  the employees  of  the  Company  in  the
  collective bargaining unit  to be covered  by the  terms of  this
  Agreement have designated the union as the collective  bargaining
  agent; the Company herewith recognizes the Union as the sole  and
  exclusive collective bargaining representative for all  employees
  in the  unit hereafter  specified in  all matters  pertaining  to
  wages, hours and working conditions; and,

  WHEREAS the  parties hereto  desire to  establish a  standard  of
  conditions and procedures  under which employees  shall work  for
  the Company  during the  terms of  this Agreement  and desire  to
  regulate the  employment relations  between the  parties for  the
  purpose of securing  harmonious cooperation and  the settling  of
  all disputes by peaceful  means that may  arise in the  employee-
  employer relationship.

  NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises  and
  agreements herein contained the parties agree as follows:

                              ARTICLE I
                          UNION RECOGNITION

  Recognized to  the extent  required by  federal law  but  limited
  exclusively to  such legal  requirement, the  Company  recognizes
  International Union of Electronic, Electrical, Salaried,  Machine
  and Furniture  Workers,  AFL-CIO,  and its  Local  796,  and  its
  successors (Union) as the sole and exclusive bargaining agent for
  the production and  maintenance employees of  Circuit Systems  of
  Tennessee,  a   Tennessee   Limited   Partnership,   Greeneville,
  Tennessee plant ("Company").

                             ARTICLE II
                      MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

  The right to hire,  layoff and discharge  employees for just  and
  lawful cause;  and the  management,  disposition, and  number  of
  working forces, the right to contract out work, the right to make
  reasonable assignments of jobs; to  determine the products to  be
  manufactured, processed or handled by the employee; to  establish
  production schedules, methods, processes  and means and ends;  to
  determine its general business practice  and policy; to open  new
  units,  assembly  lines,  departments   and  operations  and   to
  terminate or close  them; to  make promotions  to supervisory  or
  executive positions; to  increase or decrease  the working  force
  are  among  the  sole  prerogatives  of  the  Company;  provided,
  however, that  this  section will  not  be used  to  discriminate
  against the Union  and membership thereof  and also this  section
  will not in  any way abrogate  or interfere  with the  employee's
  rights under the terms  of this Agreement,  including the use  of
  the grievance and arbitration procedure.
<PAGE>  
                             ARTICLE III
                          NO DISCRIMINATION

  1.  The provisions  of this  Agreement shall  be applied  to all
      employees without  discrimination or  preferential treatment
      for any  reason  prohibited  by  law,  including  age,  sex,
      martial status, race, color, creed,  disability, or national
      origin.

  2.  All reference to employees in this  Agreement designate both  
      sexes, and  wherever the  male gender  is used  it  shall be
      construed to include male and female employees.

  3.  The Company agrees not  to interfere with the  rights of its  
      employees to become members of the Union, and there shall be
      no discrimination, interference,  restraint, or  coercion by
      the Company  or  any  of  its  agents against  any  employee
      because of Union membership  or because of his  acting as an
      officer or in any other bona fide activity  on behalf of the
      Union.

  4.  The Union recognizes its responsibility as  a result of NLRB
      certification to represent  all employees in  the bargaining
      unit  and   agrees   there   will  be   no   discrimination,
      interference, restraint, or coercion by the  Union or any of
      its agents against  any employee because  of his  refusal to
      join or participate in the Union or Union activities.

  5.  The parties agree  that they  will not  discriminate against  
      those who are Vietnam era or disabled veterans.


                            ARTICLE IIIA
                              CHECK OFF

  1.  The Company during the life of this Agreement agrees to make
      deductions of  dues and  the Union  initiation  fee of  each
      employee who  signs an  "Authorization for  Dues  Check Off"
      form as  shown  in  Exhibit  "C"  of the  appendix  of  this
      Agreement.

  2.  Deductions shall be paid within seven (7)  days to the Local  
      Union Financial Secretary,  together with a  listing showing
      the names of  the employees from  whose pay  deductions were
      made and the amount of each.

  3.  The deduction  shall be  made weekly.   The  money deducted,  
      however, shall be remitted  to the Union monthly  or on such
      other schedule as is agreed by the Union and the Company.

  4.  Any  employee   who  has   authorized  dues   deductions  in
      accordance with the foregoing shall be irrevocably committed
      to  such  deductions  for   a  period  ending  as   of  each
      anniversary  date   of   this   Agreement,  and   shall   be
      automatically renewed  to each  succeeding anniversary  date
      unless written  notice of  revocation by  certified  mail is
      given to the Company and the Union  within fifteen (15) days
      preceding such anniversary date.
<PAGE>

                             ARTICLE IV
                         HOURS AND OVERTIME

  1.  The basic work  week shall consist  of five  (5) consecutive  
      eight (8) hour work days.   The basic work  week shall begin
      for the first shift at  7:00 A.M. Monday morning  and end at
      3:00 P.M. on Friday afternoon.   The basic work week for the
      second shift  shall begin  at 3:00  P.M. Monday  and  end at
      11:00 P.M.  on  Friday; however,  in  some  areas a  special
      second shift may begin at 12:00 noon Monday  and end at 8:30
      P.M. on Friday.   The  basic work week  for the  third shift
      will begin at 11:00 P.M. on  Sunday and end at  7:00 A.M. on
      Friday.

      The basic  work hours  of janitors,  and of  other employees
      whose duties require  different hours  (such as  persons who
      are obliged  to  make  work  or  equipment  ready  prior  to
      processing) may be different.  The  above work schedule will
      be  maintained  except  when  mutually  agreed  between  the
      Company and  the  Union  to  make  any necessary  changes.  
      Particular  problems  in  specific   locations  may  require
      setting up operation  schedules different from  those listed
      above.  In such instances the Company  will discuss such new
      schedules with the Union before they are set up.

      No  schedule  will  be   set  up  of  a   discriminatory  or
      unreasonable nature.  If  a schedule is created  that begins
      or ends more than one and one-half hours before or after the
      normal workweek, the Union and Company will meet and discuss
      the appropriate shift premium for such schedule.   When such
      changes in  schedules are  made the  new  schedules will  be
      staffed with  employees  with  the  greatest  seniority  who
      volunteer to work  such schedules  before assignment  of the
      least senior employees is made.

      In all events  of schedule changes  the Union  and employees
      will be given one (1)  week advance notice of  such change. 
      In any event of schedule change where no mutual agreement is
      arrived at, the Company may establish new schedules in which
      event  the  Union   has  recourse   to  the   grievance  and
      arbitration procedure  if they  feel the  Company  action is
      discriminatory or unreasonable.  When regularly scheduled or
      emergency overtime  is required  the Union  will  offer full
      cooperation  in  securing  the  services  of  all  employees
      required  for  the  overtime  work.    However,  should  any
      employee agree to work overtime and then  fail to report for
      such scheduled  overtime  work without  good  cause he  will
      automatically be  subject  to  a  one (1)  day  disciplinary
      layoff.   Where overtime  work is  required  on first  shift
      operations it is agreed that the starting time of the second
      shift shall  begin no  more  than two  (2)  hours after  the
      regular quitting time of the first shift.  Employees will be
      given one (1) day advance notice of such schedule.
<PAGE>

  2.  Employees will be paid for overtime work as follows:  

      (a)   Time and one-half the  employee's regular rate for  all
            work performed in excess of eight (8) hours in any  one
            (1) day or in excess of forty (40) hours in any one (1)
            week.  Daily and weekly overtime hours for the  purpose
            of this clause shall not be pyramided.

      (b)   Twice  the  employee's  regular   rate  for  all   work
            performed on  the seventh  (7th) consecutive  scheduled
            work day in any employee's  assigned work week, and  on
            Sunday as such, except in case of continuous  operation
            and for all work in excess of twelve (12) hours in  any
             one (1) day.

      (c)   One and  one-half  times the  employee's  regular  rate
            except in  case of  continuous operation  for all  work
            performed on  Saturday.   One  and one-half  times  the
            employee's rate  for all  work performed  on the  sixth
            (6th) consecutive scheduled work  day in an  employee's
            assigned work week in case of continuous operation.

      (d)   Double time will also be paid  to an employee for  work
            performed in excess of eight (8) hours on his/her sixth
            working day or  Saturday provided  the employee  worked
            all of his scheduled work  hours during that same  week
            or was  granted approved  paid  leave for  all  absence
            within that same week.

      (e)   These provisions may  be changed  in the  event a  work
            schedule other than  the eight (8)  hour per day,  five
            (5) day per week schedule is used.

  3.  Overtime shall be offered in the following manner.  

      (a)   Overtime shall first be  solicited pursuant to  current
            practice on  a voluntary  basis.   Employees  accepting
            overtime assignment shall first be obligated to  accept
            work in  their  currently assigned  classification  and
            such overtime will be  divided as equally as  practical
            among    employees    actively    in    the    affected
            classification.
<PAGE>

      (b)   For the purpose of  computing the division of  overtime
            within a classification,  under subsection 3(a)  above,
            an employee  shall be  charged with  having worked  all
            overtime hours  offered him  even though  the  employee
            declined to  work  such overtime.    He shall  also  be
            charged with rework hours.   All hours worked over  and
            above the initial solicitation shall not be charged  to
            the employee who declined  the initial solicitation  of
            overtime.

            (1)  All Relief Operator will  share overtime with  the
                 job classification of the lowest labor grade  they
                 are assigned to relieve,  provided they hold  said
                 classification.  Should there  be two or more  job
                 classifications in  this lower  labor grade,  they
                 will share  only in  the classification  to  which
                 they would be entitled in event of a reduction  in
                 force.

            (2)  Employees eligible for  overtime assignment  shall            
                 first  be  obligated  to  accept  work  on   their
                 currently assigned shift if overtime is available.
                  If overtime is  not available on their  currently
                 assigned  shift,   eligible  employees   will   be
                 solicited  for   overtime  on   other  shifts   in
                 accordance with  their  eligibility  to  work  the
                 available overtime.


      (c)   The foregoing  does not  affect the  administration  of
            current disciplinary procedures.

      (d)   Employees shall not be required to work more than  four
            (4)  hours  end-of-shift    overtime  in  order  to  be
            scheduled to perform  overtime work.   This  subsection
            shall not however be considered a waiver of  Management
            Rights  to   schedule   hours  and   the   number   and
            distribution of work force.   The company shall not  be
            required to schedule any employee in excess of  sixteen
            (16) hours in any twenty-four (24) hour period.

      (e)   After exhausting all efforts to schedule overtime on  a
            voluntary basis and the need for overtime is the result
            of a potential  loss of a  customer, the Company  after
            consultation with the Union,  may require employees  to
            work the  overtime  by  low hours.    An  employee  who
            volunteers and works overtime in a week will go to  the
            bottom of the  list for required  overtime  that  week.
            The employee required to work  will be informed of  the
            job to be performed whenever possible.
<PAGE>

  4.  Shift premiums of fifteen (15c) cents per  hour will be paid  
      to employees  whose regular  shifts are  scheduled  to begin
      after 12:00  noon and  before 5:30  a.m.   Payment  of night
      shift premium will be made to  regular night shift employees
      called in  for work  prior to  12:00  noon.   It is  further
      agreed, however, should a day shift employee  be placed on a
      night shift job for a temporary assignment, he shall be paid
      the night shift premium.

  5.  No overtime pay will be  given an employee who  by virtue of
      change of  shifts  works  more than  eight  (8)  hours in  a
      twenty-four (24) hour period.   Employees will be  given not
      less than a twenty-four (24) hour notice  of change of their
      regular shift.  If an employee does not receive such notice,
      he shall be paid time  and one-half for all  hours in excess
      of eight (8) which he works to affect  the change (old shift
      and new shift combined).

  6.  Employees who report to work at the regular starting time on  
      their shift when they  have not been notified  not to report
      and for whom work is unavailable shall be provided with four
      (4) hours  work or  four (4)  hours pay  in lieu  thereof at
      their regular  rate of  pay.   Should  such  a condition  be
      caused by act of God or other  conditions beyond the control
      of the  Company, there  will be  no liability  for providing
      work or  pay  as stated  above.   If  an  employee fails  to
      receive notification  that he  will not  be  working on  the
      following day because of  his absence from work  on that day
      he will not benefit from the above provision.

  7.  The Company agrees that whenever possible, it will give four
      (4) hours advance notice for daily overtime work and one (1)
      day advance notice for weekend overtime work.

  8.  When because of emergency situations it is necessary to call
      employees back  to  work,  outside their  regular  schedule,
      after one (1) hour  has elapsed following the  completion of
      their regular work shift, such employees  will be guaranteed
      a minimum of two (2) hours of work at double  time or pay in
      lieu thereof.  It is also agreed all hours  worked on such a
      call back will be paid  at double time.   An employee called
      in as a  result of  another employee's  failure to  honor an
      overtime commitment  shall receive  the regular  premium pay
      for such hours worked.

  9.  When employees are scheduled  to work two (2)  hours or more
      of overtime on a regular work day, they will  be given a ten
      (10) minute rest  period with  pay at the  end of  eight (8)
      hours.  A ten (10) minute rest period will be given for each
      succeeding two (2) hours of overtime work.

  10. If employees are called to work before  the starting time of
      their regular work shift,  they will not be  sent home early
      to avoid payment of overtime.   If an employee  who has been
      called in  before the  regular starting  time and  sent home
      before quitting time of  regular shift for any  reason shall
      receive overtime pay for the early hours.
<PAGE>

  11. Splitting of shifts  to avoid payment  of overtime  shall be
      prohibited.

  12. Senior employees  will  be  given  preference of  shifts  in  
      accordance with the following procedure:
      (1)   If there is an opening in an upgraded classification to
            be filled:

           (a)   The job will normally be filled with the  employee            
                 holding   the    greatest   seniority    in    the
                 classification to be filled  presently in a  lower
                 classification, (provided  that the  lower  graded
                 employee    currently    holds    the     upgraded
                 classification); however, if  there are  employees
                 in the same classification  on another shift,  the
                 job will be  first offered  to them  if they  hold
                 greater job  seniority  than the  next  downgraded
                 employee in line  for the  job.   An employee,  in
                 order to  be  considered  for  shift  change  just
                 mentioned, must have his name on file in the Human
                 Resources Office indicating his classification and
                 the shift to which  he desires to  be moved.   His
                 filing, in order to receive consideration must  be
                 made fifteen  (15)  calendar  days  prior  to  the
                 occurrence of the opening.   Any employee who  has
                 his name on file must  accept the shift change  if
                 offered.  In a reduction in force an employee  who
                 has his name on file in the Human Resources Office
                 fifteen (15) calendar  days in advance  of a  move
                 will be  allowed to  bump to  where his  seniority
                 would entitle him.

      (2)   On the fifteenth day  of January each  year and on  the
            fifteenth day  of  July  each  year,  an  employee  may
            exercise  the  option   of  a   shift  preference,   by
            displacing a less senior employee on another shift  who
            holds the  same job  classification.   In order  to  be
            considered for a shift change  an employee must have  a
            shift preference on file in the Human Resources  Office
            indicating his  classification and  shift to  which  he
            desires to be moved by January  1 for the January  15th
            move and by July 1 for  the July 15th move.   Employees
            with sufficient  seniority shall  within the  following
            two (2) weeks be allowed to bump to the shift of  their
            choice.    Employees  with  less  than  one  (1)   year
            seniority  shall   not  be   entitled  to   any   shift
            preference.   The  bumping privilege  described  herein
            shall prevail only during the period described above.  
            Employees with less than  one (1) year seniority  shall
            not be entitled to any shift preference.
<PAGE>
            (a)  Employees returning from a  leave of absence  will
                 be treated as follows:

                 Employees returning from a leave of absence  prior
                 to a window period will  be returned to the  shift
                 they previously held  if their seniority  entitles
                 them to do so except that, if an employee was on a
                 leave of absence during a window period, he  shall
                 go to the shift of his preference if his seniority
                 entitles him to do so.

      (3)   In labor  grade 8  and above  it  may be  necessary  to
            assign employees contrary to the above provision for  a
            period not  to  exceed  30 working  days  for  training
            purposes, however no employee shall be subject to  such
            an assignment more  than once  in a  twelve (12)  month
            period.   Employees so  assigned  will be  returned  to
            their original shift and  classification at the end  of
            the training period  and will be  considered as  having
            been on that  shift and classification  for the  entire
            training period  so  far  as bumping  rights  or  other
            benefits are concerned.  Employees so assigned will  be
            transferred  and  in  the   event  of  a  night   shift
            assignment will be eligible for night shift premium.

      (4)   When an  employee  is  moved  from  the  shift  of  his
            preference to  accept  work  on  an  upgraded  job  and
            subsequently that employee is reduced from an  upgraded
            job as  a  result  of  a  Company  action  he  will  be
            transferred to the shift of his preference provided  he
            has a preference form filed fifteen (15) calendar  days
            prior to the Company action and provided his  seniority
            entitles him to  do so.   Employees who  elect to  sign
            away a job shall be required to remain on their current
            shift until their  seniority allows them  to move at  a
            normal window.

            Employees may bid on upgrade job openings on any  shift
            regardless  of  shift   preference;  however,  if   the
            employee is awarded the job and accepts the job he must
            sign a  shift preference  form accepting  the shift  on
            which the job is assigned.

                              ARTICLE V
                              SENIORITY

 1.   Seniority as used herein is defined as the right accruing to  
      employees through length of  service which entitles  them to
      certain considerations  and preferences  as provided  for in
      this  Agreement.    Seniority  shall  mean   the  length  of
      continuous  service  an   employee  has  with   the  Company
      beginning with the date he was employed by the Company.  The
      seniority of  employees who  are employed  on  the date  the
      Company begins operations  shall be determined  by assigning
      seniority numbers to the employees based  on their seniority
      with the predecessor company.  For  example, the person with
      the most seniority  with the  predecessor company  will have
      seniority number 1. 
<PAGE>
      (a)   Upgraded Job Classification  Seniority -  This will  be
            gained after sixty (60) calendar days, except holidays,
            vacations, sick days and days on jury duty, on upgraded
            jobs in labor grades 5 through 7 and after seventy-five
            (75) calendar  days, except  holidays, vacations,  sick
            days and days on jury duty,  on upgraded jobs in  labor
            grades 8  and above.   If  the employee  is  performing
            adequately after the completion of such a trial  period
            his job  classification  seniority  shall  include  his
            entire   seniority.    Upgraded job  seniority  can  be
            exercised only on  the upgraded  job classification  in
            which it is held.  In the event of a reduction of force
            the parties agree any  and all upgraded  classification
            seniority can be exercised in any and all  non-upgraded
            job classification.

            (1)  In  the  event  a   reduction  in  force   becomes            
                 necessary during a trial period employees shall be
                 reduced from  upgraded  jobs  in  order  of  total
                 accumulated days credited to their trial period in
                 that upgraded  job classification  beginning  with
                 the employee who has  the smallest number of  such
                 days.    They  shall  be  returned  to  that   job
                 classification as openings occur in that  upgraded
                 job classification beginning with the employee who
                 has the most number of  such days.  Days  credited
                 to   trial    periods    within    upgraded    job
                 classification shall provide employees no upgraded
                 job classification  privileges  except  as  stated
                 within this  subsection.

  2.  Probationary Employees - A new employee shall be regarded as
      a probationary employee  for sixty  (60) calendar  days from
      the date of his hire.  During  this probationary period, the
      employee shall carry no  seniority rights.   Upon completion
      of the probationary period the employee's seniority is dated
      from his hire date.  If the employee is  laid off during the
      probationary  period,  he  has  no   reemployment  rights.  
      However, if  said employee  is recalled  within  twelve (12)
      months of his lay off date, he shall be required to complete
      the balance of his  probationary period.   upon satisfactory
      completion of this  probationary period his  seniority shall
      date from his original  hire date.  During  the probationary
      period the Company will be  the sole judge as  to whether or
      not the employee should be retained and in case of discharge
      the probationary  employee  will  have  no recourse  to  the
      grievance procedure.

  3.  Upgraded Jobs  

      (a)   All jobs  above  Labor  Grade 4  will  be  regarded  as
            upgraded jobs  and will  be filled  in accordance  with
            Article V, Section 8 (Promotions).
<PAGE>

  4.  Lay-Offs and Recalls from Non-Upgraded Job Classifications:  

      (a)   In the event of a lay off due to a reduction of  forces
            affecting     employees     in     non-upgraded     job
            classifications, seniority  will be  exercised  causing
            the youngest seniority employee to be laid off first.  
            In case of a recall after lay off, the oldest seniority
            employee laid  off   will  be  the first  one  recalled
            provided he is  qualified to  do the  work available.  
            Employees laid off  or recalled  at any  time within  a
            single day  shall  be regarded  as  being laid  off  or
            recalled simultaneously.

      (b)   When a foreman  is advised  that a  reduction in  force
            will  require  the  lay  off  of  employees,  he   will
            immediately advise  the  steward  or  stewards  of  the
            affected areas.

      (c)   Employees may  be  used on  a  temporary basis  only  a
            maximum of five (5) consecutive days in classifications
            they have signed away.   This time  may be extended  if
            the employee does not  object.  There  is no intent  to
            abuse this language.

  5.  Lay-Offs and Recalls from upgraded Job Classifications:  

      (a)   In case  of lay  off due  to reduction  of forces,  the
            employee with  the least  job Classification  Seniority
            will  be  cut   back  first  from   the  specific   job
            classification affected.    He  may then  revert  to  a
            previously held job  Classification in  the same  labor
            grade or lower to which his seniority entitles him.

            In case  of recall  after lay  off, employees  will  be
            returned to  jobs in  line with  their previously  held
            seniority.

      (b)   When  an  employee  is   being  downgraded  and   holds
            seniority in  two or  more Job  Classifications in  the
            same labor grade he will downgrade or replace the least
            senior employee.

      (c)   Payment of Temporary Upgrade Pay
            In the event of a temporary move to an upgraded job, if
            the supervisor is unable to obtain the most senior  cut
            back employee within  the job classification  required,
            he will temporarily  upgrade the employee   used to  do
            the work  and will  also temporarily  upgrade the  most
            senior cut back employee holding the job classification
            required to perform the work within the Plant.
<PAGE>

  6.  If employees on lay  off are recalled by  seniority for five  
      (5) consecutive working days or less  of available work they
      will not  be obligated  to accept  such  recall.   Employees
      working in  the plant  may not  be  temporarily assigned  to
      classifications of work  to which  their seniority  does not
      entitle them for more than five (5) consecutive working days
      if the employees entitled to such work  are on permanent lay
      off.

  7.  To insure  all employees  an opportunity  to  apply for  and
      receive consideration of jobs in higher classifications, the
      following procedure will be followed:

      (a)   When all employees  holding seniority  on any  upgraded
            job have  been returned  to  such job,  and  additional
            employees are needed, an announcement of such  openings
            will be posted on all shop bulletin boards for a period
            of not  less than  forty-eight  (48) hours  during  the
            regular scheduled  work  week.   On  all  postings  for
            upgrade jobs, the  Company will provide  a brief,  non-
            binding description.

      (b)   Employees in a  lower classification may  bid for  such
            jobs by signing an  application in the Human  Resources
            Office.  The Chief Steward  will receive copies of  the
            signed application of all  bidders.  The Chief  Steward
            will be advised of the employees who have been selected
            for the  promotion.   An employee  who bids  on and  is
            awarded an upgrade job  will be required  to go to  the
            job.   Once the  bid has  been awarded  the  successful
            bidder is prohibited from signing it away for a  period
            of up to fifteen (15) calendar days.

      (c)   Consideration for placement of  personnel on such  jobs
            will be given  in accordance with  promotion policy  as
            outlined in Article V, Section 8.

      (d)   Posting of a particular job classification will not  be
            required more than one  (1) time in  a thirty (30)  day
            period.  All promotions  will be made  on the basis  of
            the bids  submitted within  the forty-eight  (48)  hour
            bidding period.    Exception  will be  made  for  those
            employees absent or on leave to  permit them to bid  on
            any job posted during  their absence and be  considered
            for such promotion provided that  the job has not  been
            filled or  that  no employee  has  been sent  a  recall
            notice or  transferred,  or  a new  employee  hired  in
            preparation for filling such a job.   If all bids  have
            been exhausted and there  are additional openings in  a
            classification an additional  posting will  be made  at
            least one (1)  time within  the above  thirty (30)  day
            period.  Posting shall include the job  classification,
            labor grade, shift and maximum rate of pay.
<PAGE>

  8.  Promotions:  Promotions  will be  made on  the basis  of the  
      most senior  qualified employee  receiving  the promotion.  
      Where possible and practical, personnel tests of ability and
      aptitude will be used in helping to determine qualifications
      of employees.    Such  tests  will  not be  unreasonable  or
      discriminatory in nature.   Employees  who meet  the minimum
      requirements of such tests  who have the  greatest seniority
      shall be  selected  for promotion.    An  employee shall  be
      allowed to take  a particular  test only one  (1) time  in a
      four (4)  month period;  however,  he may  take  the test  a
      second time within said period on his own  time if such test
      is given.     Test scores  will  remain in  effect for  nine
      months.  Segments  of a test  which an employee  passed will
      also remain in effect for nine months.  The Union shall have
      the right to  have a representative  present whenever  such 
      tests are given,  who will observe  the giving of  the tests
      and the grading.   This representative selected and  paid by
      the  Union  shall  be  instructed  by  the  Company  in  the
      mechanics of  giving  and grading  the  test.   An  employee
      selected  for  trial  on  an  upgraded   job  will  serve  a
      probationary period as provided in Article  V, Section 2(a).
      Should management determine  he is not  making satisfactory
      progress in learning the  job he will be  subject to removal
      from  the  job  and  reassignment  to  his  previously  held
      classification at  any  time  up to  the  end  of the  trial
      period.  Should the Union challenge such disqualification as
      discriminatory it  will  be  subject  to the  grievance  and
      arbitration procedure.  Should  the employee decide  he does
      not desire  the  position  for  which  he has  bid,  he  may
      voluntarily return  to  his  previously held  classification
      provided that  no  employee  shall exercise  his  "voluntary
      downgrade" more  than   one (1)  time in  any six  (6) month
      period.

      Employees exercising such "voluntary downgrade" shall not be
      eligible to bid on the upgraded job affected for a period of
      one   (1)  calendar   year.    If  an  employee  voluntarily
      downgrades by  signing away  an upgraded  classification and
      then at a later date rebids on  the same job classification,
      the previous experience on the same  job classification will
      not be a factor in obtaining said bid.
<PAGE>

  9.  Voluntary Lay-Offs:   If,  in the  event of  a  reduction of  
      forces, an employee does not wish to take  a lower rated job
      to which his seniority entitles him, he may take a voluntary
      lay off.  The  employee must acknowledge such  voluntary lay
      off in  writing at  the time  of  the lay  off  and will  be
      recalled only to the  job classification from which  he took
      the voluntary lay  off.  Said  employee will have  three (3)
      working days in  which to make  the decision  and management
      may require the employee  to work three (3)  additional days
      on the lower rated job while arrangements are being made for
      replacement.  If there have been no openings to which he was
      entitled in the  job classification from  which he  took the
      voluntary lay off during  a one (1)  year period, he  may at
      the end  of  one (1)  year  exercise  his seniority  without
      limitation as to classification provided he has notified the
      Human Resources Office in writing during  the twelfth (12th)
      month of such lay  off that he is  available for work.   The
      Company shall  have  seven (7)  working  days following  the
      expiration of  the  one  (1)  year  period  to  arrange  for
      assignment of the employee to suitable  work.  Employees may
      be temporarily upgraded  into upgraded  classifications from
      which other employees are on voluntary lay  off for a period
      not  to  exceed  five  (5)  consecutive  work  days  without
      recalling employees from lay off.

  10. Temporary Layoffs:

  (a) In cases when a  line, or section  may have cutbacks  due to  
      shortages in materials and other  necessary interruptions in
      production, temporary layoffs may be made  without regard to
      seniority for  periods not  to exceed  five  (5) consecutive
      scheduled work  days  without  permitting the  employees  to
      exercise their seniority.

      Where groups of employees are performing  identical work and
      only  part  of  the  group  is  affected,  the  most  senior
      employees  actively  in  the  job   classification  will  be
      retained.  No employee  shall be affected by  such temporary
      lay-off more  than one  hundred and  twelve  (112) scheduled
      working hours in any one (1) year.

      (1)   When such  a temporary  lay off  occurs, the  reduction
            shall be by job classification seniority with employees
            holding  the  least  classification  seniority  on  the
            affected shift being laid off first.  When a  temporary
            layoff occurs within a non-upgraded job classification,
            the  reduction  shall  be   by  plant  seniority   with
            employees holding  the  least plant  seniority  on  the
            affected shift being laid off first.

  (b) If temporary employment is  available in other parts  of the  
      plant  when  employees   are  temporarily  laid   off,  said
      employees may be placed on these temporary jobs in line with
      their seniority, provided they are qualified  to perform the
      jobs.    When such  temporarily assigned  employees' regular
      jobs start  up again,  said employees  will  be returned  to
      their regular jobs.                                         
<PAGE>

  (c) When it is necessary to start a new line, resumption of work  
      following a shut down, or other  circumstances requiring the
      retraining or  rescheduling of  an assembly  line, employees
      assigned to that line  shall be recalled within  a three (3)
      day period  as  operations  are  available to  them  without
      respect to their seniority status within the line affected.

      When such lines are cleaned of work prior  to changes of the
      type listed  above,  employees  may  be  laid off  as  their
      operations are concluded over a three (3) day period without
      consideration as to their seniority in relation to the group
      affected.  Any days lost out of line of seniority because of
      this section shall apply  toward the maximum of  one hundred
      and twelve (112) hours as specified in Section 12(a) above.

  11. It is agreed that it may be necessary at  times to retain or
      hire an employee irrespective of seniority when by reason of
      special training, ability or  experience it is  essential to
      the practical operation  of the  Company's business  and the
      Company shall be the sole judge thereof.   In no event shall
      the total  number  of  employees  covered by  the  foregoing
      exceed ten  (10)  employees and  employees  included in  the
      above shall be retained  because of such  qualifications for
      bargaining unity  occupations only.    Only bargaining  unit
      jobs in labor grade  9 and above  will be retained  per this
      provision.

  12. Loss of Seniority:  An employee will  lose seniority for the
      following reasons:

      (a)   Resignation.

      (b)   Discharge for just cause.

      (c)   Failure to report  for work for  three (3)  consecutive
            working days  without  notice  to the  Company  of  the
            reason for such absence before the end of the third day
            and unexcused absence for three (3) consecutive working
            days.

      (d)   Failure to  report within  two (2)  working days  after
            receipt of notice  at their  address on  record in  the
            Human Resources Office, but in  no case more than  five
            (5) working days after recall notice has been sent  via
            certified mail  to the  last  address supplied  to  the
            Human Resources Office by the employee.

      (e)   Layoff more  than  one  (1)  year  duration.    Note:  
            Employees with more  than one (1)  year of service  may
            retain their  seniority for  a total  layoff period  of
            four (4) years provided they notify the Human Resources
            Office of any  address change.   Failure to maintain  a
            current address with  the Human  Resources Office  will
            cause them to lose their seniority.
<PAGE>

      (f)   Failure to report at termination of a leave of absence.
            Employees    who   do   not  present   themselves   for
            reemployment by the  close of the  next scheduled  work
            day or submit proper  evidence requesting extension  of
            said leave by the close of the next scheduled work  day
            shall be considered as having resigned.

      (g)   Re-enlists for  a  second tour  of  duty in  the  Armed
            Forces of the United  States or Merchant Marines  after
            completing  an   initial   enlistment  or   period   of
            conscripted service, in accordance with law.

  13. Where  changes  in  job  assignment  are   required  due  to     
      promotion, demotion,  layoff, or  transfer the  Company will
      not be required to assign an employee to a  job for which he
      is not qualified regardless of seniority.   The Company will
      make the  determination of  qualification.   Employees  will
      have  recourse   to   the   grievance  procedure   if   such
      determination is disputed  relative to the  qualification of
      the individual.  This  section will not  be used to  deny an
      employee the  right  to bump  a  younger  employee within  a
      classification where he holds seniority unless  he lacks the
      physical qualifications to perform the job.

  14. Every  effort  will  be  made  to  find  suitable  work  for  
      employees whose job assignment must be changed.  The Company
      shall not be  required to retain  in employment  an employee
      who  cannot  maintain   standard  quantity  or   quality  of
      production.  An  employee will  be given  time to  learn the
      job.

      When  the   employee  returns   to  work   with   a  medical
      restriction, the  Company will  exhaust all  their  means to
      find suitable work  assignments which  will comply  with the
      doctor's statements.  The appropriate Chief  Steward will be
      notified immediately  upon the  employee's  return and  will
      assist to help find suitable work that  will comply with the
      medical restrictions.   (See Exhibit  D for  the appropriate
      Medical Downgrade form.)

      If every effort has  been exhausted by both  parties to find
      suitable work and no  assignment is available,  the employee
      will be  placed  on  medical leave  and  a  letter shall  be
      forwarded   to   the   employee's   doctor   regarding   the
      restrictions.  Until  suitable work  is found,  no liability
      for lost  wages by  the employee  will  be assessed  against
      either party.
<PAGE>

  15. Employees excluded by  Article 1  from participating  in the  
      bargaining  unit  shall  not  regularly   do  production  or
      maintenance work  usually  performed  by employees  included
      within this Agreement  except that  such employees  may when
      necessary be  assigned  to  production or  maintenance  work
      within reasonable limits  whenever it  is practical  for the
      purpose of efficient operations  or to eliminate  standby or
      idle time on the  part of unit employees.   It shall  not be
      the intent of this  clause to use supervisory  employees for
      the purpose of  replacing regular production  or maintenance
      employees or to avoid the assignment  of such production and
      maintenance employees,  or to  eliminate working  production
      and/or maintenance employees overtime.

  16. (a)   The  President,  Vice-President,   and  the   Grievance
            Committee provided there is  work available which  they
            are capable  of performing  shall possess  top  ranking
            plant wide seniority for purpose of layoff, other  than
            temporary, and of recall only.

      (b)   The Chief  Steward, provided  there is  work  available
            which he is  capable of performing,  shall possess  top
            ranking seniority  for the  plant  for the  purpose  of
            layoff and of recall only.

      (c)   Stewards, provided there is  work available which  they
            are capable  of performing  shall possess  top  ranking
            seniority for the  section to which  they are  assigned
            for the  purpose of  layoff and  of recall  only.   The
            number  of  section  stewards   shall  be  limited   in
            accordance with the supplementary agreement affixed  to
            this Agreement.

      (d)   As long as there is work available which the steward is
            qualified to perform a  steward will not be moved  from
            his own shift.  However, this section will not permit a
            steward to be retained in an upgraded job to which  his
            upgraded job classification seniority does not  entitle
            him.   Should a  steward choose  to remain  in his  own
            shift on a lower rated job, he will not be required  to
            relinquish any  seniority rights  on any  other  higher
            rated jobs elsewhere.

  17. If an  employee  following  the  signing of  this  Agreement  
      between the Company and the Union works on or is transferred
      to  a  supervisory  or  other  position  excluded  from  the
      coverage of this  Agreement such  employee shall  retain his
      established and accumulated seniority in the event he should
      be transferred back within a period of six months, to any of
      the jobs referred to in Article 1 of this Agreement.  Should
      the return transfer  occur after the  six months  period, he
      will accumulate  only  the six  months  in  addition to  his
      bargaining unit time.

  18. When emergency situations may arise it will  be the right of  
      management to  assign any  help available  in  the plant  to
      perform the necessary work.
<PAGE>
  19. An employee  with a  disability within  the  meaning of  the
      Americans with  Disabilities Act  (ADA)  will be  reasonably
      accommodated  whenever  possible.    The   employee  with  a
      disability, however, must be qualified  to perform available
      work with or without reasonable accommodation  as defined in
      the ADA.   Both  the Company  and  the Union  will take  all
      necessary actions to comply with ADA.

      The preceding  paragraph  will  not  reduce  the  rights  of
      employees with compensable injuries under current practice.

  20. At times two (2) or more job classifications may be combined
      into a single  job assignment.   It is understood  that such
      combination  of  job  classification  duties  will  only  be
      accomplished when  the  job  classification duties  affected
      cannot  be  assigned  to  a  single   classification  as  an
      effective operation  or  would  cause  a  work  overload  or
      underload at a work station.

      The Company  agrees  it will  make  a  reasonable effort  to
      assign   specific   job    duties   within    the   affected
      classification.  Disputes arising hereunder may  be taken up
      through the Grievance Procedure.


  21. Employees in Labor  Grade 4 may  be temporarily  assigned to  
      Labor Grade 5 work for a time not to  exceed 10 working days
      so long as they are paid for the upgraded work in accordance
      with the other provisions of this Agreement.   This time may
      be extended if the  employee does not  object.  There  is no
      intent to abuse this language.

                             ARTICLE VI
                                WAGES

  1.  Wages  will  be  paid  in  accordance  with  the  wages  and  
      classification scheduled set forth in Exhibit "A" and "B" of
      this Agreement.

      (a)   The term month for purposes of computing rate increases
            shall be thirty (30) calendar days.

  2.  Increases within the schedule will be automatic as indicated  
      by the appropriate schedule.
<PAGE>

  3.  When an employee is  promoted to a higher  classification up  
      to and including grade 6 shall receive at  the end of thirty
      (30) calendar days  an increase of  five (5) cents  per hour
      and at the end of  an additional two (2)  month period shall
      move to the  next interval in  the progression  schedule and
      shall progress according to  the schedule from that  point. 
      When an  employee  is promoted  to  a higher  classification
      above grade 6, he shall  at the end of  thirty (30) calendar
      days receive an increase of  ten (10) cents per  hour and at
      the end of an  additional two (2)  months shall move  to the
      next interval  in  the  progression  schedule and  shall  be
      increased according  to  the schedule  from  that point  on;
      however, if the employee  has previously held a  higher rate
      in any classification than the rate which he is receiving at
      the time of promotion he will go to  that higher rate except
      that in no case will he  be moved to a rate  higher than the
      rate of the interval  immediately preceding the top  rate of
      the job.

  4.  When  an  employee's  classification  is  reduced,  he  will
      receive  the  rate  at  the  same   interval  in  the  lower
      classification  as   he   had   attained   in   the   higher
      classification, but he will not be reduced below the highest
      rate previously attained in the lower classification.

  5.  New jobs  will be  fitted into  the  existing classification  
      schedule.  The Company will advise the Union in writing when
      it  creates  a  new  job  classification.    Where  existing
      classifications are  not comparable,  the classification  of
      the new work will be subject to negotiations with the Union.
      If agreement  cannot be reached,  the Company will  set the
      classification and the Union may submit  the disagreement to
      the grievance  and arbitration  procedure.   The  Arbitrator
      will determine the classification and rate.

  6.  Where it  appears  justified by  the  previous training  and
      experience the Company may at its option hire employees at a
      higher rate  than the  minimum rate  indicated  in the  rate
      scheduled,  but  in  no  case  above   the  maximum  of  the
      classification for which they are hired.

  7.  If an employee is  moved on a temporary  basis to work  on a  
      job  in  a  higher   classification,  he  will   receive  an
      additional five  cents per  hour for  each  grade above  his
      regular classification  that  the  temporary  assignment  is
      classified or  rate  previously  attained in  said  upgraded
      classification, whichever is greater,  but in no  event will
      the temporary rate exceed the  maximum rate of the  job.  If
      an employee is moved  on a temporary basis  from his regular
      work assignment to  a lower graded  job he will  continue to
      receive his regular rate for the temporary period.

      At no  time  will a  temporary  assignment  exceed ten  (10)
      consecutive  working  days,  except  when  need  is  due  to
      employee being  granted  an approved  leave  of absence  for
      union business or an employee being granted earned vacation.
<PAGE>

  8.  Effective June 24, 1997 a general  wage increase was granted
      in the amount of three percent per hour.  Effective June 24,
      1998 a general wage  increase will be granted  in the amount
      of three  percent  per  hour.   Effective  June  24, 1999  a
      general wage increase will be granted to all   in the amount
      of three percent per hour.

  9.  If an employee suffers a job related injury while working on  
      Company time and is sent to a  doctor's office as authorized
      by the Company, said employee shall  be compensated for time
      lost on the day  on which the authorized  doctor's visit, as
      scheduled  by  the  Company,  occurs.     Subsequent  visits
      scheduled by the  doctor or the  plant nurse  during working
      hours shall also be paid.
                             
                             ARTICLE VII
                              HOLIDAYS

  1.  The Company agrees to pay its employees  eight (8) hours pay
      at  their  regular   assigned  rates   of  pay   subject  to
      eligibility as listed below for the following holidays:

      (a)   New Years Day
      (b)   Good Friday
      (c)   Memorial Day
      (d)   Independence Day
      (e)   Labor Day            
      (f)   Thanksgiving Day
      (g)   Friday after Thanksgiving Day
      (h)   Christmas Day

      Employees who work any of these fixed holidays shall be paid
      in accordance with Article VII, Section 1.


  2.  Payment of the above enumerated holidays shall be subject to  
      the following eligibility rules:

      (a)   An employee must have completed his probationary period
            and established his seniority with the Company.
<PAGE>

      (b)   Holiday pay shall  be given to  employees who work  the
            last scheduled  day before  and the  day following  the
            holiday.  If an employee on the active payroll  submits
            evidence satisfactory  to the  Human Resources  Office,
            that he was  absent either the  day before  or the  day
            after the holiday as a  result of illness or  emergency
            beyond his control, he shall receive Holiday pay; or if
            he did  not work  the day  before or  the day  after  a
            holiday as a result of a  temporary layoff or if he  is
            absent because of  industrial injury (occurring  within
            30 calendar days  of the  holiday), in  either case  he
            will receive holiday pay.  If  an employee is laid  off
            or placed on a  leave of absence during  the week of  a
            holiday or during the week preceding the holiday or  if
            he returns from lay  off or a  leave of absence  during
            the week of  the holiday or  during the week  following
            the holiday he  shall receive such  holiday pay.   Four
            (4) hours work on  the day before and  the day after  a
            holiday shall be  considered as  a day  worked for  the
            application of  this clause.    The following  will  be
            regarded a excusable absence before or after a holiday.
            
            (1)  Illness substantiated by  a doctor's statement  or
                 recommendation of the plant nurse.

            (2)  Required attendance before a induction center.            

            (3)  Appearance before  legal authorities  required  by
                 official summons and due to no fault of employees.

            (4)  Death or serious  illness in employee's  immediate            
                 family.  "Immediate Family" for the application of
                 this clause  shall include  only the  following:  
                 Father, mother,  sister, brother,  husband,  wife,
                 children,   mother-in-law,   step   mother-in-law,
                 father-in-law,  step  father-in-law,  daughter-in-
                 law,  son-in-law,  grandfather,  grandmother,   or
                 grandchild,  legally  adopted  children  or  step-
                 children, step-father,  step-mother, half  brother
                 or sister.  In cases where relatives not  included
                 in this  listing  have  been living  in  the  same
                 household with  the  employee they  will  also  be
                 included in  the "Immediate  Family" where  proper
                 evidence  is  supplied  to  the  Human   Resources
                 Department.

            (5)  If an  employee attends  the funeral  of an  aunt,            
                 uncle, niece or nephew or is absent as a result of
                 being  a  pallbearer,  the  absence  will  not  be
                 charged against them for the day of the funeral.

  4.  An employee shall  not be eligible  for Holiday pay  if such
      holiday falls during any one of the following:

      (a)   A leave of absence, except as described in 2(b) above.
      (b)   A work stoppage as a result of a labor dispute.
<PAGE>

  5.  If an employee works on  one of the above  holidays, he will  
      be paid  time  and  one-half for  all  hours  worked and  in
      addition will receive  Holiday pay as  specified above.   If
      employees are required for  work on a holiday,  they will be
      solicited by classification seniority.

  6.  If a holiday  falls during an employee's vacation period and
      he works  the last  scheduled  day in  the  week before  the
      vacation and the first  scheduled day in the  week after the
      vacation he shall receive an extra day  of vacation with pay
      for the holiday or at the  option of the Company,  pay for a
      day in lieu thereof.   Four (4) hours work on the above days
      shall be considered a day worked for the application of this
      clause.  If  the holiday  falls during  a funeral  leave, he
      will receive an additional day's pay in lieu of the holiday.
   
                            ARTICLE VIII
                         GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

  1.  To adequately provide for the settlement of disputes arising
      out of  the  administration of  this  Agreement a  grievance
      procedure is hereby provided.   A claim that  the Company or
      the Union has violated  some provision of this  Agreement or
      failed  to  perform  some  obligation   assumed  under  this
      Agreement  is  a  grievance  within  the   meaning  of  this
      Agreement.  Formal grievance must be presented through union
      representation as provided in  Steps 1,2,3 of  the Grievance
      Procedure.  This does not restrict employees from discussing
      day to day problems with their immediate supervisor.

  2.  The following procedure will  be adhered to in  the handling
      of all disputes as defined in Section 1 of this article.  If
      an employee is taken from  his work position and  out of his
      general work  area  by  a  Company  representative  for  the
      purpose of initiating  progressive discipline he  shall have
      the right to have his Section Steward present if he requests
      same.  The Union Steward will initial copies of such written
      notice, if any, as evidence that he was  present when it was
      administered.

      (a)   Step  1  -  Presentation  of  Grievance  to  immediate
            Supervisor.  The grievance shall be presented orally by
            the affected employee or  by the affected employee  and
            the  steward  to  the   immediate  Supervisor.     Such
            grievances must be  presented within  ten (10)  working
            days of  their  occurrence  and in  no  case  will  any
            liability for restitution  by the  Company predate  the
            presentation of the oral grievance.
<PAGE>

            Payroll errors will  be corrected when  found.   Should
            those involved  be unable  to settle  the grievance  by
            oral discussions,  the  grievance must  be  reduced  to
            writing, signed  by  the  aggrieved  employee  and  the
            department steward,  and  presented  to  the  immediate
            Supervisor  no  later  than  the  close  of  the   next
            following work day.  If a grievance is presented  which
            involves  more  than  fifteen  (15)  employees  such  a
            grievance will be presented  with the signature of  the
            steward only, and without the signature of the employee
            involved.   This grievance  will be  assigned a  number
            according to a numbering system  agreed to by both  the
            Company and the Union.   The immediate supervisor  will
            reply in  writing within  two  (2) working  days  after
            receipt of the written grievances.  If grievances arise
            which involve  general policies  of departments  rather
            than individuals or groups of employees such grievances
            may be presented without the signature of any  employee
            other than the steward.

      (b)   Step  2  -  Appeal  to  the  Production   Manager/Plant
            Engineering Manger  -  If  the  immediate  supervisor's
            written reply  to the  grievance  does not  settle  the
            dispute, the Union through the Chief Steward may appeal
            to the Production  Manager/Plant Engineering Manager.  
            This request must be made  in writing within three  (3)
            working days  following the  receipt of  the  immediate
            supervisor's written reply.  This request must give the
            primary  portion  of  Agreement  violated  and   remedy
            sought.  Upon  receipt of this  request the  Production
            Manager  will schedule a meeting within two (2) working
            days to discuss the  grievance.  Those attending  these
            meeting  will  include  the  Production   Manager/Plant
            Engineering   Manager,   immediate   supervisor,    the
            aggrieved employee,  the  department steward,  and  the
            chief steward.    If  two (2)  or  more  employees  are
            filling  the  grievance,  one  (1)  of  the   employees
            involved will  be  designated  by the  Union  as  their
            representative to  participate  in this  stage  of  the
            grievance procedure.  Within  three (3) working days  a
            written answer to  the grievance will  be submitted  to
            the Chief Steward.
<PAGE>

      (c)   Step 3 - Appeal to the  Plant Manager - If a  grievance
            still remains unsatisfied the  Union may appeal to  the
            Plant Manager by written notice within five (5) working
            days following  receipt of  the Step  2 answer.    Such
            grievances  will  be  scheduled  in  the  next  meeting
            between the Plant Manager and the Grievance  Committee.
             At these meetings matters may be raised for discussion
            which concern employer-employee  relationship, but  are
            not contractual issues.  Such meetings may be scheduled
            not more than four (4) times  per month with the  Plant
            Manager  and  the  Plant  Grievance  Committee.     The
            meetings will be scheduled as  agreed by the Union  and
            the Company.  The committee will be limited to two  (2)
            employees,  excluding  the  recording  secretary.    If
            additional  information  is  needed  in  discussing   a
            particular grievance, the committee may caucus with the
            witness.    The  Production  Manager/Plant  Engineering
            Manager,  Human  Resources  Manager  and  the  Business
            Manager and/or in  the International Representative  of
            the Union may also participate in these meetings.  Such
            meetings are to be  held only if a  request is made  by
            the Company  or the  Union with  the submission  of  an
            agenda of matters to be discussed at such a meeting.

            Within five (5)  working days  following such  meetings
            the Plant Manager will reply  in writing to all  issues
            raised in such meetings including final answers on Step
            3 grievances.    Before   arbitrating  any matter,  the
            parties will  meet  with  each  other  and  attempt  to
            resolve  the  matter.     Either  party  may  have   in
            attendance the persons involved Step 3 and no more than
            two additional persons.

  3.  It is understood and agreed  that all  time limits  must be
      strictly adhered to in the processing  of grievances, unless
      the  Company  and  Union   mutually  agree  in   writing  to
      extensions.  It  is further understood  that failure  on the
      part of  the  Union to  submit  grievances  within the  time
      limits specified, will  automatically exclude them  from any
      consideration.  Should the management representative fail at
      any step in  the grievance  procedure to  reply to  a formal
      grievance within the  prescribed time  limit the  Union will
      have the right to  immediately process the grievance  to the
      next step in the grievance procedure.

  4.  Any disputes not settled in the above  procedure may then be  
      appealed to  the Arbitration  Procedure as  provided  for in
      Article IX.
<PAGE>

  5.  It is  agreed that  time  spent by  Union  Officials in  the  
      investigation of  grievances shall  be held  to a  minimum. 
      When a  Union  Official  is  required  to participate  in  a
      grievance during working  hours he  shall first  obtain from
      his immediate supervisor an "Authorization Pass" and he must
      return this pass to his immediate  supervisor when returning
      to his job.  If it is necessary for any reason that he enter
      another department he  must inform the  immediate supervisor
      of the department of which  he enters of the  reason for his
      presence  and  that  immediate  supervisor   must  sign  his
      "Authorization Pass" indicating the times when he enters and
      leaves the department.  At the request of  the Union any and
      all stewards will  be supplied with  pads of blank  passes. 
      Time spent during regular working hours by stewards or chief
      stewards in investigating  and disposing of  grievances will
      be paid for  by the Company.   When employees  are scheduled
      for overtime work and the Steward of  such employees is also
      scheduled for  overtime the  Steward shall  be  permitted to
      handle grievances  whenever necessary  during such  overtime
      hours  in   accordance   with   the  established   grievance
      procedure.  This  is not  to be  construed as  requiring the
      Company to necessarily  schedule stewards on  overtime basis
      nor does it require the Company to pay stewards for overtime
      work  if  they  of  their  own  volition  work  after  their
      scheduled quitting time  in the investigation  or processing
      of grievances.
  
  6.  When  a  grievance  is  presented  in  accordance  with  the
      Grievance Procedure the Company  will not attempt  to settle
      the grievance  with  any  employee  or  group  of  employees
      without   the    appropriate    union   representative    or
      representatives being present.

  7.  If in the presentation  of a grievance it  is disclosed that
      additional witnesses are required the parties  may be mutual
      consent call such witnesses.

  8.  Any grievance  in  which  no  employee  is involved  or  any  
      question of interpretation or application  of this Agreement
      may be  raised  by  the  Union  at the  third  step  of  the
      grievance procedure.

  9.  Prior to discharge, an employee shall be suspended for five  
      (5) work days pending discharge.  Both the employee involved
      and the appropriate Chief  Steward shall be notified  of the
      suspension and the employee will have  an opportunity to see
      the appropriate Chief Steward before leaving the plant.  The
      sole purpose of  said five (5)  day suspension period  is to
      allow further  investigation into  the facts  supporting the
      discharge.  If no  new evidence satisfactory to  the Company
      is uncovered  during  said period,  the  discharge shall  be
      effective.   Both the  Union  and the  employee  will be  so
      advised.  Discharge  shall be subject  to the  grievance and
      arbitration procedure.
<PAGE>

  10. Official notices of hires, rehires, transfers, rate changes,  
      lay offs, and terminations  will be made available  daily to
      the appropriate chief  steward.  If  said information  to be
      submitted by the Company to the appropriate chief steward is
      incorrect,  incomplete,  or  not  provided,   the  ten  (10)
      calendar day  limitation for  filing  grievances which  such
      information would have  revealed and  the limitation  of the
      Company's liability for restitution  shall not apply.   When
      the information is corrected or supplied  the grievance must
      be filed within ten  (10) calendar days and  the restitution
      shall be to the date of the violation.

  11. It is agreed that  there shall be no  strikes, slowdowns, or
      lockouts during the life of this Agreement.

  12. If in  the processing  of  a grievance  a  steward finds  it  
      necessary to confer with his Chief Steward  in regard to the
      disposition of the grievance he shall be  permitted to do so
      in accordance  with the  pass procedure.   Such  request for
      conference must  be  made  by  the  section steward  to  his
      immediate supervisor who will make necessary arrangements.
   
                              ARTICLE IX
                             ARBITRATION

  1.  A claim  that the  Company or  the Union  has  violated some
      provision of  this  Agreement  or  failed  to  perform  some
      obligation assumed  under  the  Agreement is  an  arbitrable
      grievance within  the meaning  of  this Agreement,  provided
      that the grievance or claim has been fully processed through
      the grievance procedure as provided in  Article VIII of this
      Agreement.  Such grievances which are not disposed of in the
      pre-arbitration  meeting  of  the   grievance  procedure  as
      provided  in  Article  VIII  of  this   Agreement  shall  be
      submitted  to  final  and  binding   arbitration  under  the
      provisions and  procedures  of  this Article,  provided  the
      union or the company makes an appeal  to arbitration and the
      parties jointly write  for an  arbitrator and  request dates
      within thirty  (30)  calendar days  after  the  date of  the
      written  decision  given  by  the  Plant  Manager  or  Union
      President in Step 3 of the grievance  procedure, or upon the
      expiration of the time  limits for answering.   Claims other
      than those  defined  above shall  not  be deemed  arbitrable
      under this Agreement.
<PAGE>

  2.  Upon request  by either  party for  arbitration,  the moving  
      party will submit to the Human Resources Office or the Union
      President  their  request  for  arbitration   along  with  a
      statement indicating the portion of the Agreement alleged to
      have been  violated and  a  definition of  the  issue to  be
      determined by  the arbitrator.   Upon  the issuance  of such
      intent, the  parties (within  ten (10)  calendar  days) will
      request a panel  of seven (7)  arbitrators from  the Federal
      Mediation and  Conciliation  Service  (FMCS).   As  soon  as
      possible after receiving the  panel of arbitrators  from the
      FMCS, the arbitrator shall be chosen by alternately striking
      the names of the arbitrators until one (1) name  remains.   
      In  all  matters  pertaining   to  the  conducting   of  the
      arbitration case, the  rules of  the FMCS  will apply.   The
      arbitrator shall not have the power to add to, to ignore, or
      to modify any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
       His decision shall not go beyond what  is necessary for the
      interpretation and  application  of  this Agreement  or  the
      obligation of the parties under this Agreement.

  3.  All costs  of arbitration,  including the  arbitrator's fees
      and expenses,  transcripts, if  agreed by  the  parties, and
      other incidental expenses will be shared  equally by the two
      (2) parties. 
      If either party withdraws a grievance or postpones a hearing
      prior to  the time  of the  hearing or  at the  hearing, the
      party making such withdrawal or requesting such postponement
      will pay all  costs incurred by  said withdrawal  or request
      including  the  arbitrator's  fees  and  expenses,  official
      transcripts,  the  cost  of  the  meeting   room  and  other
      incidental expenses.

      If both parties  mutually agree to  withdraw a  grievance or
      postpone  a  hearing  they  will  share  the  cost  of  said
      withdrawal or postponement equally.

  4.  Time limits shall be  strictly adhered to in  the processing  
      of grievances through the arbitration procedure.  Failure of
      the grieving  party  to  abide  by  such time  limits  shall
      automatically   exclude    the   grievance    from   further
      consideration.

  5.  In the  application of  the foregoing  Arbitration procedure
      items included  in  Article  II, Management  Responsibility,
      shall be excluded from the scope  of arbitration as intended
      by the  parties in  this Agreement  and are  matters subject
      only to Management's complete control and judgment provided,
      however, that  where there  is  a dispute  as  to whether  a
      grievance  falls  within  the   scope  of  Article   II  the
      arbitrator will be empowered to make the decision.

  6.  An arbitrator under this Agreement shall  not have the right
      to substitute  his judgment  for the  employer's  in matters
      which are  solely Management's  functions  and rights  under
      this Agreement.
<PAGE>

  7.  The  parties  specifically  veto   recourse  by  arbitrators
      hereunder to  such  criteria  as  alleged practices  of  the
      industry or alleged industrial common law  or alleged common
      law of the particular industry.

  8.  It shall be the  duty of any arbitrator  hearing arbitration
      cases under this Agreement, to justify each award by written
      decision explaining the rationale of said award.

  9.  An arbitrator under this Agreement shall  have the authority
      to hear only one case on a single date.

                              ARTICLE X
                              VACATIONS

  1.  Eligibility  for  vacations   beginning  in  1998   will  be  
      determined on the following basis:

      (a)   Two (2) weeks  of vacation will  be granted all  hourly
            employees who  were employed  on the  date the  Company
            began  its  operations  and   all  employees  who   are
            subsequently employed  and have  seniority of  one  (1)
            year or more as of May 1st of any year.

      (b)   Employees whose services are terminated for  any cause
            shall be paid  for any full  or fractional vacation  to
            which they became eligible but did not receive prior to
            termination.

      (c)   Earned vacation money as set forth herein will be  paid
            to employees  who are  laid off,  or  are off  duty  on
            account of illness or other  legal leave of absence  or
            industrial injury  or  to  the  wife  or  family  of  a
            deceased employee,  where such  employee has  earned  a
            vacation as established herein.

  2.  Vacation pay will be  made in accordance with  the following  
      schedule:

      (a)   An employee who  was employed on  the date the  Company
            began  its  operations  and   all  employees  who   are
            subsequently employed  and have  seniority of  one  (1)
            year or  more  as  of May  1st  shall  be  entitled  to
            vacation pay computed at 4% of his total gross earnings
            for the immediately preceding period of May 1st through
            April 30.  Since vacation pay has already been paid for
            1997, no  vacation pay  will be  due until  May 1st  of
            1998.

      (b)   Vacation checks will  be issued to  employees the  last
            scheduled work day prior to the vacation.
<PAGE>

  3.  The vacation  period will  be scheduled  by the  Company.   
      Where it is deemed advisable by the Company a plant shutdown
      may be  scheduled during  which time  all vacations  will be
      scheduled except  where employees  may be  required  to work
      during such a  shut down.   No employee  may be  required to
      work unless he has  been notified not less  than thirty (30)
      calendar days in advance  of the time when  his vacation was
      originally scheduled.   Employees who  might be  required to
      work will be permitted  to schedule their vacations  at some
      other time during the vacation period  subject to management
      approval.   Should the  needs of  the business  require that
      some employees  work through  the entire  scheduled vacation
      period, special  arrangements may  be made  to  permit these
      employees to  take their  vacations outside  of  the regular
      vacation period.   If such arrangements  cannot be  made the
      Company agrees to pay such employees their full vacation pay
      in lieu of scheduling them  for vacation.  When  a shut down
      is scheduled  for  the vacation  period,  employees will  be
      notified not  less  than forty-five  (45)  calendar days  in
      advance of such shut down.

      (a)   Employees who volunteer for  available work during  the
            vacation period, in lieu of taking their vacation, will
            first be selected  by job classification  seniority.   
            Volunteers,  from  other   classifications    who   are
            qualified to perform  the work   may volunteer to  work
            during vacation.  Qualified volunteers will be selected
             by seniority.

      (b)   Employees who  have  not taken  their  previous  years'
            vacation as of April 30, shall be permitted to do so if
            scheduled  prior  to  the  following  June  15  and  if
            approved by Management.


                             ARTICLE XI
                          LEAVES OF ABSENCE

  1.  Recognizing that conditions will sometimes require leaves of  
      absence for employees the following provisions are made:

      (a)   To qualify for a leave of absence an employee must have
            established two (2)  months or more  of seniority  with
            the Company except as noted in 1(e) below.
<PAGE>

      (b)   Sickness or injury leaves of absence may be granted and
            will not  be  unreasonably    withheld.    An  employee
            requesting a  leave of  absence must  establish to  the
            Company by medical  evidence that  he is  incapacitated
            and unable to  work.  Such  evidence must indicate  the
            approximate duration of the  incapacity and an  initial
            leave of up to 60 days will be granted on this basis.  
            Extensions for periods  not to exceed  30 days will  be
            granted  upon  presentation  of  satisfactory   medical
            evidence immediately prior  to the  termination of  the
            previously granted  leave.   FMLA will  run  concurrent
            with sickness or  injury leave.   The total  continuous
            leave time which may be granted will not exceed one (1)
            year except that an additional one year will be granted
            for chronic  cases  where  there  is  medical  evidence
            satisfactory to the Company indicating the  probability
            of employee returning to work  within this period.   In
            rare and  unusual circumstances  longer leaves  may  be
            granted at the  discretion of the  Company.   Seniority
            will accumulate during periods of authorized leave.

      (c)   Maternity leave will be administered in accordance with
            applicable laws.  Employees will report this  condition
            to the Human Resources Office no later than the end  of
            the fourth (4th) month of pregnancy.  The employee must
            submit a medical statement from her personal  physician
            each  thirty  (30)  calendar  days  subsequent  to  the
            initial report attesting to her good health and ability
            to continue the normal  duties of her job.   If at  any
            time the  employee  is  unable to  carry  out  her  job
            assignment she may be directed to take her leave  prior
            to the date suggested by her physician.  Seniority will
            accumulate  during  periods  of  authorized  leave  and
            employee will be permitted to resume work when released
            by her physician.

      (d)   Employees  returning   from  sickness   or  injury   or
            maternity leave  must have  release from  their  doctor
            permitting them to return to work.  Such releases  must
            be in  writing  and  must be  presented  to  the  Human
            Resources Office  before  they  return to  work.    The
            Company  further  reserves  the  right  to  have   such
            employees  examined   by   a  Company   doctor   before
            permitting them to work.

      (e)   Military leaves will be  granted to employees  entering
            the armed  forces  of  the  United  States  whether  by
            enlistment or induction.  Notwithstanding, Section 1(a)
            of  this  article  military  leaves  will  be   granted
            probationary  employees.     Request  for  leave   will
            indicate length of initial tour  of duty.  The  maximum
            length of  leave covered  under this  article shall  be
            five (5)  years.   An employee  who enlists  for or  is
            drafted for a shorter length  of service would only  be
            covered for the initial period of service and would not
            be covered should he/she re-enlist.
<PAGE>

            Employees will be required upon return from such  leave
            to furnish satisfactory evidence that they have been in
            military service during this period and have  honorably
            discharged from service.   Probationary employees  will
            be required to complete  their probationary period  and
            upon completion of same their seniority will date  from
            their original  hire date.   Such  employees must  make
            application  for   reemployment  within   ninety   (90)
            calendar days of their release from military service.  
            They shall be reinstated to their full seniority  which
            will have accumulated during the period of their leave.

      (f)   A leave of absence may be granted for personal  reasons
            of extenuating circumstances, the length of such  leave
            not to  exceed thirty  (30)  calendar days  during  any
            twelve (12) month  period.  All  requests for  personal
            leaves of absence shall be made in writing to the Human
            Resources Office not less than seven (7) calendar  days
            where possible  prior to  the  beginning of  the  leave
            period.  Such leaves will be granted at the  discretion
            of the Company.   Seniority will accumulate during  the
            leave of absence.  Such leaves may at the discretion of
            the Company be renewed for like cause.

      (g)   Any employee elected or appointed to an office in or as
            a  delegate  to  any   labor  activity  of  the   Union
            necessitating a leave of absence shall be granted  such
            leave upon proper  notification from the  Union.   Such
            leave will terminate with the expiration of the term of
            office or assignment.  Requests for such leaves must be
            made in writing to the Human Resources Office seven (7)
            days prior  to  the beginning  of  the leave  period.  
            Seniority shall accumulate during the leave of absence.
            No more than two (2) employees may be on this type  of
            leave at the same time.  Two more people may be allowed
            on such leave with the agreement of the parties.

      (h)   When an  employee  suffers  a death  in  his  immediate
            family  he  will  be  paid  three  (3)  days  pay   for
            bereavement leave.  Additional personal time off  shall
            be without pay.  Immediate family for purposes of  this
            section shall be  the same as  defined in Article  VII,
            Section  2(b)(4).    When  an  employee  suffers   such
            bereavement while on vacation, he shall be entitled  to
            three days pay.

      (h)   Servicemen entitled to training under the G.I. Bill may
            be granted a leave of absence not to exceed forty-eight
            months for such training.  Such leave is not to include
            full time employment for  another employer.   Seniority
            will accumulate during such leave.
<PAGE>

  2.  Upon the termination of any leave of  absence for any reason
      in accordance with the terms outlined above the Company will
      have a period not to exceed seven (7) working days following
      application from the employee to return to work during which
      time arrangements will be  made to assign such  employees to
      suitable work.  The  seven day period shall  begin following
      receipt  by   the   Human   Resources  Office   of   written
      notification from the employee giving the  date he wishes to
      return.   Employees returning  from  sickness and/or  injury
      leaves must present a medical release  prior to returning to
      work.

  3.  Leaves of  absence will  be  granted for  jury  duty.   Such
      employees shall receive  make-up for the  difference between
      earnings received and eight  (8) hour straight time  pay for
      each day they would  have been eligible to  work during such
      period.  Seniority will accumulate during  such leave.  This
      applies to all shifts.

  4.  Members of the National  Guard or of reserve  military units
      which conduct summer encampments or cruises  will be excused
      for such duty not to exceed  two weeks in any  year and will
      receive make-up for the difference between earnings received
      from the government  exclusive of travel  pay and  eight (8)
      hours straight time  pay for each  day they would  have been
      eligible to work during such a period.

  5.  Employees absent because of compensable  injuries or disease  
      will be granted a  leave during such period  unless they are
      totally and permanently disabled to such  a degree that they
      can never return to  employment.  Seniority  will accumulate
      during such leave.

  6.  When necessary  a leave  of absence  in accordance  with the  
      Family and  Medical  Act will  be  granted  an employee  who
      desires to adopt a child.   Seniority will accumulate during
      such leave.

  7.  No leave of absence shall be granted to  engage in or accept  
      other employment except as specified in Section 1(g) of this
      Article.

  8.  A leave  of absence, without  pay, will  be granted  without
      loss of seniority to  an employee to serve  in an appointive
      or elective public  office.  Such  leave of absence  will be
      for  one (1) term of office.  The  employee will continue to
      accumulate seniority  throughout the  leave  of absence  and
      will be returned  to work upon  expiration of such  leave of
      absence in accordance with Section 2 above.
<PAGE>  
                             ARTICLE XII
                               GENERAL

  1.  The Company will provide bulletin boards  in the Plant which
      will be used exclusively for the posting  of Union notices. 
      Such notices must be approved by  the Human Resources Office
      or designated representative and will be placed on the board
      by the Human Resources  Office.  It is  understood that such
      notices will be  automatically approved  unless they  are of
      controversial nature.  These bulletin boards will be labeled
      "Local 796, IUE, AFL-CIO."

  2.  The Company will provide two rest  periods during the course
      of each regular eight (8) hour shift.  The first rest period
      will be  provided during  the first  four (4)  hours  of the
      shift and will be of  ten (10) minute duration.   The second
      period will be during the last four  (4) straight time hours
      and will  be  of  ten (10)  minute  duration.   The  Company
      reserves the  right to  determine the  time  when such  rest
      periods are allowed. 

  3.  The  Company  will  from  time  to   time  issue  Rules  and
      Regulations for  the maintenance  of  orderly conditions  on
      plant property.  These  rules or their application  will not
      be unfair  or  of a  discriminatory  nature,  nor will  they
      conflict with the terms of this Agreement.

  4.  In the interest  of protecting the  health of  its employees  
      the Company  may,  when  it  is  deemed  necessary,  require
      Physical Examination of any  employee by a Company  doctor. 
      Such examinations will in all cases be  at Company expense. 
      In the  event  of a  dispute  arising as  a  result of  such
      examination, the dispute shall  be subject to  the grievance
      and arbitration procedure.

  5.  The Company agrees to pay the cost  of printing a sufficient  
      supply of copies of the Agreement to  make them available to
      all employees.   The Agreement will  be printed as  a pocket
      size book with large print.

  6.  Adequate washing and toilet facilities shall  be provided by  
      the Company for all  employees.  Precautions to  protect the
      health and safety of  employees shall, as far  as practical,
      be taken  at all  times  by the  Company.   Employees  shall
      observe all rules of the Company relative to the above.

  7.  The Company shall furnish, free of cost to the employee, all
      tools, equipment and special clothing  or articles necessary
      to perform the required work in a safe and efficient manner.
       Employees will be responsible for  the safekeeping of tools
      issued to  them and  will be  required to  return  them upon
      request or  to reimburse  the Company  for the  cost  of the
      tools if they  are unable  to return them.   This  shall not
      include personal tools  customarily provided  for themselves
      by  machinists,  tool   and  die  workers,   carpenters  and
      electricians.
<PAGE>

  8.  Should any portion of  this Agreement be  determined through
      appropriate legal processes to  be contrary to any  state or
      federal law  that  portion  so  found  will be  regarded  as
      invalid and  the  balance  of  that  article and  all  other
      articles of this Agreement  will continue in full  force and
      effect.

  9.  The  parties   agree   that   memoranda  and   supplementary
      agreements predating the signing of this Agreement shall not
      be binding  on the  parties unless  resigned and  redated to
      conform to the effective dates of the Agreement.

  10. The Company believes in a  fair day's work for  a fair day's
      pay.   If time  studies are  used, the  Union may  also time
      study the jobs on which there are standards established.

  11. The Company  and the  Union shall  jointly appoint  a Safety
      Team, with appropriate  representation from  bargaining unit
      employees.  All business  and recommendations of  the Safety
      Team  shall  be  handled   with  the  assistance   of  plant
      management and any other Circuit Systems of Tennessee, L. P.
      employees required  to find,  report, recommend  and correct
      safety problems.
  
                            ARTICLE XIII
                              INSURANCE

  Effective July 28, 1997, the Company  will make available to  its
  full time active employees  in the Greeneville Hourly  Bargaining
  Unit the Blue Cross Blue Shield  Preferred or HMO health plan  or
  its equivalent.   Eligible  employees must  have completed  sixty
  (60) calendar days of employment since their last hire date.

  See Exhibit F, page 38 for weekly premium rates for employees who
  elect to be covered by insurance.

  Employees eligible for extended  insurance must pay the  extended
  premium not later than thirty calendar days from last day worked.
   Subsequent premium payments must be made prior to the expiration
  date.  If insurance coverage is not kept in effect by payment  of
  premium, it will be reinstated automatically on the day  employee
  returns to work.
  
                             ARTICLE XIV
                           RETIREMENT PLAN

  The Company will provide a 401(k)  retirement Plan.  The  details
  of the Plan are found in the 401(k) document.

<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE XV
                     DURATION AND TERMINATION OF
                              AGREEMENT

  This Agreement shall remain  in full force  and effect for  three
  (3) years  from July  28,  1997 until  June  24, 2000  and  shall
  thereafter be continued from year to year unless notification  of
  termination, modification, or amendment is given by either  party
  by certified mail at least sixty (60) calendar days but not  more
  than seventy-five  (75) calendar  days prior  to the  anniversary
  date  of  this  Agreement.    Upon  receipt  of  such  notice,  a
  conference shall be  held within fifteen  (15) calendar days  for
  the purpose of negotiating an extension, renewal or  modification
  of this Agreement.

  It is also understood and agreed that the terms of this Agreement
  constitute the  final determination  of  all matters  subject  to
  collective bargaining between the parties for the entire term  of
  their Agreement, and that neither party may raise any issues  for
  collective bargaining other than in accordance with the procedure
  established in this Agreement without the written consent of  the
  other party of this Agreement.

  IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement  on
  the 24th day of July, 1997.

  FOR THE COMPANY                         FOR THE UNION
  
                       SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS

                       ALLOCATION OF STEWARDS

  1.  There shall be  one (1) Chief Steward assigned to the Plant.  
      There shall be one  (1) Steward on a shift  other than the
      shift of the Chief  Steward to serve in  areas designated by
      the Union. 

  2.  There shall be a maximum  ratio of one (1)  steward for each  
      sixty-five (65) employees within the bargaining group.  Both
      Chief Steward and Steward will be included in computing this
      ratio.

  3.  The Union  will  determine the  number  and  allocations  of
      stewards up to the maximum ratio and will advise the Company
      in writing what  employees are serving  as stewards  and the
      areas which each are servicing.  Changes may  be made in the
      steward listing as  required and the  Union will  advise the
      Company in  writing  of  such  changes.   The  Company  will
      recognize as Stewards  only those employees  concerning whom
      official notification has been given by the Union.

  4.  The Union agrees that while they will  determine the area of
      jurisdiction  of  each  steward  they  will   not  assign  a
      disproportionately large number of  stewards to any  area or
      work group.
<PAGE>  

                          REWORK OPERATIONS

  1.  Rework shall  include  the  doing  over of  work  previously
      performed by employees  of Circuit  Systems of  Tennessee, a
      Tennessee Limited Partnership, whether due  to model change,
      engineering change, faulty workmanship,  or schedule change.
      Drilling  of  printed circuit  boards  will  be   considered
      Rework.
   
  2.  Such work  will  be performed  by  whatever bargaining  unit
      employees Management shall assign to such work and they will
      receive the rate of pay of the classification for which they
      are currently classified when  assigned to work.   Employees
      working outside  their  regularly  assigned  classifications
      will be subject to displacement by the most senior employees
      currently in the classification affected by a temporary lay-
      off.

  3.  In  case  of  temporary  lay  offs  when  rework  is  to  be  
      performed,  the  most  senior  employees   actively  in  the
      classification who  are subject  to such  temporary  lay off
      will be assigned to  the rework.  However,  no employees who
      are engaged in a  rework assignment at the  time a temporary
      lay off occurs will be displaced  by other employees subject
      to such temporary lay.

  4.  All overtime performed on  rework basis shall be  charged to  
      individual  employees   as  being   worked   in  their   own
      classification  for  distribution  purposes   of  the  Labor
      Agreement.

  5.  The above provisions shall be applied  to employees within a
      particular plant but in the  event of a more  than one plant
      operation, said plants shall not be combined for application
      of this  Supplemental Agreement.

  6.  Non-production  classifications  are  not  covered  by  this
      language for rework operations.
  
                        PILOT RUN OPERATIONS
  
  1.  When a pilot run  is to be made  the Union Chief  Steward of
      the area  involved will  be advised  as to  quantity, model,
      customer name and release date.

  2.  It is understood, should  the first run  necessitate radical  
      changes or  even  a  number  of  minor  changes,  Management
      reserves the right to produce other "pilot runs" of the same
      instrument if deemed necessary.

  3.  "Pilot run" work is  recognized as non bargaining  unit work  
      and may  be  performed  in  part  or entirely  by  non  unit
      personnel.   Assignment of  bargain unit  personnel  to such
      work will  be optional  with the  individual  employee.   If
      bargaining unit employees  accept pilot run  assignments and
      should overtime be  involved, same will  be credited  to the
      employee's overtime account.
<PAGE>

  4.  Management shall  assign available  employees,  unit or  non  
      unit, to such work and they will receive the  rate of pay of
      the classification for  which they are  currently classified
      when assigned  to  the  work.    Such assignment  shall  not
      conflict with item 3 above.

  5.  The Company  is  in  no  way production-wise  restricted  in  
      location, time, product, quantity, personnel used, or in any
      other manner, except as hereby specifically agreed.

  6.  When  an assembly  position  for  pilot  run  is assigned  a
      bargaining unit employee, said bargaining unit employee will
      continue to  be assigned  that  particular position  through
      balance of that particular pilot run.  In case said employee
      is not available, Management may use  anyone available, unit
      or non unit.

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement  on
  the 24th day of July, 19   

  FOR THE COMPANY                         FOR THE UNION
  
                              EXHIBIT A
                           CLASSIFICATIONS

  Labor                                                         Job
  Grade     Job Classification                                 Code

  4         Occupancy Attendant                                 302
            Inspector                                              
       4001

  5         P.C.B. Operator                                    5002

  6         Relief Operator                                    2007
            P.C.B. initial Inspector                           6001

  7         P.C.B. Machine S/U                                 6000
            Stockman                                            516

  8         Etching Equipment Attendant
       8001
            Wet Process Attendant                              8002

  9         Hourly Team Leader                                  260

  12        Electro-Mechanical Technician                      1203
            Tool & Die                                         9000
<PAGE>       
                             EXHIBIT B-1

                         WAGE RATE SCHEDULE
             EFFECTIVE JUNE 24, 1997 THRU JUNE 24, 1998
       
<TABLE>
                1      3      5      7      9     11     13     15
 Grd   Base    Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.
<C>   <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>    <C>
  4    8.10    8.28   8.40   8.60
  5    8.19    8.34   8.54   8.73
  6    8.28    8.46   8.61   8.81   8.88
  7    8.36    8.55   8.73   8.91   8.99   9.06
  8    8.58    8.68   8.82   8.99   9.15   9.22
  9    9.22    9.36   9.45   9.55   9.62   9.74   9.74   9.83   9.93
 10    9.45    9.55   9.62   9.74   9.83   9.83   9.83  10.01  10.14
 11    9.62    9.74   9.83   9.93  10.01  10.01  10.01  10.14  10.31
 12   11.99   12.10  12.23  12.36  12.36  12.46  12.65  12.78  13.00
</TABLE>
                             EXHIBIT B-2
    
                         WAGE RATE SCHEDULE
             EFFECTIVE JUNE 24, 1998 THRU JUNE 24, 1999

<TABLE>
                1      3      5      7      9     11     13     15
 Grd   Base    Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.
<C>   <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>    <C>
  4    8.34    8.53   8.65   8.86
  5    8.44    8.59   8.80   8.99
  6    8.53    8.71   8.87   9.07   9.15
  7    8.61    8.81   8.99   9.18   9.26   9.33
  8    8.84    8.94   9.08   9.26   9.42   9.50
  9    9.50    9.64   9.73   9.84   9.91  10.03  10.03  10.12  10.23
 10    9.73    9.84   9.91  10.03  10.12  10.12  10.12  10.31  10.44
 11    9.91   10.03  10.12  10.23  10.31  10.31  10.31  10.44  10.62
 12   12.35   12.46  12.60  12.73  12.73  12.83  13.03  13.16  13.39
</TABLE>

                             EXHIBIT B-3

                         WAGE RATE SCHEDULE
             EFFECTIVE JUNE 24, 1999 THRU JUNE 24, 2000

<TABLE>
                1      3      5      7      9     11     13     15
 Grd   Base    Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.   Mos.
<C>   <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>    <C>
  4    8.59    8.79   8.91   9.13
  5    8.69    8.85   9.06   9.26
  6    8.79    8.97   9.14   9.34   9.42
  7    8.87    9.07   9.26   9.46   9.54   9.61
  8    9.11    9.21   9.35   9.54   9.71   9.79
  9    9.79    9.93  10.02  10.14  10.21  10.33  10.33  10.42  10.54
 10   10.02   10.14  10.21  10.33  10.42  10.42  10.42  10.62  10.75
 11   10.21   10.33  10.42  10.54  10.62  10.62  10.62  10.75  10.94
 12   12.72   12.83  12.98  13.11  13.11  13.21  13.42  13.55  13.79
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                            EXHIBIT C
                      UNION DUES AUTHORIZATION

  To Circuit Systems of Tennessee, a Tennessee Limited Partnership,
  EMPLOYER
  ____________________, Tennessee

  I hereby assign from my earnings  now or hereafter payable to  me
  from the Employer,  to Local 796  of the  International Union  of
  Electronic, Electrical, Salaried, Machine and Furniture  Workers,
  AFL-CIO, a sum equal  to Union membership dues  and, if owing  by
  me, an initiation fee, as certified to the Employer by the Local.

  This  Assignment  and  Authorization   is  voluntarily  made   in
  consideration of  the  costs  of  representation  and  collective
  bargaining and is not contingent upon my membership in the Local.

  Pursuant to this  assignment and  irrespective of  my present  or
  future membership status in the Union, I authorize and direct you
  to deduct, while I am employed in the represented bargaining unit
  of the Employer,  such a  sum equal  to membership  dues and,  if
  owing by me, an initiation fee,  as certified to the Employer  by
  the Local.

  Regardless of my membership status  in the Local, this  Agreement
  and Authorization shall be irrevocable from its effective date to
  the anniversary  date  of  the  collective  bargaining  Agreement
  between the Employer and the Local or until the date on which the
  Agreement terminates, whichever is earlier.   I agree and  direct
  that this  Assignment and  Authorization shall  be  automatically
  renewed, and shall be  irrevocable for successive   one (1)  year
  periods  from  anniversary  date  to  anniversary  date  of   the
  collective   bargaining   Agreement.      This   Assignment   and
  Authorization may  be revoked  by  written notice  by  individual
  certified mail,  given  by me  to  the Employer  and  the  Local,
  postmarked not more than  fifteen (15) calendar days  immediately
  preceding the  anniversary  date  of  the  collective  bargaining
  Agreement between  the Employer  and Local.   This  authorization
  will be automatically  renewed to  the next  anniversary date  if
  such notice is not received.

  This Authorization  and Assignment  supersedes all  previous
  Authorization and Assignments.



      ________________________________________
      SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE

      For purposes of this assignment during the 1997-2000 period,
  the anniversary date of the collective bargaining Agreement which
  is repeatedly referred to in the form shall be June 24th.

<PAGE>
                              EXHIBIT D
                   MEDICAL DOWNGRADE AUTHORIZATION


  Date:   __________________________
 

  This is to certify that I, ________________________________

  SS# ___________________  request  a Medical  Downgrade  from  the
  classification of _______________________________________________
  
  I understand I will hold this upgraded seniority for a period  of
  one  (1) year from date  of doctor's statement submitted and  may
  return to  the  classification  within this  period  of  time  if
  released  by  the  doctor providing I  have sufficient seniority.  
  After the    one  (1) year  period,  I  relinquish  the  upgraded
  seniority and may  return to the  classification through the  bid
  procedure only as outlined in the Labor Agreement.
       
      ________________________________
      Employee

      _________________________________
      Date

      _________________________________
      Witness

 cc:  Union  
      File
      Employee
             
                              EXHIBIT E
                    REASONABLE SUSPICION TESTING

  A.  Grounds

      Reasonable suspicion testing may be based  upon, among other
      things:

      1.    Observable phenomena,  such  as direct  observation  or
            alcohol use or possession and/or the physical  symptoms
            of being under the influence of a drug or alcohol.

      2.    A pattern of abnormal conduct or erratic behavior.

      3.    Conviction  for  a   drug-related  or   alcohol-related
            offense, or the  identification of an  employee as  the
            focus of  a criminal  investigation into  illegal  drug
            possession, use or trafficking.

      4.    Information provided  either by  reliable and  credible
            sources or independently corroborated.

      5.    Serious injury  to  the employee  or  another  employee
            which results in lost time.
<PAGE>

  B.  Procedures  

      If an employee is suspected of using drugs or alcohol at the
      work place or reports for work under  the influence of drugs
      or  alcohol,  supervision  is  responsible  for  taking  the
      following action:

      (I)   The supervisor will notify  the appropriate steward  or
            chief steward.  If both are unavailable, the supervisor
            will call the representative designated by the Union.

      (ii)  If  medical  personnel   are  on   the  premises,   the
            supervisor must consult  the Company  nurse or  Company
            doctor   and   relay   all   information,   facts   and
            circumstances leading to  and supporting his  suspicion
            to medical  personnel.   The supervisor  and the  Union
            official notified will then  request that the  employee
            accompany them to the  nurse or doctor.   The nurse  or
            doctor will  at that  point conduct  their own  medical
            investigation and determine if  a drug/alcohol test  is
            in order (e.g. it may not be if prescription drugs  are
            in use).   Should  a test  be deemed  appropriate,  the
            employee will be asked to sign a consent form and  will
            be advised that a positive test outcome confirming  the
            presence of  drugs  or  alcohol  will  not  necessarily
            result in discipline.   For instance,  an employee  who
            tests  positive  may  be   referred  to  the   Employee
            Assistance Program or other organization for help (e.g.
            Alcoholics Anonymous).   Employees,  however, may  face
            discipline up to and  including discharge for  repeated
            positive test  results.   Any employee  who refuses  to
            consent   to   a   test   under   the    aforementioned
            circumstances will be terminated for insubordination in
            accordance with Plant Rules.

      (iii) If medical  personnel  are  not on  the  premises,  the
            supervisor must notify  the appropriate Union  official
            and confer with a higher level of supervision and relay
            all information facts and circumstances leading to  and
            supporting  his   suspicion   to  said   higher   level
            supervisor.  When  the higher  level supervisor  agrees
            with the supervisor's  reasonable suspicion, both  will
            then request that the  employee accompany them and  the
            Union official  to a  private office  and review  their
            suspicions  with  the  employee.     Based  upon   this
            discussion, supervision may decide that an  appropriate
            drug or alcohol test is appropriate (e.g. it may not be
            if prescription drugs  are in use).   Supervision  will
            then request that the employee sign a consent form  and
            accompany them to an appropriate testing site.  At this
            point, the same rules regarding positive test  results,
            repeat positive test results and refusal to consent  to
            a test as outlined in subparagraph B (ii) apply.
<PAGE>

 C.   Supervisory Training  

      Supervisors will be trained t o address drug and alcohol use
      or abuse by employees, to recognize facts  that give rise to
      a  reasonable   suspicion,  and   to   document  facts   and
      circumstances to support a finding  of reasonable suspicion.
       Union officers, chief stewards and stewards will be invited
      to attend  the  same  training.    Failure to  receive  such
      training, however,  shall  not  invalidate otherwise  proper
      reasonable suspicion testing.

  D.  Testing Procedures

      (I)   Chain of Custody

            The testing laboratory will ensure that a proper "chain
            of  custody"  is  maintained  throughout  the   testing
            process.  Both parties  will agree upon an  appropriate
            testing site and testing laboratory.

      (ii)  Privacy Assured

            Should any individual be subject to urine testing under
            this policy,  he/she shall  be permitted  to provide  a
            urine specimen in private, and in a test room, stall or
            similar enclosure so that the employee is not  observed
            while providing the sample.  Collection site  personnel
            of the same gender  as the individual tested,  however,
            may observe the individual  provide the urine  specimen
            when such  personnel have  reason to  believe that  the
            individual may alter or  substitute the specimen to  be
            provided.

      (iii) Test Results

            Upon receipt, the Company will share the results of any
            test with the Union.

      (iv)  If an employee  undergoes a test  and the test  results
            are reported negative, the employee will be  reimbursed
            for any and all lost time incurred.

  E.  Non-Discriminatory Impact

            Both the Company and the Union agree that this  program
            is not to  be used  to discriminate  against or  harass
            employees.
            

<PAGE>
                      CONSENT FORM FOR ALCOHOL,
                    DRUG AND SUBSTANCE SCREENING

      I hereby consent  for the Company  to collect  blood, urine,
  hair, breath  or saliva  samples from  me  and to  conduct  other
  necessary medical  tests  to determine  the  presence or  use  of
  alcohol, drugs  or controlled  substances.   Further, I  give  my
  consent for the release of the  test results, and other  relevant
  medical  information   to  authorized   Company  management   for
  appropriate review.   I  also understand  that,  if I  refuse  to
  consent, I shall be terminated from employment.
  

  AGREED TO:  __________________________________
                        Signature

              __________________________________
                        Date

              __________________________________
                        Witness

              __________________________________
                        Date

  REFUSED:    __________________________________
                        Signature

              __________________________________
                        Date

              __________________________________
                        Witness

              __________________________________
                        Date
  Reasons for
  Refusal:

       ____________________________________________________________

  _________________________________________________________________

  _________________________________________________________________

  _________________________________________________________________

                             EXHIBIT F
                      WEEKLY INSURANCE PREMIUMS

  Weekly employee contributions for coverage are as follows:

  Coverage            Duration of Agreement
  Employee Only             $8.00
  Employee +1              $18.00
  Employee +2 or more      $24.00

  Employee Life Insurance, AD&D  - $25,000
<PAGE>

  S & A benefits of $135 per  week for 26 weeks in accordance  with
  the policy.


                             APPENDIX I

                          WEEKEND OVERTIME

  Employees will be solicited by having supervision solicit the low
  employee  regardless  of  shift.     This  will  assist  in   the
  equalization of overtime in-department with multiple shifts.

  There will be times when the need for overtime is not known until
  Friday - in such  instances the first shift  will be solicited  -
  regardless of which shift is low.  It is hoped that this will not
  be a frequent occurrence and if it does happen the low shift will
  be given  the  next  opportunity to  work  the  overtime.    This
  procedure makes no changes in the contract language - only in the
  method used to solicit in-department overtime.


  If any major problem needs to  be addressed at any time, the  two
  parties will  discuss  the  problem as  soon  as  possible.    If
  resolution to the  problem cannot be  reached, the  issue can  be
  handled through the grievance procedure.

                             APPENDIX II

                     LETTERS OF UNDERSTANDING                      

  A.   TEMPORARY UPGRADE TO SUPERVISORY POSITION  

  If an hourly employee works in a salaried position on a temporary
  basis and the work is performed on an overtime basis the employee
  will be charged  as having worked  the hours  within his  current
  classification.  This  will prevent the  problem of the  employee
  getting two opportunities to work the overtime.

  B.   JOB BIDS  

  Based on  our  understanding  in  contract  negotiations,  if  an
  employee bids on an  opening and prior to  being awarded the  job
  withdraws his  bid, he  shall not  be  charged with  a  voluntary
  downgrade  pursuant  to  Article  V,  Section  9  of  the   Labor
  Agreement.  If he withdraws his bid, after being awarded the  job
  however, he  shall  be  charged with  exercising  his  "voluntary
  downgrade" and shall  not be eligible  to exercise his  voluntary
  downgrade again for six (6) months.

  C.   EMPLOYMENT PRACTICE  

  Any former Philips employee (who was actively working for Philips
  on June 1,  1997 or  laid off subject  to recall)  will be  given
  consideration for  preferential hiring  as a  new employee.    If
  hired, seniority shall  begin on the  date of  hire with  Circuit
  Systems of Tennessee, a Tennessee Limited Partnership.  Selection
  of applicants for hire will be at the discretion of the Company.
<PAGE>
  
  AUTHORIZATION FOR  ASSIGNMENT FOR  CHECKOFF OF  CONTRIBUTIONS  TO
  IUE-COPE To _____________________________________________________
                        Company Name                      

       I hereby assign to IUE-COPE, from any wages earned or to  be
  earned by me as your employee, the sum of (check one)

           o   $1.00   o  $1.50    o   $2.00    o $2.50   o   Other            o

  each and  every month.   I  hereby authorize  and direct  you  to
  deduct such amounts from my pay and to remit same to IUE-COPE  at
  such times and in such manner  as may be agreed upon between  you
  and the union at any time while this authorization is in effect.

       This authorization is voluntarily  made.  I understand  that
  the signing of this authorization and  the making of payments  to
  IUE-COPE are  not conditions  of membership  in the  union or  of
  employment with the company, that I  have the right to refuse  to
  sign this authorization  and contribute to  IUE-COPE without  any
  reprisal, and the IUE-COPE will use the money it receives to make
  political  contributions  and  expenditures  in  connection  with
  federal, state and local elections, and that monies contribute to
  IUE-COPE constitute  a voluntary  contribution to  a joint  fund-
  raising effort by the IUE and AFL-CIO.
       
       I also understand that  the guidelines for contributions  to
  IUE-COPE set  forth  above are  merely  suggestions, that  I  can
  contribute more or less than the guidelines suggest, and that the
  union will not favor or disadvantage me based on the amount of my
  contribution or my decision not to contribute.


  Name (Print)  _____________________________
  Dated______________Soc.Sec.No._________________
  Address __________________________________
  Signature_______________________________________
  City ____________  State ______ Zip _________
  Local ______ Plant ___________ Dept. _______      
  
  
  IUE-COPE is an independent political committee  created  by  the
  IUE. This committee does not ask for or accept authorization from    
  any candidate and no candidate is  responsible for its activities.   
  Contributions or gifts to IUE-COPE are not deductible as charitable    
  contributions for federal income tax purposes.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>                                                                         
                         LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                   Re:  CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P.


       THIS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made as of this 24th day of July,
  1997, by and among CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P., a Tennessee
  limited partnership ("Borrower"), CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, INC., a
  Tennessee corporation ("General Partner"), CIRCUIT SYSTEMS, INC., an
  Illinois corporation ("CSI"; CSI and General Partner are sometimes
  referred to individually as a "Guarantor'' and are collectively referred
  to as "Guarantors") and AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF
  CHICAGO, a national banking association ("Lender").


                              R E C I T A L S:

       CSI and Lender, as assignee of NBD Bank, are parties to that certain
  Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 1993 (the
  "Original CSI Loan Agreement"), as amended April 29, 1994, August 23,
  1994, August 31, 1995, November 27, 1995, April 30, 1996 and August 30,
  1996 (as amended hereinafter referred to as the "CSI Loan Agreement"),
  pursuant to which Lender has made certain credit facilities available to
  CSI (hereinafter the "Existing Circuit Systems Loan").

       CSI is the sole limited partner of Borrower, and the sole
  shareholder of General Partner, the sole general partner of Borrower.

       Borrower and Guarantors have requested that Lender loan or advance
  monies, extend credit, and/or extend other financial accommodations to or
  for the benefit of Borrower.

       Lender has agreed to provide a $2,270,000.00 secured term loan (the
  "60-Month Term Loan"), a $2,800,000.00 secured term loan (the "12- Month 
  Term Loan"), and a $4,930,000.00 commitment to provide equipment lease 
  financing (the "Lease Financing Loan") to Borrower upon and subject to 
  the terms and conditions set forth herein.

       ACCORDINGLY, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants
  and agreements and of any extension of credit heretofore now or hereafter
  made by Lender to Borrower, and subject to the terms and conditions
  hereof, the parties agree as follows:

            1.   DEFINITIONS.  When used herein, the following terms shall
  have the following meanings:

            1.1  Account(s).  All of Borrower's now existing or hereafter
  arising or acquired accounts, accounts receivable, and any other rights
  to payment, however created, including, without limitation, any right to
  payment for goods sold or leased, or for services rendered, whether
  arising out of the sale of inventory or otherwise and whether or not it
  has been earned by performance, and any and all notes, drafts,
  acceptances, chattel paper, general intangibles and other obligations
  arising out of or representing a right to payment, however created.

            1.2 Account Debtor.  Any person and/or entity obligated on an
  Account.
<PAGE>

            1.3  Affiliate.  Any Person (a) directly or indirectly
  controlling, controlled by or under common control with, Borrower, (b)
  directly or indirectly owning or holding five percent (5%) or more of any
  equity interest in Borrower or any general partner of Borrower, (c) five
  percent (5%) or more of whose voting stock or other equity interest is
  owned directly or indirectly or is held by Borrower or any partner of
  Borrower.  For the purpose of this definition, "control" means the
  possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or to cause
  the direction of management and policies, whether through the ownership
  of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

             1.4  Base Rate.  The rate of interest announced or published       
  publicly from time to time by Lender as its prime or base rate of
  interest.

             1.5  Borrower's Liabilities.  All obligations and liabilities   
  of Borrower to Lender (including, without limitation, all debts, claims,
  and indebtedness under Article 3 hereof) under the Notes or under the         
  Master Lease, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or
  otherwise, heretofore, now and/or from time to time hereafter owing, due
  or payable, however evidenced, created, incurred, acquired or owing and
  however arising, whether under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents
  or by operation of law or otherwise.

              1.6  Business Day. Any day of the year on which Lender is open    
  for business at its principal office in Chicago, Illinois.                    

              1.7  Charges.  All national, federal, state, county, city,        
  municipal and/or other governmental (or any instrumentality, division,
  agency, body or department thereof, including without limitation the
  Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) taxes, levies, assessments,
  charges, liens, claims or encumbrances upon and/or relating to the
  "Collateral"(as hereinafter defined), Borrower's Liabilities, Borrower's 
  business, Borrower's ownership and/or use of any of its assets, and/or 
  Borrower's income and/or gross receipts.

              1.8  Closing.  The date that the closing of the Loan shall        
  occur, whether or not any disbursement of the proceeds of the Loan shall
  occur.
               
              1.9  Collateral. Shall have the meaning set forth in Article 5.

              1.10 Debt.  Any and all contingent and non-contingent
  Indebtedness howsoever evidenced and/or arising and of any nature
  whatsoever.

              1.11  Default Rate.  See Paragraph 3.4.
<PAGE>
              1.12  Equipment. Collectively, equipment (as defined in the       
  UCC) now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower, including, without
  limitation, all machinery, motor vehicles, trucks, trailers, vessels,
  aircraft, rolling stock and all other tangible personal property (except
  Inventory) and all parts thereof, and all additions and accessories
  thereto and replacements thereof, including, without limitation, the
  Equipment listed on Schedule 1.1(c) to the Philips Real Estate and Asset
  Purchase and Sale Agreement.  Said Equipment listed on said Agreement is
  herein referred to as the "Philips Equipment."

              1.13 ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of       
  1974, as amended.

              1.14 Event of Default. Any of the events described as an event    
  of default in Article 10 hereof or in the 12-Month Term Note, the 60-
  Month Term Note, the Master Lease or any of the other Loan Documents.

              1.15 Existing Litigation.  The litigation disclosed by Borrower
  on Exhibit A attached hereto.     

              1.16 General Intangibles.  All choses in action, causes of        
  action, and other intangible property of Borrower of every kind and
  nature now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower, including, without
  limitation, memberships, membership interests, corporate and other
  business records, deposit accounts, inventions, designs, patents, patent
  and trademark registrations and applications, trademarks, tradenames,
  trade secrets, goodwill, copyrights, registrations, licenses, franchises,
  deferred tax benefits, tax refund claims, prepaid expenses, computer
  programs, covenants not to compete, customer lists and mailing lists,
  membership lists, contract rights, indemnification rights, letters of
  credit, guaranty claims, security interests, or other security held by or
  granted to Borrower.

            1.17 Guarantors.  Circuit Systems, Inc., an Illinois
  corporation, and Circuit Systems of Tennessee, Inc., a Tennessee
  corporation.
<PAGE>

            1.18  Indebtedness.  All liabilities, obligations, and            
  indebtedness of any and every kind and nature, including, without
  limitation, the Liabilities and all obligations to trade creditors,
  whether heretofore, now or hereafter owing, arising, due, or payable from
  Borrower to any Person and howsoever evidenced, created, incurred,
  acquired, or owing, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent,
  fixed, or others.  Without in any way limiting the generality of the
  foregoing, Indebtedness specifically includes (i) all obligations or
  liabilities of any Person that are secured by any lien, claim,
  encumbrance, or security interest upon property owned by any Borrower,
  even though such Borrower has not assumed or become liable for the
  payment thereof; (ii) all obligations or liabilities created or arising
  under any lease of real or personal property or conditional sale or other
  title retention agreement with respect to property used or acquired by
  Borrower, even though the rights and remedies of the lessor, seller or
  lender thereunder are limited to repossession of such property; (iii)
  obligations under direct or indirect guarantees in respect of, and
  obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire,
  or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of,
  indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses
  (i) or (ii) above; (iv) all unfunded pension fund obligations and
  liabilities; and (v) deferred taxes.

            1.19 Interest Period.  With respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan, a
  period of one, two, three or six months commencing on a LIBOR Business
  Day selected by Borrower pursuant to subsection 3.2 hereof.  Each
  Interest Period shall end on the day in the first, second, third or (if
  applicable) sixth succeeding calendar month (as applicable) which
  corresponds numerically to the beginning day of such Interest Period;
  provided, however, that if there is no such numerically corresponding day
  in such succeeding month, such Interest Period shall end on the last
  LIBOR Business Day of such succeeding month.  If an Interest Period would
  otherwise end on a day which is not a LIBOR Business Day, such Interest
  Period shall end on the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day, provided that
  if such next succeeding LIBOR Business Day falls in a new month, then
  such Interest Period shall end on the last LIBOR Business Day of the
  month in which such Interest Period was scheduled to end.

            1.20 Interest Rate.  See Article 3.

            1.21 Interest Rate Determination Date.  The date on which          
  Lender determines the interest rate applicable to any LIBOR Rate Loan
  pursuant to subsection 3.2 hereof which shall be the second LIBOR
  Business Day prior to the first day of the Interest Period applicable to
  such LIBOR Rate Loan.

            1.22 Inventory.  Any inventory, stock, materials or supplies of
  any nature whatsoever, whether raw, finished or partially finished, and
  possessed, held or owned by Borrower.

            1.23 Lease Financing Loan.  That certain loan not to exceed
  Four Million Nine Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($4,930,000.00), made
  by Lender to Borrower hereunder, and as further described in Article 2.
<PAGE>

            1.24 Lease Financing Loan Maturity Date.  The earlier of (i)
  the fifth anniversary of the Loan Opening Date, or (ii) the date upon
  which Lender shall accelerate the due date of the Rent due under the
  Master Lease, whether as a result of the occurrence of an Event of
  Default or as otherwise permitted hereunder or in the Master Lease.  On
  the Lease Financing Loan Maturity Date, the Casualty Value of the
  Equipment and any unpaid Rent, together with all unpaid costs, fees and
  interests under the Master Lease, shall be due and payable in full.

            1.25 Liabilities.  Collectively, any and all obligations under      
  or in connection with this Agreement, the 60-Month Term Note, the 12-
  Month Term Note, the Master Lease and the Loan Documents.

            1.26 LIBOR Business Day.  A day which is a Business Day and on      
  which dealings in United States dollar deposits may be carried out in the     
  London interbank market.

            1.27 LIBOR Rate.  For each Interest Period, a rate of interest      
  equal to

       (a)  the LIBOR Index Rate on the date which is two (2) LIBOR
            Business Days prior to the first day of the Interest Period, as
            published in The Wall Street Journal, if such rate is
            available, and if the LIBOR Index Rate cannot be determined by
            the method stated in (a), then (b) the rate of interest at
            which deposits in U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds
            are offered to Lender for the relevant Interest Period by major
            banks in the interbank Eurodollar market from time to time in
            the amount of the relevant LIBOR Rate Loan at 11:00 a.m.
            (London time) on the day which is two (2) LIBOR Business Days
            prior to the first day of such Interest Period,

       divided by

       (c)  a number equal to 1.00 minus the aggregate (but without
            duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of
            reserve requirements in effect on the day which is two (2)
            LIBOR Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest
            Period (including, without limitation, basic, supplemental,
            marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the
            Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or other
            governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect
            thereto, as now and from time to time in effect) for
            Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency
            liabilities" in Regulation D of such Board) which are required
            to be maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve
            System.

  (such rate to be adjusted to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent
  (1/16 of 1%) or, if there is no nearest one-sixteenth of one percent
  (1/16 of 1%), to the next higher one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16 of 1%).

               1.28 Loan.  Collectively, the lending under the 60-Month Term    
  Loan, the 12-Month Term Loan and the Lease Financing Loan.
<PAGE>

               1.29 Loan Documents.  All agreements, instruments and
  documents, including, without limitation, notes, guarantees, mortgages,
  deeds of trusts, chattel mortgages, pledges, powers of attorney,
  consents, assignments, contracts, notices, security agreements, leases,
  financing statements, subordination agreements, trust account agreements,
  and all other written matter whether heretofore, now, or hereafter
  executed by or on behalf of Borrower or delivered to Lender with respect
  to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Notes and the
  Master Lease. 

               1.30  Loan Expenses.  As defined in Article 3.

               1.31 Intentionally Deleted.

               1.32  Loan Opening Date.  The date on which the first           
  disbursement of all or any portion of the Loan is made by Lender to
  Borrower.

               1.33  Master Lease.  The Master Lease in the form attached      
  hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit B pursuant to which Lender shall    
  acquire the Philips Equipment, which Philips Equipment shall be listed on
  the Schedule attached thereto, and for which Borrower shall pay the rent
  for the term, and upon and subject to the terms and conditions, contained
  therein.

               1.34 Maturity Date. The 60-Month Term Loan Maturity Date, the
  Lease Financing Maturity Date or the 12-Month Term Loan Maturity Date, as
  applicable.

               1.35 Net Operating Income.  As of any date, the amount of net   
  operating income of Borrower determined in accordance with generally
  accepted accounting principles.

               1.36 Notes.  Collectively, the 60-Month Term Note and the
  12-Month Term Note.

               1.37 Other Agreements.  All agreements, instruments and         
  documents, including, without limitation, guaranties, mortgages, deeds of
  trust, notes, pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments,
  contracts, notices, security agreements, leases, subordination
  agreements, financing statements and all other written matter heretofore,
  now and/or from time to time hereafter executed by and/or on behalf of
  Borrower and delivered to Bank.

               1.38 Permitted Indebtedness.  See Paragraph 7.2(b) and           
  Exhibit C attached hereto.

               1.39 Permitted Liens.  See Paragraph 6.1(f) and Exhibit D
  attached hereto.
<PAGE>
               1.40 Person. Any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership,
  joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association,
  corporation, limited liability company, institution, entity, party or
  government (whether national, federal, state, county, city, municipal or
  otherwise, including without limitation, any instrumentality, division,
  agency, body or department thereof).

               1.41 Securities. Any stock, shares, voting trust certificates,   
  bonds, debentures, options, warrants, notes or other evidences of
  indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or
  otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as "securities"       
  or any certificate of interest, shares or participation in temporary or
  interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to
  subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

               1.42 Sigmatron Stock.  Shares of common stock of Sigmatron       
  International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

               1.43 Tangible Net Worth.  The value of the total assets of       
  Borrower as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
  principles after subtracting therefrom then aggregate amount of any
  intangible assets of Borrower as determined in accordance with generally
  accepted accounting principles, including ,without limitation, prepaid
  expenses, other accounts receivable, goodwill, franchises, licenses,
  patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and brand names, minus the
  aggregate of all contingent and non-contingent liabilities of Borrower.

               1.44 Unmatured Event of Default.  Any event that has occurred    
  which with lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, could
  constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

               1.45 12-Month Term Loan. That certain loan not to exceed Two
  Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,800,000.00) made by Lender to
  Borrower hereunder, and as further described in Article 2.

               1.46 12-Month Term Loan Maturity Date. The earlier of (i) the    
  first anniversary of the Loan Opening Date, or (ii) the date upon which
  Lender shall accelerate the due date of the 12-Month Term Loan, whether
  as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default or as otherwise
  permitted hereunder or in the 12-Month Term Note.  On the 12-Month Term
  Loan Maturity Date, all of the outstanding principal under the 12-Month
  Term Note, together with all unpaid costs, fees and interest thereon,
  shall be due and payable in full.

               1.47 12-Month Term Loan Note.  The promissory note which
  evidences the 12-Month Term Loan and which is made by Borrower payable to
  the order of Lender in the principal amount of Two Million Eight Hundred
  Thousand Dollars ($2,800,000.00) secured by, among other things, the
  Collateral and delivered by Borrower to Lender in the form attached
  hereto as Exhibit E.
<PAGE>
               1.48 60-Month Term Loan. That certain loan, not to exceed Two
  Million Two Hundred Seventy Thousand Dollars ($2,270,000.00), made by
  Lender to Borrower hereunder, and as further described in Article 2.

               1.49 60-Month Term Loan Maturity Date.  The earlier of (i)
  sixty (60) months following the Loan Opening Date, or (ii) the date upon
  which Lender shall accelerate the due date of the 60-Month Term Loan,
  whether as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default or as
  otherwise permitted hereunder or in the 60-Month Term Loan Note.  On the
  60-Month Term Loan Maturity Date, all of the outstanding principal under
  the 60-Month Term Loan Note, together with all unpaid costs, fees and
  interest thereon shall be due and payable in full.

               1.50 60-Month Term Loan Note.  The promissory note which
  evidences the 60-Month Term Loan and which is made by Borrower payable to
  the order of Lender in the principal amount of Two Million Two Hundred
  Seventy Thousand Dollars ($2,270,000.00), secured by, among other things,
  the Collateral and delivered by Borrower to Lender in the form attached
  hereto as Exhibit F.

            All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless the context
  indicates otherwise, shall have the meanings provided for under the
  Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC") of the State of Illinois to the extent
  the same are used or defined therein.  Any accounting terms used in this
  Agreement which are not specifically defined shall have the meanings
  customarily given them in accordance with generally accepted accounting
  principles.

       2.   LOAN:  GENERAL TERMS.

              2.1   Philips Acquisition.  Pursuant to the terms of that         
  certain Real Estate and Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "Philips    
  Real Estate and Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement" ) made and entered        
  into as of July 24, 1997 by and between Borrower and Philips Electronics
  North America Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Philips"), Borrower      
  is acquiring certain assets of Philips described therein, including,
  without limitation, that certain printed circuit board manufacturing
  facility owned by Philips and located at 1515 Industrial Road,
  Greenville, Green County, Tennessee, consisting of a building containing
  approximately 93,000 square feet, located on approximately ten (10) acres
  (the "PCB Facility") and certain equipment, machinery, furniture,            
  furnishings and other tangible personal property owned by Philips and
  used in connection with the operations at the PCB Facility, including the
  property identified in Schedule 1.1(C) to the Philips Real Estate and
  Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "Philips Equipment").
<PAGE>
            2.2  12-Month Term Loan.  Subject to the terms and conditions
  hereof, Lender agrees to make the 12-Month Term Loan available to
  Borrower on the Loan Opening Date, upon the conditions of disbursement
  set forth herein.  The proceeds of the 12-Month Term Loan shall be used
  by Borrower only for the purchase by Borrower of the Real Property and
  Improvements, each as defined in the Philips Real Estate and Asset
  Purchase and Sale Agreement.

            2.3  60-Month Term Loan.  Subject to the terms and conditions
  hereof, Lender agrees to make the 60-Month Term Loan available to
  Borrower on the Loan Opening Date, upon the conditions of disbursement
  set forth herein.  The proceeds of the 60-Month Term Loan shall be used
  by Borrower only for the acquisition by Borrower of the assets of Philips
  described in the Philips Real Estate and Asset Purchase and
  Sale Agreement.  

            2.4  Lease Financing Loan.  Subject to the terms and conditions
  hereof, Lender agrees to make the Lease Financing Loan available to
  Borrower on the Loan Opening Date, upon the conditions of disbursement
  set forth herein.  The Lease Financing Loan shall be used by Lender to
  acquire the Philips Equipment and lease the Philips Equipment to
  Borrower, pursuant to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in a
  Master Lease Agreement to be entered into between Borrower and Lender on
  or prior to the Loan Opening Date, which Master Lease Agreement shall be
  in the form attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit B (the       
  "Master Lease Agreement").

            2.5  All Advances to Constitute One Loan.  All advances by         
  Lender to Borrower under the Loan shall constitute one loan and one
  general obligation secured by Lender's security interest in all the
  Collateral and by all other security interests, liens, claims, and
  encumbrances heretofore, now, or at any time hereafter granted by
  Borrower and/or any Guarantor to Lender.  Borrower agrees that all of 
  the rights of Lender set forth in this Agreement shall apply to any
  modification of or supplement to this Agreement.

            2.6  Closing.  The closing of the Loan to be made hereunder
  shall take place at the offices of Meltzer, Purtill & Stelle, 1515 East
  Woodfield Road, Suite 250, Schaumburg, Illinois 60173, at 9:00 a.m. on
  July 24, 1997, or such other time or place as the parties may agree in
  writing ("Closing") and shall be deemed to have occurred when the Notes      
  are delivered by Borrower to Lender.

            2.7  Representation and Warranty.  Each loan or any
  disbursement made by Lender to Borrower hereunder shall constitute an
  automatic warranty and representation by Borrower to Lender that there
  does not then exist an Event of Default or any Unmatured Event of Default
  hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

            2.8  Duration of Agreement.  This Loan Agreement shall be in
  effect until all of Borrower's Liabilities have been paid in full and any
  and all commitments of Lender to make loans hereunder have terminated.
<PAGE>
       3.   INTEREST/FEES/COSTS.  As  consideration for Lender's  agreement
  to make  the Loan  to Borrower,  Borrower shall  be obligated  to pay  to
  Lender certain fees, interest, costs and expenses as provided for  herein
  or in  any of  the Loan  Documents,  including, without  limitation,  the
  following:

          3.1  Loan Fee. Intentionally Deleted.

          3.2  Interest on the 60-Month Term Loan and the 12-Month Term Loan.

       (i)  So long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
            has occurred, the 60-Month Term Loan and the 12-Month Term Loan
            and all other obligations hereunder shall bear interest from
            the date such Loans are made or such other obligations are
            incurred until paid in full at a rate per annum (meaning 360
            days) at rates (the "Interest Rate") determined by reference
            to the Base Rate or the LIBOR Rate, as follows:

            (a)  the 60-Month Term Loan shall bear interest either (x) at a     
                 floating rate equal to the Base Rate, or (y) at a rate
                 equal to the applicable LIBOR Rate plus one and three-
                 quarters percent (1.75%);

            (b)  the 12-Month Term Loan shall bear interest either (x) at a     
                 floating rate equal to the Base Rate, or (y) at a rate
                 equal to the applicable LIBOR Rate plus one and three-
                 quarters percent (1.75%); and
                 
            (c)  any other obligations hereunder shall bear interest at a
                 floating rate equal to the Base Rate.

       (ii) The basis for determining the interest rate for all or part of
            60-Month Term Loan and the 12-Month Term Loan may be changed 
            from time to time pursuant to this subsection 3.2.  If, on any 
            day any part of the 60-Month Term Loan or the 12-Month Term Loan 
            is outstanding with respect to which notice has not been timely 
            received by Lender in accordance with this Agreement specifying 
            that the LIBOR Rate shall be applicable thereto, then for that day 
            such Loan (or portion thereof) shall bear interest at the applic-
            able rate specified in subsection 3.2(i) determined by reference  
            to the Base Rate.  Loans bearing interest at rates determined by
            reference to the Base Rate are herein sometimes referred to as 
            "Prime Rate Loans" and Loans bearing interest at rates determined 
            by reference to the LIBOR Rate are herein sometimes referred to as
            LIBOR Rate Loans.
<PAGE>
      (iii) Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all or
            part of the outstanding principal balance of any Loan from a
            Prime Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan by giving Lender at least
            three (3) LIBOR Business Days' prior irrevocable notice of such
            an election; provided that no Loan may be converted to a LIBOR
            Rate Loan while an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of
            Default has occurred and is continuing.  Borrower may also
            elect from time to time to continue any outstanding LIBOR Rate
            Loan (whether for a similar or a different Interest Period)
            upon the expiration of the Interest Period then applicable
            thereto by giving Lender at least three (3) LIBOR Business
            Days' prior irrevocable notice of such continuation of such
            LIBOR Rate Loan; provided that no Loan may be continued as a
            LIBOR Rate Loan while an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event
            of Default has occurred and is continuing.

       (iv) Each notice of election to convert to a LIBOR Rate Loan or to
            continue a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be signed by the Chief
            Financial Officer of the General Partner and shall specify
            (a) the proposed conversion or continuation date; (b) the
            amount of the Loan to be converted or continued; (c) the nature
            of the proposed conversion or continuation; and (d) the
            requested Interest Period, which shall be one (1), two (2) or three
            (3) months, or, if then available, six (6) months. Each such 
            notice shall also certify that no Unmatured Event of Default or 
            Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing.

       (v)  On the date upon which each conversion to a LIBOR Rate Loan or
            continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan is being made pursuant to a
            notice given in accordance with this Agreement, Lender shall
            take such actions as are necessary to effect such conversion or
            continuation.  Subject to the limitations set forth in this
            subsection 3.2 and in the definition of Interest Period, all or
            any part of the Loans may be converted into LIBOR Rate Loans or
            continued as LIBOR Rate Loans as provided herein, provided that
            partial conversions or continuations of any Loan shall be in
            the minimum amount of $1,000,000, and, if in excess thereof, in
            integral multiples of $1,000,000.

              3.3  Lease Financing Payment Factor.  Rent payable under the     
  Master Lease shall be fixed at Closing based upon an amortization not in
  excess of seven (7) years and a payment factor determined by Lender.
<PAGE>
              3.4  Default Rate/Late Charge. From and after such time as an    
  Event of Default occurs under this Agreement or any of the Loan
  Documents, or if either Loan is not paid in full on or prior to its
  Maturity Date, the unpaid balance outstanding under the Loan shall bear
  interest at an interest rate equal to the applicable Interest Rate, plus
  three percent (3%) (the "Default Rate").  Borrower further agrees to pay a
  "Late Charge" of five percent (5%) of any amount due hereunder if            
  such amount is paid more than ten (10) days after the due date thereof,
  to cover the extra expense involved in handling delinquent payments. 
  This provision shall not be deemed to excuse a late payment or be deemed
  a waiver of any other rights Lender may have, including the right to
  declare the entire principal and interest immediately due and payable.

              3.5 Fees and Costs. Borrower shall pay all expenses, charges,    
  costs and fees of the Loan, including, without limitation, Lender's
  reasonable attorneys' fees, in connection with the negotiation,
  documentation, administration, servicing and enforcement of the Loan, and
  any fees and costs charged by an appraiser, the cost of any and all
  credit checks run by Lender, including UCC, tax and judgment lien
  searches, all recording fees and charges, all title insurance charges and
  premiums, escrow fees, survey costs and the costs of any bonds required
  by Title Company, and any and all other costs, expenses, charges, and
  fees referred to in or necessitated by the terms of this Agreement
  (collectively, the "Loan Expenses").  The Loan Expenses shall be paid by
  Borrower promptly upon Lender's demand or, alternatively, may be paid by
  Lender at any time by disbursement of proceeds of the Loan.  The Loan
  Expenses shall be payable by Borrower regardless of whether there shall
  be any disbursements of the Loan.  If not paid within ten (10) days
  following Lender's demand, the Loan Expenses shall bear interest until
  the date paid by Borrower at the Default Rate.

            3.6  Funding Losses.  In the event that Borrower fails to
  borrow any LIBOR Rate Loan, or makes any payment on a LIBOR Rate Loan on
  a date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period,
  Borrower shall pay Lender, within ten (10) days following Lender's demand
  therefor, any resulting loss or expense, including, without limitation,
  any amount incurred in obtaining, liquidating or employing deposits from
  third parties acquired or arranged to fund such LIBOR Rate Loan.

       4.   PAYMENTS; APPLICATION; OFFSET.

            4.1  Payments.  All payments of principal or interest on the       
  60-Month Term Note and the 12-Month Term Note, all payments of rent under
  the Master Lease and all payments of any other fees and costs due
  hereunder shall be made in immediately available funds.  All such
  payments shall be made to Lender at its principal office in Chicago,
  Illinois, not later than 2:00 p.m., Chicago time, on the date due, and
  funds received after that hour shall be deemed to have been received by
  Lender on its next following Business Day.
<PAGE>
            4.2  Loan Repayment/12-Month Term Loan.  The 12-Month Term Loan
  shall be payable in monthly payments equal to the sum of (a) principal in
  an amount equal to $15,555.56 plus (b) accrued interest at the applicable
  Interest Rate, in arrears, due and payable commencing on the first day of
  the month following the month in which disbursement of the proceeds of the
  12-Month Term Loan shall occur and continuing on the first day of the 
  each month thereafter, through and including the month in which the 12-
  Month Term Loan Maturity Date occurs, at which time the outstanding
  principal balance and all the then accrued and unpaid interest on the
  principal balance of the 12-Month Term Loan shall be due and payable.

            4.3  Loan Repayment/60-Month Term Loan. The 60-Month Term Loan
  shall be payable in monthly payments equal to the sum of (a) $37,833.33
  of principal, and (b) accrued interest at the applicable Interest Rate,
  in arrears, due and payable commencing on the first day of the month
  following the month in which the disbursement of the proceeds of the
  60-Month Term Loan shall occur, and continuing on the first day of each
  month thereafter, through and including the 60-Month Term Loan Maturity
  Date, at which time the outstanding principal balance and all then
  accrued and unpaid interest on the principal balance of the Loan shall be
  due and payable.

            4.4  Maturity Dates.  The unpaid principal balance of the
  12-Month Term Loan and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any  
  fees and costs payable by Borrower hereunder with respect thereto, if not
  sooner paid or declared to be due in accordance with the terms hereof,
  shall be due and payable in full on the 12-Month Term Loan Maturity Date.
   The unpaid principal balance of the 60-Month Term Loan and all accrued
  and unpaid interest thereon and any fees and costs payable by Borrower
  with respect thereto, if not sooner paid or declared to be due in
  accordance with the terms hereof, shall be due and payable in full on the
  60-Month Term Loan Maturity Date.

            4.5  Statement of Account.  Lender shall provide Borrower with     
  a statement of account relating to the Loan on a monthly basis.  Each
  such statement of account shall be presumed correct and accurate and
  shall, except for Lender's right to reapply payments, constitute an
  account stated between Borrower and Lender, unless thereafter waived in
  writing by Lender or unless, within thirty (30) days after Borrower's
  receipt thereof, Borrower delivers to Lender, by certified mail, written
  objection thereto specifying the error or errors contained therein.
<PAGE>
             4.6  Prepayment.  The Borrower may prepay any principal            
  outstanding under the 60-Month Term Loan or the 12-Month Term Loan, at
  any time, and provided Borrower extends one (1) business day's prior
  written notice to Lender.  Any prepayment of all or any portion of the
  outstanding principal balance under the Notes shall include all fees,
  costs and interest accrued to the date of such prepayment.  Provided that
  at the time of any such prepayment, an Event of Default or Unmatured
  Event of Default exists hereunder, any prepayment of the Loan may be
  applied by Lender at its discretion to either the 12-Month Term Loan
  and/or the 60-Month Term Loan.  In the event that at any time during the
  term of the Loan, Borrower and Lender agree to fix the rate of all or any
  portion of the Loan, as a condition of such agreement by Lender, Lender
  shall be entitled to charge, and Borrower shall pay, Lender's standard
  yield maintenance prepayment premium in connection with the prepayment of
  any such fixed rate loan.

            4.7  Offset.  In addition to and not in limitation of all
  rights of offset that Lender or other holder of the Notes may have under
  applicable law, Lender or other holder of such Note shall, upon the
  occurrence of any Event of Default, or any Unmatured Event of Default,
  have the right to appropriate and apply to the payment of the Notes, any
  and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or monies of any of the
  Borrower then or thereafter with Lender or other holder.

            4.8  Final Release.  At such time as Borrower's Liabilities
  have been fully paid, Borrower has complied with all requirements of the
  Loan Documents, and there is no obligation of Lender to make additional
  disbursements of the Loan, then the Notes shall be canceled and returned
  to Borrower and all other Loan Documents shall be terminated and any
  liens created thereunder shall be released.

            4.9  Partial Release.  Provided that there is then in existence
  no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, Lender agrees to
  release the Mortgage and Assignment of Rents at such time as the 12-Month
  Term Loan is paid in full.  Provided that there is then in existence no
  Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, Lender agrees to release
  its security interest in the Sigmatron Stock at such time as the 60-Month
  Term Loan is paid in full.
<PAGE>

       5.   COLLATERAL SECURITY.

            5.1  Security for Existing Circuit Systems Loan.  Concurrently
  with or prior to the making of the initial disbursement of any of the
  proceeds of the Loan, Borrower shall have executed, delivered, granted
  and/or caused to be executed, delivered and/or granted, as security for
  the payment and performance of the Existing Circuit Systems Loan, a
  continuing security interest in, and lien on, all of Borrower' right,
  title and interest in and to the following:

            (a)     all Accounts;

            (b)    all Inventory;

            (c)     all Equipment except for the Philips Equipment;            

            (d)     General Intangibles; and 

            (e)  to the extent not included in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c),
       and (d) of this Paragraph 5.1, all goods, chattels, machinery,
       equipment, inventory, accounts, chattel paper, notes, contract
       rights, general intangibles, furniture, fixtures and property of
       every kind and nature, wherever located, now or hereafter belonging
       to Borrower or in which Borrower has an interest and any and all
       products and/or proceeds thereof.

  To evidence the grant of security interests to Lender, Borrower shall
  execute the Seventh Amendment to Secured Revolving Credit Agreement,
  substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G and the Continuing
  Security Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
  H, and from time to time, until the Existing Circuit Systems Loan is paid
  in full, Borrower shall deliver to Bank such financing statements,
  assignments, security agreements, deeds or other documents as may be
  reasonably requested by Lender to further evidence, perfect, confirm or
  facilitate the enforcement of the above-described security interests.
<PAGE>

            5.2  Collateral.  As collateral for the Loan, Borrower shall
  have executed, granted and delivered, or caused to be executed, granted
  and delivered to Lender, the following:

       (a)  first and prior Deed of Trust with respect to the PCB Facility;

       (b)  first and prior Assignment of Leases and Rents with respect to
            the PCB Facility;   

       (c)  first and prior security interest in 400,000 shares of  
            Sigmatron Stock, represented by Stock Certificate Nos. SI 1991,
            SI 1992, SI 1993 and SI 1994;

       (d)  first and prior security interest in the Process ID License
            Agreement and the PCB Purchase Agreement; and

       (e)  A security interest, junior to the security interest described
            in Section 5.1 above, in all of Borrower's property, wherever
            located, whether or now or hereafter existing, owned, licensed,
            leased (to the extent of Borrower's leasehold interest therein)
            consigned (to the extent of Borrower's ownership interest
            therein), arising and/or acquired, including, without
            limitation all of Borrower's (i) Accounts, chattel paper, tax
            refunds, contract rights, leases, leasehold interests, letters
            of credit, instruments, documents, documents of title, patents,
            copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses, goodwill,
            beneficial interest in general intangibles; (ii) all goods
            whose sale, lease or other disposition by Borrower have given
            rise to Accounts and have been returned to or repossessed or
            stopped in transit by Borrower; (iii) all investment property,
            including but not limited to certificated and uncertificated
            Securities; (iv) goods, including without limitation all
            consumer goods, machinery, Equipment, farm products, fixtures
            and inventory; (v) liens, guaranties, and other rights and
            privileges pertaining to any of the Collateral; (vi) monies,
            reserves, deposits, deposit accounts and interest or dividends
            thereon, cash or cash equivalents; (vii) all property now or at
            any time or times hereafter in the possession or under the
            control of Lender or its bailee; (viii) all accessions to the
            foregoing, all litigation proceeds pertaining to the foregoing
            and all substitutions, renewals, improvements and replacements
            of and additions to the foregoing; and (ix) all books, records
            and computer records in any way relating to the above-described
            collateral (all of the above-described property herein referred
            to as the "Collateral"). 
<PAGE>

            5.3  Deliveries; Further Assurances.  The Borrower agrees that      
  it will, at its sole expense (i) upon request by Lender, within five (5)
  days of demand, deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender in due form
  for transfer, chattel paper, instruments and documents of title, if any,
  at any time representing all or any of the Collateral, (ii) without
  request by Lender, cause Lender's security interest under the Loan
  Documents to be at all times duly noted on any certificate of title
  issuable with respect to any of the Collateral and forthwith deliver or
  cause to be delivered to Lender each such certificate of title, and (iii)
  upon request of Lender, forthwith execute and deliver or cause to be
  executed and delivered to Lender, in due form for filing or recording
  (and pay the cost of filing or recording the same in all public offices
  deemed necessary by Lender) such assignments, security agreements,
  mortgages, deeds of trust, pledge agreements, warehouse receipts, bailee
  letters, consents, waivers, financing statements, stock or bond powers,
  and other documents, and do such other acts and things, all as Lender may
  from time to time reasonably request to establish and maintain to the
  reasonable satisfaction of Lender a valid perfected security interest in
  all of the Collateral (free of all other liens, claims and rights of
  third parties whatsoever except the Permitted Liens) to secure payment of
  the Loan.  The Borrower irrevocably hereby makes, constitutes and
  appoints Lender (and all other persons designated by Lender for that
  purpose) as the Borrower's true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact)
  to sign the name of the Borrower on any such agreements, instruments and
  documents referred to in clause (iii) above and to deliver such
  agreements, instruments and documents to such persons as Lender in its
  sole discretion may elect.

            5.4  Verification of Collateral; Inspection; Audit.  Any of        
  Lender's officers, employees or agents shall have the right, at any
  reasonable time hereafter, during Borrower's business hours in Lender's
  name or in the name of Borrower, to verify the validity, amount or any
  other matter relating to any of the Collateral by mail, telephone or
  otherwise.  Lender (by any of its officers, employees or agents) shall
  have the right, at any time during Borrower's usual business hours and
  upon not less than three (3) business day's prior notice, to inspect the
  Collateral, all records related thereto (and to make extracts from such
  records) and the premises upon which any of the Collateral is located,
  and the right, at any reasonable time, to discuss Borrower's affairs and
  finances and the Collateral with any attorney, accountant, lessee,
  Account Debtor or other creditor of Borrower.  Costs incurred by Lender
  in connection with any audit of the Collateral shall be paid by Lender if
  there does not then exist an Event of Default (as defined herein). 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the above restrictions as to reasonable
  times during business hours and prior notice shall not apply if an Event
  of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

            5.5  Records and Schedules.  Borrower shall keep accurate and
  complete records of its Accounts, Inventory and other Collateral.
<PAGE>

            5.6  Proceeds of Collateral.  Borrower shall not, without the       
  prior written notice to Lender, sell, lease, grant a security interest
  in, or otherwise dispose of or encumber the Collateral, or any part
  thereof excluding individual sales, dispositions, trade-ins or
  replacements of Collateral in the ordinary course of business.  Upon any
  disposition of Collateral described in clauses (a) through (d) inclusive
  of paragraph 5.2 above, Borrower shall deliver all the proceeds thereof
  to Lender to be applied to the repayment of the Liabilities provided,
  however, that Lender may waive its rights hereunder if no Event of
  Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under
  this Agreement, either of the Notes, or the Loan Documents.

       6.   WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS.

            6.1  Warranties and Representations of the Borrower.  To induce     
  Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loan hereunder,
  Borrower and Guarantors each represent and warrant to Lender that:

             (a) Organization.  The Borrower is a limited partnership duly      
       organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
       the State of Tennessee and qualified or licensed to do business in
       good standing in all states in which the laws thereof require
       Borrower to be so qualified and/or licensed, except where the
       failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have
       a material adverse effect on Borrower, the Collateral or Borrower's
       business.  The General Partner is a corporation duly organized,
       validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
       Tennessee and qualified or licensed to do business and in good
       standing in all states in which the laws thereof require General
       Partner to be so qualified and/or licensed, except where the failure
       to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a
       material adverse effect on the Borrower, the Collateral, Borrower's
       business or General Partner.  CSI is a corporation duly organized,
       validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
       Illinois and qualified or licensed to do business and in good
       standing in all states in which the laws thereof require CSI to be
       so qualified and/or licensed, except where failure to be so
       qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a material
       adverse effect on the Borrower, the Collateral, Borrower's business
       or CSI.  General Partner is the sole general partner of Borrower,
       holding a 1% partnership interest therein, and CSI is the sole
       limited partner of Borrower, holding a 99% partnership interest
       therein.  CSI is the sole shareholder of General Partner holding
       100% of the Securities in General Partner.
<PAGE>

           (b)  Authorization; No Conflict.  The execution and delivery of     
       this Agreement, the Notes and the Loan Documents, any disbursements
       of the Loan hereunder and the performance by the Borrower, General
       Partner and CSI of their respective obligations under this
       Agreement, the Notes and the Loan Documents are within the each of
       their respective powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary
       action, and do not and will not contravene or conflict with any
       provision of law or of the covenants and provisions of the Agreement
       of Limited Partnership establishing Borrower or of any other
       agreement binding upon the Borrower, the articles of incorporation
       establishing General Partner, its bylaws or any other agreement
       binding upon General Partner, or the articles of incorporation
       establishing CSI, its bylaws or any other agreement binding upon
       CSI.

          (c)    Validity and Binding Nature.  This Agreement is, and the
       12-Month Term Note, the 60-Month Term Note, and the Loan Documents,
       when duly executed and delivered, will be, legal, valid and binding
       obligations of the Borrower, General Partner and CSI, as the case
       may be, enforceable against each such party in accordance with their
       respective terms.  As security for the Liabilities, Lender has a
       valid perfected security interest in all Collateral.

           (d)   Financial Statements.  All balance sheets, statements of      
       operations, consolidated and/or unconsolidated statements, audited
       or otherwise, and other financial data (other than forecasts and/or
       projections) which have been or shall hereafter be furnished to
       Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement and/or
       the making of the Loan (collectively, "Financials"), do and will
       present fairly the financial condition of the entities involved as
       of the date thereof and the results of their operations for the
       period(s) covered thereby.  The Financials of Borrower and each
       Guarantor, copies of which have been furnished to Lender, are
       complete in every respect, have been prepared in conformity with
       generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis
       consistent with that of the financial statements issued during the
       preceding fiscal year of such entity, and accurately present the
       financial condition of such entity, and as at such dates, and the
       results of its operations for the periods then ended, and since such
       dates there has been no material adverse change in any financial
       conditions or operations contained therein.
<PAGE>

            (e)  Litigation; Contracts and Contingent Liabilities.  Except     
       as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, no litigation (including,     
       without limitation, derivative actions), arbitration proceedings or
       governmental proceedings are pending or threatened against Borrower
       or any Guarantor which would, if adversely determined, materially
       and adversely affect the financial condition or continued operations
       of Borrower or such Guarantor.  Borrower and Guarantors each has no
       material contingent liabilities not provided for or disclosed in the
       Financials and the Borrower is not a party to any agreement or
       subject to any charge, restriction or other matter materially and
       adversely affecting its business, property, assets, operations or
       condition, financial or otherwise, and is not a party to any labor
       dispute, and there are no pending or threatened strikes or walkouts
       relating to any labor contract.

             (f) Liens.  Except for the security interests held by Lender       
       and the Permitted Liens as set forth on Exhibit D hereto, none of
       the Collateral, or any of the assets of Borrower is subject to any
       mortgage, pledge, title retention lien, or other lien, encumbrance
       or security interest, except (i) inchoate liens for current taxes
       not delinquent or taxes being contested in good faith and by
       appropriate proceedings in which a bond has been posted for the
       amount contested; and (ii) liens arising in the ordinary course of
       business for sums not due or sums being contested in good faith and
       by appropriate proceedings, but not involving any deposits or
       advances or borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of
       property or services.

             (g)   Perfection and Priority of Collateral.  Except for the       
       Permitted Liens, no financing statement (other than any which may
       have been filed on behalf of Lender) covering any of the Collateral
       is on file in any public office; Borrower is and will be the lawful
       owner of all of its Collateral, and CSI is and will be the lawful
       owner of the Sigmatron Stock, each free and clear of all liens,
       claims, and encumbrances whatsoever, except for liens in favor of
       Lender; and Lender has or, upon the execution of the Loan Documents,
       will have, and will continue to have, as security for the
       Liabilities, a valid and perfected lien on, and security interest
       in, all of the Collateral, free and clear of all other liens,
       claims, encumbrances and rights of third parties whatsoever, except
       for the Permitted Liens.

             (h)  Existing Obligations.  To Borrower's knowledge, Borrower      
       is not in violation of any applicable statute, regulation or
       ordinance of any governmental entity, or any agency thereof, in any
       respect materially and adversely affecting any of the Collateral or
       its business, property, assets, operations or condition, financial
       or otherwise, and the Borrower is not in default with respect to any
       indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease, deed or other similar
       agreement relating to borrowing of monies to which it is a party or
       by which it is bound.  The Borrower has not guaranteed the
       obligation of any other person or entity.
<PAGE>

            (i)  Employee Benefit Plans.  Any employee benefit plan as to       
       which Borrower may have any liability, complies in all material
       respects with all requirements of applicable law and regulations. 
       Borrower has met all applicable minimum funding requirements in
       respect of its plans, and all required contributions to any pension,
       profit-sharing and other employee benefit plan have been made or
       accrued.  No Reportable Event (as defined in Paragraph 4043(b) of
       ERISA) has occurred, and to the best knowledge of the Borrower, is
       not threatened or about to occur with respect to any Employee
       Benefit Plan (as defined in ERISA), and no notice of termination has
       been filed by the plan administrator pursuant to Paragraph 4041 of
       ERISA, or issued by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
       ("PBGC") pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA with respect to any
       pension plan subject to ERISA.  The present value of all benefits
       vested under all Employee Benefit Plans maintained for the benefit
       of employees of the Borrower does not exceed the value of the assets
       of such plans allocable to such vested benefits.  The Borrower is
       not a party to, bound by or subject to any Multiemployer Plan (as
       that term is defined in Section 4001(a) (3) of ERISA).  The Borrower
       is not (i) engaged in any Prohibited Transaction (as defined in Sec-
       tion 406 of ERISA, and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of
       1986, as amended; (ii) a fiduciary for investments with respect to
       any plan existing for the benefit of persons other than employees;
       or (iii) completely or partially withdrawn from any Multiemployer
       pension plan so as to incur liability under the Multiemployer
       Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980.

            (j)  Various Regulations.  Borrower's execution and  delivery
       of this Agreement and any of the Loan Documents do not directly or
       indirectly violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the
       Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any regulations
       issued pursuant thereto, including, without limitation Regulations
       G, U, T and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
       System, and Borrower does not own or intend to purchase or carry any
       "margin security" as defined in said Regulations.

            (k)  Principal Place of Business.  The chief executive office       
       and principal place of business of the Borrower, and the offices
       where Borrower maintains its books and records including, without
       limitation, computer programs, printouts, and other computer
       materials and records, concerning any of the Collateral shall be
       deemed to be 1515 Industrial Drive, Greeneville, Tennessee 37745.
<PAGE>

            (l)  Tax Returns; Reports.  Borrower has filed, or will file        
       pursuant to any applicable extensions duly granted, all federal,
       state and local tax returns and other reports it or he, as
       applicable, is required by law to file and has paid, to the extent
       due and payable, meaning all national, federal, state, county, city,
       municipal and/or other governmental (or any instrumentality,
       division, agency, body or department thereof, including without
       limitation the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) taxes, levies,
       assessments, charges, liens, claims or encumbrances upon and/or
       relating to the Collateral, the Liabilities, Borrower's employees,
       payroll, income and/or gross receipts, Borrower's ownership and/or
       use of any of its assets and any other aspect of Borrower's
       business.

            (m)  Names.  Borrower has not, during the preceding five (5)        
       years, been known as or used any other corporate or fictitious name,
       except as disclosed herein or as reflected in Borrower's Certificate
       of Limited Partnership as filed with the Secretary of State of the
       State of Tennessee.

            (n)  Solvency; Capital.  The Borrower now has sufficient
       capital to carry on all businesses and transactions in which it now
       engages or is about to engage, is now solvent and will continue to
       be solvent after the creation of the security interest in the
       Collateral by this Agreement, and is able to pay its debts as they
       mature, and if requested by Lender, Borrower shall deliver to Lender
       an affidavit regarding its solvency and certain related matters in
       form reasonably acceptable to Lender's counsel.  Each Guarantor now 
       has sufficient capital to carry on all of its respective businesses
       and transactions in which such Guarantor now engages or is about to
       engage, is now solvent and will continue to be solvent after the
       creation of the security interest in the Collateral by this
       Agreement, and each is able to pay its respective debts as they
       mature, and if requested by Lender, Guarantors shall each deliver to
       Lender an affidavit regarding its solvency and certain related
       matters in form reasonably acceptable to Lender's counsel.

            (o)  Solvency; Personnel.  Borrower has sufficient personnel
       and possesses adequate assets to continue to conduct its business.

            (p)  Use of Proceeds.  Borrower's use of the proceeds of any       
       advances and re-advances made by Lender pursuant to this Agreement
       are, and shall continue to be, legal and proper partnership uses
       duly authorized by the Board of Directors of its general partner and
       such uses are consistent with all applicable laws and statutes, as
       in effect as of the date hereof.

        6.2  Survival of Warranties and Representations. All representations 
  and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement and the Loan 
  Documents shall survive the execution, delivery and acceptance thereof 
  by the parties thereto and the closing of the transactions described 
  therein or related thereto.
<PAGE>

       7.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

         7.1     Affirmative Covenants.  Until all obligations of the          
  Borrower hereunder, under the Notes, the Master Lease and under the Loan
  Documents are paid and performed in full, Borrower and Guarantors agree
  that, unless at any time Lender shall otherwise expressly consent in
  writing, each of Borrower and Guarantors shall:

          (a)   Books of Account and Financials.  Keep books of account        
       and prepare financial statements and shall cause to be furnished to
       Lender the following (all of the foregoing and following to be kept
       and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
       principals applied on a consistent basis, unless Borrower's or any
       Guarantor's, as the case may be, certified public accountants concur
       in any changes therein and such changes are disclosed to Lender and
       are consistent with then generally accepted accounting principles)
       such data and information (financial and otherwise) as Lender, from
       time to time, may reasonably request, bearing upon or related to the
       PCB Facility, Borrower's financial condition or results of
       operations:  (A) as soon as available but not later than ninety (90)
       days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, financial
       statements, which shall include, but not be limited to, balance
       sheets, income statements and statements of cash flow of Borrower
       prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
       principles, consistently applied, audited by a firm of independent
       certified public accountants selected by Borrower and acceptable to
       Lender; (B) as soon as available but not later than thirty (30) days
       after the end of each month hereafter, financial statements of
       Borrower certified by Borrower to be prepared in accordance with
       generally accepted accounting principles fairly present the
       financial position and results of operations of Borrower for such
       period; (C) schedule of accounts payable and accounts receivable by
       the 15th of every month or otherwise as Lender may direct; and (D)
       such other data and information (financial and otherwise) as Bank,
       from time to time, may request.

         (b)        Notice of Default, Adverse Information, Litigation.        
       Forthwith upon learning of the occurrence of any of the following,
       furnish to Lender written notice thereof, describing the same, and
       the steps being taken by Borrower with respect thereto: (A) the
       occurrence of an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default;
       (B) the institution of, or any adverse determination in, any litiga-
       tion, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding, pending or
       threatened, which is material to Borrower and/or any Guarantor; or
       (C) any other material information relating to any adverse change in
       the financial condition or which may materially and adversely affect
       the operations, financial condition or business of Borrower, any
       Guarantor, or Lender's security interest in the PCB Facility.
<PAGE>
         (c)      Books, Records and Inspections.  Maintain complete and     
       accurate books and records; permit access upon notice by Lender to
       such books and records and permit Lender to inspect the properties
       and operations of Borrower at its principal place of business set
       forth herein upon three (3) business days' prior notice provided,
       however, such notice requirements shall not apply if an Event of
       Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred or is continuing
       under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents.

         (d)  Tax Returns.  As soon as available, but not later than
       April 15 of each year, Borrower shall provide Lender with copies of
       the federal, state, and local, if any, income tax returns of
       Borrower and each Guarantor, in the form said returns are filed,
       each certified as true, correct and complete by Borrower and each
       Guarantor.

        7.2  Negative Covenants.  Without Lender's prior written consent, 
  which Lender may or may not in its sole and absolute discretion give, 
  each of Borrower and Guarantor covenants that Borrower:

         (a)    Capital Expenditures.  Shall not incur or make any             
       individual capital expenditure in excess of One Hundred Thousand and
       No/100ths Dollars ($100,000.00) or any capital expenditure in excess
       of Five Hundred Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($500,000.00) in the
       aggregate during any one calendar year during the term hereof.

         (b) Covenants. Borrower shall not, without Lender's prior             
       written consent thereto:  (A) grant a security interest in or assign
       any of the Collateral to any Person or permit, grant, or suffer a
       lien, claim or encumbrance upon any of the Collateral; (B) sell or
       transfer any of the Collateral not in the ordinary course of
       business; (C) enter into any transaction not in the ordinary course
       of business which materially and adversely affects the Collateral or
       Borrower's ability to repay Borrower's Liabilities or Indebtedness;
       (D) other than as specifically permitted in or contemplated by this
       Agreement, encumber, pledge, mortgage, sell, lease or otherwise
       dispose of or transfer, whether by sale, merger, consolidation or
       otherwise, any of Borrower's assets; and (E) incur Indebtedness
       except: (i) unsecured trade debt in the ordinary course of business;
       (ii) renewals or extensions of existing Indebtedness and interest
       thereon; (iii) Indebtedness that is unsecured and is to Persons who
       execute and deliver to Lender in form and substance acceptable to
       Lender and its counsel subordination agreements subordinating their
       claims against Borrower therefor to the payment of Borrower's
       Liabilities; and (iv) Permitted Indebtedness as set forth on Exhibit C
       hereto.       
<PAGE>

       8.   GENERAL COVENANTS.

          8.1    Affirmative Covenants.  Until all the obligations of          
  Borrower hereunder, under the Notes, and under the Loan Documents are
  paid and performed in full, Borrower and Guarantors agree that, unless at
  any time Lender shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, each of
  Borrower and Guarantors shall:

           (a)   General Insurance.  Maintain such insurance as may be         
       required by law and such other insurance, to such extent and against
       such hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained by
       companies similarly situated, and provide that all such insurance
       shall contain a lender's loss payment clause acceptable to Lender,
       naming Lender as lender's loss payee.

           (b)  Taxes and Liabilities.  Pay when due, all Charges.            

            (c)  Agreements.  Provide Lender with copies of all agreements
       between Borrower or any Affiliate.

            (d)  Federal Assignment of Claims Act.  If any of the
       Collateral arises out of a contract with the United States of
       America, or any department, agency, subdivision, or instrumentality
       thereof, promptly notify Lender thereof in writing and execute any
       instruments and take any other action required or requested by
       Lender to perfect Lender's security interest in such Collateral
       under the provisions of the Federal Assignment of Claims Act.

            (e)  Maintenance of Collateral.  Maintain the Collateral in
       good operating condition and repair; make all necessary replacements
       thereof so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at
       all times be substantially maintained and preserved; quarterly
       inform Lender of any material additions to or deletions from the
       Collateral; take reasonable steps to prevent any such Collateral
       from becoming a fixture to real estate or accession to other
       personal property and keep the Collateral adequately insured for
       full value and liability, noting Lender's interest as secured party
       and naming Lender as loss payee thereunder, as more specifically
       provided in Paragraph 8.1(h) hereof.

            (f)  Bank Accounts.  Continue to retain Lender as the main bank
       of account for Borrower.  Lender shall handle all of Borrower's
       accounts, receipts, disbursements and related services and Borrower
       shall, at a minimum, maintain sufficient balances to cover such
       services.

            (g)  Consents.  Provide Lender with any consents of third           
       parties necessary or appropriate with respect to granting or
       perfecting Lender's security interest in the Collateral.
<PAGE>

            (h)  Insurance; Payment of Premiums.  Borrower shall keep and       
       maintain the Collateral insured for its full insurable value against
       loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, and all other hazards and
       risks ordinarily insured against by other owners or users of such
       properties, assets, and/or accounts in similar businesses and notify
       Lender promptly of any occurrence causing a material loss or decline
       in value of the Collateral and the estimated (or actual, if available) 
       amount of such loss or decline.  All policies of insurance on the 
       Collateral shall be in form and with insurers recognized as adequate by 
       prudent business persons and all such policies shall be in such amounts 
       as may be reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Prior to Closing, Borrower 
       shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender the original (or 
       certified copy) of each policy of insurance and evidence of payment of 
       all premiums therefor. Such policies of insurance shall contain an 
       endorsement showing loss payable to Lender. Such endorsement shall 
       provide that the insurance companies will give Lender at least thirty 
       (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies of 
       insurance shall be canceled for any reason other than for non-payment 
       of premium, and in the event the policy or policies shall be canceled 
       for non-payment of premium, Lender will receive ten (10) days prior 
       written notice before such cancellation takes effect. Furthermore, in 
       the event an insurer elects not to renew a policy providing coverage
       required herein, Lender shall receive ten (10) days' prior written
       notice before the expiration of such policy. No act or default of
       Borrower or any other person or entity, other than Lender's gross
       negligence or willful misconduct, shall affect the right of Lender
       to recover under such policy or policies of insurance in case of
       loss or damage.  Subject to the foregoing, Borrower hereby directs
       all insurers under such policies of insurance to pay all proceeds
       payable thereunder directly to Lender.  Borrower irrevocably makes,
       constitutes and appoints Lender (and all officers, employees or
       agents designated by Lender) as its true and lawful attorney (and
       agent-in-fact) for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting
       claims under such policies of insurance, endorsing the name of
       Borrower on any check, draft, instrument or other items of payment
       for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all
       determinations and decisions with respect to such policies of
       insurance.  In the event Borrower, at any time hereafter, shall fail
       to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required
       above or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto,
       then Lender, without waiving or releasing any obligations or default
       by Borrower hereunder, may at any time thereafter (but shall be
       under no obligation to) obtain and maintain such policies of
       insurance and pay such premium and take any other action with
       respect thereto which Lender deems advisable.  All sums so disbursed
       by Lender, including reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs,
       expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable on
       demand, provided that Lender accompanies such demand by a
       description of all such charges by Borrower to Lender and shall be
       additional Liabilities hereunder secured by the Collateral.
<PAGE>

            (i)   Covenants With Respect to Collateral.  Until all            
       obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Notes are paid
       and performed in full, Borrower shall furnish or cause to be
       furnished to Lender, from time to time, and such schedules,
       certificates and reports with respect to all or any of the
       Collateral then subject to the security interests of Lender
       hereunder, and under the Collateral Documents (including, without
       limitation, schedules identifying all Collateral), all such
       schedules, certificates and reports, to be executed by Borrower and
       to be in such form and detail as Lender may from time to time
       specify.

            (j)  Organization and Control.  Cause CSI to be the sole            
       limited partner of Borrower, holding 99% of the partnership interest
       therein, cause General Partner to be the sole general partner of
       Borrower, holding 1% of the partnership interest therein, and cause
       CSI to be the sole shareholder of Borrower, holding 100% of the
       issued and outstanding Securities thereof.  General Partner shall
       also maintain at least one of D.S. Patel or Megan Patel in the
       capacity of President, Chief Executive Officer or Vice President of
       General Partner.

       8.2  Negative Covenants.  Without Lender's prior written consent,
  which Lender may or may not, in its sole and absolute discretion, give,
  each of Borrower and Guarantor covenants that Borrower:

            (a)  Guaranties, Loans, or Advances.  Shall not become or be a     
       guarantor or surety of, or otherwise become or be responsible, in
       any manner (whether by agreement to purchase any obligations, stock,
       assets, goods, or services , or to supply or advance any funds,
       assets, goods, and services, or otherwise), with respect to any
       undertaking of any other person or entity, except for the
       endorsement, in the ordinary course of collection of instruments
       payable to it or to its order.

            (b)  Mergers, Consolidations, Sales, and Dividends.  Shall not
       be a party to any merger or consolidation, or redeem, retire,
       purchase, or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, all or
       substantially all of the assets or any portion of stock of any class
       of the Borrower, or any class of stock or partnership or joint
       venture interest in, any other person or entity, or, except in the
       ordinary course of its business, sell, transfer, convey, or lease
       all or any substantial part of its assets, or sell or assign, with
       or without recourse, any receivables or make or permit any change in
       Borrower's capital structure or in any of its business objectives,
       purposes, or operations which might in any way materially and
       adversely affect the repayment of the Liabilities, or declare or pay
       any dividends upon any of the Borrower's stock in violation of any
       and all applicable laws.
<PAGE>

            (c)   Leases.  After the date hereof, shall not, without the       
       prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be
       unreasonably withheld or delayed, enter into or permit to exist, any
       new arrangements for the leasing by it, as lessee of any other real
       or personal property (or any interest therein).

            (d)  Unconditional Purchase Obligations.  Shall not enter into      
       or be a party to any contract for the purchase of materials,
       supplies, or other property or services, if such contract requires
       that payment be made by it, regardless of whether or not delivery is
       ever made of such materials, supplies, or other property or
       services.

            (e)  Accounts Receivable.  Shall not sell, assign, pledge, or      
       otherwise encumber or create or permit to exist any lien on or
       security interest in any of the Accounts.

            (f)  Other Matters.  Shall not enter into any transaction which
       materially and adversely affects the Collateral or Borrower's
       ability to repay the Indebtedness, or permit or agree to any
       extension, compromise, or settlement, with Lender's prior written
       consent, or make any materially adverse change or modification of
       any kind or nature with respect to any agreement relating to the
       Collateral or enter into any agreement containing any provision
       which would be violated or breached by the performance of its
       obligations hereunder or under any Collateral Document.

            8.3  Survival of Obligations Upon Termination of Agreement. 
  Except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement and in any
  Loan Document, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or
  procedure) of this Agreement or any agreements contained in the Loan
  Documents shall in any way affect or impair the powers, obligations,
  duties, rights, and Liabilities of Borrower or Lender relating to (i) any
  transaction or event occurring prior to such termination or cancellation,
  or (ii) the Collateral (so long as any Liabilities remain outstanding),
  or (iii) any of the undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties, and
  representations of Borrower or Lender contained in this Agreement or in
  the Loan Documents.  All such undertakings, agreements, covenants,
  warranties, and representations shall survive such termination or
  cancellation.
<PAGE>

       9.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOAN.  The obligation of Lender to
  disburse the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

       9.1  Execution and delivery of all of the following Loan Documents:

                 (a)  12-Month Term Note.  The 12-Month Term Note duly
                      executed by Borrower.

                 (b)  60-Month Term Note.  The 60-Month Term Note duly
                      executed by Borrower.

                 (c)  Continuing Security Agreement.  Continuing Security
                      Agreement duly executed by Borrower.

                 (d)  Guaranties. Guaranties duly executed by each Guarantor.

                 (e)  Sigmatron Stock Pledge Agreement.  Sigmatron Stock
                      Pledge Agreement executed by CSI and Assignment 
                      Separate from Certificates in blank.

                 (f)  Financing Statements.  Form UCC-1 Financing
                      Statements for the States of Tennessee and Illinois 
                      executed by Borrower and each Guarantor and Form UCC-2 
                      Financing Statement for Greene County, Tennessee 
                      executed by Borrower.

                 (g)  Security Agreement/Personal Property.  Security        
                      Agreement/ Personal Property executed by Borrower.

                 (h)  Environmental Indemnity Agreement   Environmental      
                      Indemnity Agreement executed by Borrower and 
                      each Guarantor.

                 (i)  Deed of Trust.  Deed of Trust executed by Borrower
                      (the "Mortgage"). 

                 (j)  Assignment of Rents and Leases. Assignment of Rents
                      and Leases executed by Borrower.

                 (k)  Seventh Amendment to Loan Agreement.  Seventh            
                      Amendment to Loan Agreement executed by Borrower, 
                      CSI and General Partner.

                 (l)  Assignment of Process IP License. Assignment of          
                      Process IP License executed by Borrower.

                 (m)  Consent to Assignment of Process IP License.  Consent
                      to Assignment of Process IP License executed by Philips.

                 (n)  Assignment of PCB Purchase Agreement.  Assignment of
                      PCB Purchase Agreement executed by Borrower.
<PAGE>

                 (o)  Consent to Assignment of PCB Purchase Agreement. 
                      Consent to Assignment of PCB Purchase Agreement 
                      executed by Philips.

                 (p)  Master Lease and Supporting Schedule.  Master Lease
                      and Supporting Schedule executed by Borrower.

                 (q)  Bill of Sale.  Bill of Sale to Philips Equipment
                      executed by Borrower conveying such equipment to 
                      Lender free and clear of all liens, claims or 
                      encumbrances.

                 (r)  Resolutions and Certificates.  (A) Certified copies
                      of resolutions of the Board of Directors of General 
                      Partner authorizing or ratifying the execution, 
                      delivery and performance, respectively, of this 
                      Agreement, the 60-Month Term Note, the 12-Month Term 
                      Note, and the Loan Documents, and (B) certified copies 
                      of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and 
                      Certificate of Good Standing recently issued by the
                      Secretary of State of the State of Tennessee setting 
                      forth that the Borrower and General Partner are each in 
                      good standing and each has full authority to transact 
                      business in Tennessee and in any other jurisdiction in 
                      which Borrower maintains any part of the Collateral.

                 (s)  Consents.  Certified copies of all documents evidencing 
                      any necessary corporate action, consents and 
                      governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this 
                      Agreement, the 60-Month Term Note, the 12-Month Term 
                      Note, and the Loan Documents.

                 (t)  Incumbency and Signatures.  A certificate of the
                      Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the General 
                      Partner and CSI, certifying the names of the officers 
                      and directors of the General Partner and CSI, which 
                      are authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement, 
                      the 12-Month Term Note, the 60-Month Term Note, any of 
                      the Loan Documents, and any other documents provided 
                      for in this Agreement to be executed and delivered by
                      Borrower, together with a sample of his true signature.

                 (u)  Other Documents.  Such other documents, assignments,
                      certificates and opinions that shall be reasonably 
                      required by Lender or Lender's counsel.
<PAGE>

             Each of the Loan Documents shall be in form and substance
  prescribed by Lender. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Loan
  Documents, where applicable, shall contain a provision stating that the
  occurrence of an Event of Default under this Agreement or the occurrence
  of a default under any of the other Loan Documents or the occurrence of
  an Event of Default under any loan made or participated in by Lender in
  which Borrower, an entity affiliated with Borrower or any Guarantor is a
  party, including, without limitation, an Event of Default under any
  document securing and/or evidencing the existing CSI Loan, shall
  constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Document in question and
  each of the other Loan Documents.

           9.2    Surveys.  Three (3) copies of the survey of the PCB          
  Facility dated not more than 180 days prior to the Loan Opening Date,
  prepared by a registered Tennessee Surveyor, certified to Lender and the
  Title Insurer showing no encroachments or other matters which are not
  acceptable to Lender, in Lender's sole determination.  The survey shall
  reflect the same legal description as contained in the Title Policy and
  certify that the PCB Facility is not in a Flood Hazard Area.

           9.3  Evidence of Insurance Coverage.  A prepaid liability, loss      
  of rents and hazard insurance policy or certificate in favor of Lender,
  in form and amounts acceptable to Lender, insuring the PCB Facility and
  the improvements thereon against loss or damage by fire, lightning or
  windstorm; the hazard insurance policy shall specify that it is "without
  co-insurance" and shall be in an amount equal to the greater of: (i) the
  full replacement cost (without depreciation) of the improvements on the
  PCB Facility, or (ii) the full amount of the Loan, and such other
  insurance as Lender may reasonably require, in such form, naming Lender
  as an additional insured party and loss payee on standard mortgage
  clauses as follows:

                      AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST
                      COMPANY OF CHICAGO, its Successors
                      and/or Assignees
                      21 North Randall Street
                      Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007

  and containing a prohibition against cancellation or modification without
  giving at least 30 days prior written notice thereof to Lender.  Borrower
  must furnish a copy of such policy prior to the Loan Opening Date for
  final approval and the actual original insurance policy or certificate
  must be presented at closing.  Borrower shall further provide insurance 
  that the PCB Facility falls wholly within a Zone C Designated Area
  according to the Federal Flood Hazard Maps retained by the Federal Energy
  Management Agency.
<PAGE>
            9.4  Title Insurance.  An ALTA loan policy of title insurance
  ("Title Policy") issued by the Title Company in the full amount of the
  Loan covering the PCB Facility and insuring that the Mortgage is a first
  lien upon fee simple title to the PCB Facility subject to no liens,
  claims, exceptions or encumbrances except those Permitted Encumbrances
  which are specifically agreed to, in writing, by Lender and containing
  the following endorsements in form and substance acceptable to Lender:

               (a)  Comprehensive Endorsement No. 1;

               (b)  Access endorsement;

               (c)  An ALTA Broad Form 3.1 Zoning Endorsement (with parking);

               (d)  Location endorsement;

               (e)  Survey endorsement; and

               (f)  Such additional endorsements as may be required by Lender.

           9.5   UCC, Tax and Judgment Searches.  Currently dated Uniform 
  Commercial Code, Federal, Tennessee and Illinois Tax Lien Searches,
  Judgment Searches and Pending Suit searches, covering Borrower and each
  Guarantor, disclosing no matters which are objectionable to Lender. Such
  searches must be dated within ninety (90) days of the disbursement of the
  Loan.

            9.6  Utility Availability.  Evidence satisfactory to Lender, of
  the availability of sufficient storm and sanitary sewer, water,
  electricity, gas, and any and all other necessary utility services at the
  PCB Facility.

            9.7  Zoning/Licenses/Permits.  Copies of all applicable zoning 
  ordinances and all zoning proceedings relating to the PCB Facility, and
  such other evidence as Lender requires that the PCB Facility conforms to
  all applicable building, zoning and use laws and ordinances or covenants
  of record and may be lawfully occupied for its intended purposes. 
  Borrower shall provide a final, unconditional certificate of occupancy
  issued with respect to the PCB Facility, together with such other
  applicable licenses, permits, and approvals as Lender may require.

            9.8  Flood Plain/Wetlands.  Evidence satisfactory to Lender
  that no part of the PCB Facility is located (i) in an area designated by
  the Federal Emergency Management Administration as a "flood plain",
  "flood-way" or having other special flood hazards, (ii) in an area
  designated as "wetland" by the United States Army Corps of Engineers, or
  (iii) in a Zone A or Zone B "Flood Hazard Area" according to the Federal
  Flood Hazard Maps.
<PAGE>
            9.9   Appraisal.  An appraisal of the PCB Facility directed to    
  Lender, with a value of not less than $4,000,000.00.  The Appraisal shall
  be satisfactory in all respects to Lender.  The cost of the Appraisal
  shall be borne by Borrower as a Loan Expense regardless of whether the
  disbursement under the Loan is made.

            9.10   Attorney's Opinion.  An opinion of an attorney acceptable
  to Lender to the effect that:

                 (a)  Borrower is a duly formed limited partnership under
            the laws of the State of Tennessee and such entity is validly
            existing and fully qualified to do business in the State of
            Tennessee.  General Partner is a duly formed corporation under
            the laws of the State of Tennessee and such entity is existing
            and fully qualified to do business in the State of Tennessee. 
            CSI is a duly formed corporation under the laws of the State of
            Illinois and such entity is validly existing and fully
            qualified to do business in the State of Tennessee;

                 (b)  This Agreement and the Loan Documents have been duly
            authorized, executed and delivered by Borrower and each
            Guarantor and constitute the legal, valid and binding
            obligations of Borrower and each Guarantor, enforceable in
            accordance with their respective terms, subject only to
            applicable bankruptcy, solvency and other laws effecting
            creditor's rights;

                 (c)  The Loan is not usurious under the laws of the States
            of Illinois or Tennessee;

                 (d)  The execution and delivery of the Loan Documents or
            any of them and the carrying out of the transactions
            contemplated thereby will not violate, conflict with, or
            constitute a default under any agreement to which Borrower or
            any Guarantor is a party or by which any of them may be bound;

                 (e)  There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending
            or, to said counsel's knowledge, threatened against Borrower,
            any Guarantor, or the PCB Facility, either at law or in equity
            or before or by any governmental authority; and there are no
            other matters which would substantially impair the ability of
            Borrower or any Guarantor to pay when due any amounts which may
            become payable under the Loan or otherwise perform the
            obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents; and

                 (f)  Any other matters which Lender may reasonably request.
<PAGE>

         9.11   Environmental Survey.  A Phase I environmental survey of
  the PCB Facility and such other evidence or additional studies as Lender
  may deem necessary or appropriate to satisfy Lender that the PCB Facility
  does not contain any chemical, material or substance exposure to which is
  prohibited, general or regulated by any federal, state, county, regional
  or local authority or which, even if not so regulated, may or could pose
  a hazard to the health and safety of the occupants of the PCB Facility or
  the owners of the property adjacent to the PCB Facility ("Environmental
  Assessment").

          9.12  Warranties and Representations.  The warranties and            
  representations set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents are
  true and correct.

          9.13   No Default.  No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of        
  Default has occurred and is continuing.

          9.14   Labor Agreement.  Evidence satisfactory to Lender that        
  Borrower has entered into a labor contract, collective bargaining
  agreement of at least two years duration with the International Union of
  Electronic, Electrical Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers AFL-CIO
  regarding the provision of labor for the PCB facility, endorsed by Local
  796 of such Union and or its officers, in form and substance acceptable
  to Lender.
       
           9.15   Phillips' Real Estate and Asset Purchase and Sale            
  Agreement.  Closing of the transactions described in the Phillips' Real
  Estate and Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement, and conveyance of the
  assets described therein to Borrower free and clear of all liens, claims
  and/or encumbrances.

           9.16  Sigmatron Stock.  Delivery of original stock certificates  
  issued in the name of CSI for 400,000 shares of Sigmatron Stock.

       10.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any one or more of the
  following shall constitute and "Event of Default" for purposes of this
  Agreement:

           10.1  Payment.  Failure to pay within five (5) days after the  
  date when due any installment of principal or interest, or failure to
  pay, within ten (10) days after written notice from Lender, any other
  amount payable pursuant to either Note, this Agreement or any of the
  other Loan Documents.

          10.2  Performance.  Failure by Borrower to promptly perform any
  other obligation or observe any other condition, covenant, term,
  agreement or provision required to be performed or observed by Borrower
  under this Agreement, either Note, or any other Loan Document, after
  thirty (30) days notice thereof from Lender.

          10.3  Misrepresentation.  Any inaccuracy, untruth or failure to 
  perform in any material respect of any representation, covenant or
  warranty contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, or of
  any statement or certification as to facts delivered to Lender pursuant
  hereto.
<PAGE>
          10.4    Material Change.  A material adverse change in the
  financial condition of Borrower or any Guarantor.

          10.5    Voluntary Bankruptcy.  At any time, Borrower or any      
  Guarantor files a bankruptcy petition, or is adjudicated a bankrupt or
  insolvent, or institutes (by petition, application, answer, consent or
  otherwise) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement,
  composition, readjustment, dissolution, liquidation or similar
  proceedings under any present or future Federal, state or other statute
  or law, or admits in writing his or its inability to pay his or its debts
  as they mature, or makes an assignment for the benefit of his or its
  creditors, or seeks or consents to the appointment of any receiver,
  trustee or similar officer for all or any substantial part of his or its
  property.

           10.6  Involuntary Bankruptcy.  The commencement of any            
  involuntary petition in bankruptcy against Borrower or any Guarantor, or
  the institution against Borrower, Beneficiary or any Guarantor of any
  reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, dissolution,
  liquidation or similar proceedings under any present or future Federal,
  state or other statute or law, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee
  or other officer for all or any substantial part of the property of
  Borrower or any Guarantor, which shall remain undismissed or undischarged
  for a period of sixty (60) days.

            10.7  Receiver.  The attachment, seizure, levy upon or taking of
  possession by any receiver, custodian, or assignee for the benefit of
  creditors of a substantial portion of Borrower's or any Guarantor's
  property.

            10.8   Sale or Transfer.  Any sale, transfer, lease, assignment,
  conveyance, lien or encumbrance made in violation of the terms hereof.

            10.9   Injunction.  Failure of Borrower for a period of thirty 
  (30) days after Lender's demand to procure the dismissal or disposition
  to Lender's satisfaction of any proceedings seeking to enjoin or
  otherwise prevent or declare invalid or unlawful the occupancy,
  maintenance or operation of the PCB Facility, or any portion thereof, as
  called for by the terms of this Agreement, or of any proceedings which
  could or might affect the validity or priority of the security for the
  Loan or which could materially affect Borrower's ability to perform its
  obligations under this Agreement.

            10.10     Cross Default.  The occurrence of a default under any
  of the other loans made or participated in by Lender in which Borrower,
  or an entity affiliated with Borrower, Beneficiary or any Guarantor is a
  party, including, without limitation, the Existing CSI Loan.

            10.11     Death of Guarantor.  The death or legal incompetence
  of any Individual Guarantor.
<PAGE>
            10.13     Non-Payment of Other Indebtedness for Borrowed Money.
   Default in the payment when due (subject to any applicable cure period),
  whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any other indebtedness for
  borrowed money of, or guaranteed by, Borrower or any guarantor or default
  in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with
  respect to any such other indebtedness if the effect of such default is
  to accelerate the maturity of any such indebtedness, or to permit the
  holder or holders thereof, or any trustee or agent for such holders, to
  cause such indebtedness to become due and payable prior to its expressed
  maturity date.

            10.14     Other Material Obligations.  Default in the payment
  when due(subject to any applicable cure period), or in the performance or
  observance of, any material obligation of, or condition agreed to by 
  Borrower with respect to any material purchase or lease of goods and
  services (except only to the extent that the existence of any such
  default is being contested by Borrower in good faith and by appropriate
  proceedings).

            10.15     Employee Benefit Plans.  If a contribution failure
  occurs with respect to any pension plan maintained by Borrower or any
  corporation, trade or business that is, along with Borrower, a member of
  a controlled group of corporations or controlled group of trades or
  businesses (as defined in Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Internal Revenue
  Code of 1986 or Section 4001 of ERISA) sufficient to give rise to a lien
  under Section 302(f) of ERISA.

            10.16     Security.  If Lender is reasonably insecure.

            Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, all Liabilities
  then outstanding shall become immediately due and payable, in full and
  all without notice of any kind, but with such adjustments, if any, with
  respect to interest or other charges as may be provided for herein or in
  the Notes, the Loan Documents, or any other written agreements between
  Borrower and Lender; and, in the case of any other Event of Default,
  Lender may declare the Notes and all other Liabilities then outstanding
  to be due and payable.  Lender shall promptly advise Borrower of any such
  declaration, but failure to do so shall not impair the effect of such
  declaration.

       11.  REMEDIES.

            11.1   Lender's Rights and Remedies. Lender shall have available
  to it all rights and remedies available herein and/or under the Loan
  Documents, including, without limitation, the following rights and
  remedies:
<PAGE>
             (a)  Right to Assign.  Lender may assign this Agreement upon 
       prior written notice to Borrower (but such notice shall not imply
       that any consent from Borrower is necessary to effect any such
       assignment), and if Lender does assign this Agreement, the assignee
       shall be entitled to the performance of all of Borrower's agreements
       and obligations under this Agreement, and the assignee shall be
       entitled to all the rights and remedies of Lender under this
       Agreement, and Borrower expressly agrees that it will assert no
       claims or defenses it may have against Lender against the assignee
       except those available to it in this Agreement.

            (b)  Right to Discharge Borrower's Obligations.  Lender may, at
       its option, discharge taxes, liens or security interests or other
       encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Collateral, may
       remedy or cure any default of Borrower under the terms of any lease,
       rental agreement, or other document which in any way pertains to or
       affects Borrower's title to or interest in any of the Collateral,
       may pay for insurance on the Collateral, and may pay for the
       maintenance and preservation of the Collateral, and Borrower agrees
       to reimburse Lender, on demand, for any payment made or any expense
       incurred by Lender, including reasonable attorneys' fees, pursuant
       to the foregoing authorization, together with interest at the
       Default Rate from the date so paid or incurred by Lender, which
       payments, expenses and interest shall be secured by the security
       intended to be afforded by this Agreement and/or by the Security
       Agreements and the Collateral.

            (c)  Right of Enforcement.  Lender shall have and may exercise
       any and all rights of enforcement and remedies before or after
       default afforded to a bank under the applicable Uniform Commercial
       Code in force (the "Uniform Commercial Code" or the "UCC")
       together with any and all other rights and remedies otherwise
       provided and available to Lender at law or in equity as of the date
       of this Agreement or the date of Borrower's default; and, in
       conjunction with, in addition to, or substitution for those rights
       and remedies, at Lender's discretion, Lender may:

                 (i)  To the extent permitted by law, enter upon Borrower's
            premises to take possession of, assemble and collect the
            Collateral or to render it or any portion of the Collateral
            unusable; and/or

                 (ii)  Remedy any default in any reasonable manner, without
            waiving its rights and remedies upon default and without
            waiving any other prior or subsequent default.
<PAGE>
            (d)  Right of Sale.

                 (i)  Borrower agrees that should it fail to make payments
            as provided in the Notes, the Master Lease or the other Loan
            Documents, or if a default be made on any obligation or promise
            of Borrower contained herein or hereby secured or contained in
            or secured by the Notes, the Master Lease or the other Loan
            Documents, then Lender may, at its option, sell or dispose of
            the Collateral at public or private sale without any previous
            demand of performance or notice to Borrower of any such sale
            whatsoever, except as provided under the Uniform Commercial
            Code, and from the proceeds of sale retain:  (A) all costs and
            charges incurred by Lender in taking and causing the removal
            and sale of said property, including such reasonable attorneys'
            fees as shall have been incurred by Lender; (B) all sums due
            pursuant to the Notes, the Master Lease, the Loan Documents,
            and this Agreement, and all accrued interest thereon; and (C)
            all monies due from Borrower to Lender under any other
            indebtedness or obligation and all accrued interest thereon. 
            Any surplus of such proceeds remaining shall be paid to
            Borrower.

                 (ii)  At any sale or sales made pursuant to this Agreement
            or in a suit to foreclose the same, the Collateral may be sold
            en masse or separately, at the same or at different times, at
            the option of Lender or its assigns.  Such sale may be public
            or private, with notice as required by the Uniform Commercial
            Code, and the Collateral need not be present at the time or
            place of sale.  At any such sale, Lender or the holder of the
            Notes hereby secured may bid for and purchase any of the
            property sold, notwithstanding that such sale is conducted by
            Lender or its attorneys, agents, or assigns, and no
            irregularity in the manner of sale or of giving notice shall
            operate to preclude Lender from recovering the Indebtedness.

                 (iii)  If any notification of intended sale or other
            disposition of the Collateral or any part thereof is required
            under the Uniform Commercial Code or other law, such
            notification, if mailed, shall be deemed reasonably and
            properly given if mailed to Borrower at least ten (10) days
            before such sale or disposition.

            (e)  Upon an Event of Default, Borrower, immediately upon
       demand by Lender, shall assemble the Collateral and make it
       available to Lender at a place or places to be designated by Lender
       which is reasonably convenient to Lender and Borrower.  Borrower
       recognizes that in the event Borrower fails to perform, observe or
       discharge any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement
       or the Other Agreements, no remedy of law will provide adequate
       relief to Lender, and agrees that Lender shall be entitled to
       temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without
       the necessity of proving actual damages.
<PAGE>
            (f)  Upon an Event of Default, without notice, demand or legal
       process of any kind, Lender may take possession of any or all of the
       Collateral (in addition to Collateral of which it already has
       possession), wherever it may be found, and for that purpose may
       pursue the same wherever it may be found, and may enter into any of
       Borrower's premises where any of the Collateral may be or is
       supposed to be, and search for, take possession of, remove, keep and
       store any of the Collateral until the same shall be sold or
       otherwise disposed of, and Lender shall have the right to store the
       same in any of Borrower's premises without cost to Lender.

            (g)  Upon an Event of Default, Lender may exercise any remedies
       available under the Master Lease.

            (h)  Upon an Event of Default, Borrower agrees that Lender may,
       if Lender deems it reasonable, postpone or adjourn any such sale of
       the Collateral from time to time by an announcement at the time and
       place of sale or by announcement at the time and place of such
       postponed or adjourned sale, without being required to give a new
       notice of sale.  Borrower agrees that Lender has no obligation to
       preserve rights against prior parties to the Collateral.  Further,
       to the extent permitted by law, Borrower waives and releases any
       cause of action and claim against Lender as a result of Lender's
       possession, collection or sale of the Collateral, any liability or
       penalty for failure of Lender to comply with any requirement imposed
       on Lender relating to notice of sale, holding of sale or reporting
       of sale of the Collateral, and any right of redemption from such
       sale.

           (i)   Miscellaneous.  Lender shall have the right at all times  
       to enforce the provisions of this Agreement in strict accordance
       with the terms hereof, notwithstanding any conduct or custom on the
       part of Lender in refraining from so doing at any time or times. 
       The failure of Lender at any time or times to enforce its rights
       under said provisions strictly in accordance with the same shall not
       be construed or operate as a waiver of any of the rights and
       remedies granted Lender hereunder or as having created a custom in
       any way or manner contrary to the specific provisions of this
       Agreement or as having in any way or manner modified the same.  All
       rights and remedies of Lender are cumulative and concurrent, and the
       exercise of one right or remedy by Lender shall not be deemed a
       waiver or release of any other right or remedy.  Except as otherwise
       specifically required herein, notice of the exercise of any right,
       remedy or power granted to Lender by this Agreement is not required
       to be given.
<PAGE>
       12.  MISCELLANEOUS.

            12.1   All payments of principal and interest on the Loan shall
  be made to Lender in immediately available funds not later than 2 p.m.
  Chicago time on the date such payments are to be made.

            12.2   If any advances or payments made by Lender pursuant to
  this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with disbursements of
  the Loan, shall exceed the face amount of the Note, all such advances and
  payments shall constitute additional indebtedness secured by the Loan
  Documents, and shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date
  advanced until paid.

            12.3   Borrower shall, upon request, execute and deliver such
  further instruments and documents and do such further acts and things as
  may be required to provide to Lender the evidence of and security for the
  Loan contemplated by this Agreement.

            12.4  In the event of any inconsistency between any provision of
  this Agreement and any provision of any other Loan Document, the
  provision of this Agreement shall govern.

            12.5  If Borrower fails to perform any obligation of Borrower 
  under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or if any Event of
  Default shall occur hereunder or under any other Loan Document, Lender
  may, but shall not be obligated to, perform such obligation or cure such
  default, and all amounts expended in so doing, all Loan Expenses and all
  other amounts paid or advanced by Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents,
  and all other amounts advanced by Lender in connection with construction
  or preserving any security for the Loan, shall constitute additional
  advances of the Loan, shall be secured by the Mortgage, and all other
  Loan Documents, and shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date
  advanced until paid.

             12.6   This Agreement may only be amended, modified or            
  supplemented by the written agreement of Borrower and Lender.  No waiver
  of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents shall be
  effective unless set forth in writing signed by Lender, and any such
  waiver shall be effective only to the extent therein set forth.  Failure
  by Lender to insist upon full and prompt performance of any provisions of
  this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, or to take action in the
  event of any breach of any such provision or Event of Default, shall not
  constitute a waiver of any rights of Lender, and Lender may at any time
  thereafter while such breach or Event of Default remains uncured exercise
  all rights specified herein or provided by applicable law with respect to
  such breach or Event of Default.
<PAGE>
              12.7 Any notice which any party hereto gives to any other party  
  hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered in
  person to a representative of the party, or two business days after
  deposited in the United States certified or registered mail, return
  receipt requested, addressed to the party, at the address of such party
  set forth below, or at such other address as the party to whom notice is
  to be given has specified by notice hereunder to the party seeking to
  give such notice:

            Borrower       c/o Circuit Systems, Inc.
            or any         2350 East Lunt Avenue
            Guarantor:     Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007
                           Attention:  Mr. Dilip S. Vyas


            Copy to:       Rieck and Crotty
                           55 West Monroe Street
                           Suite 3390
                           Chicago, Illinois  60603-5062
                           Attention:  Douglas C. Conover

            Lender:        American National Bank and Trust
                               Company of Chicago
                           21 North Randall Street
                           Elk Grove Village, Illinois   60007
                           Attention:  James G. Cygan, Vice President

            Copy to:       Meltzer, Purtill & Stelle
                           1515 East Woodfield Road
                           Suite 250
                           Schaumburg, Illinois  60173
                           Attention:  Scott D. Gudmundson

            12.8    The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this   
  Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Lender, its successors and
  assigns.  Lender shall have the absolute right to assign all or any
  portion of its rights, powers and remedies under this Agreement.

             12.9   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
  accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Illinois, without
  regard to the conflicts of laws rules thereof.
<PAGE>
            12.10   Except as arises out of Lender's gross negligence or
  willful misconduct, Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Lender
  harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
  damages, claims, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees
  and court costs) of whatever kind or nature which may be imposed on,
  incurred by or asserted against Lender at any time which relate to or
  arise from the making of the Loan by Lender, and/or the ownership, use,
  operation or maintenance of the PCB Facility, including without
  limitation, any brokerage commissions or finder's fees asserted against
  Lender with respect to the making of the Loan and any damages incurred by
  Lender by reason of the construction of Borrower and Lender as having the
  relationship of joint venturers or partners or Borrower or Lender being
  deemed to have acted as agent for the other.

            12.11   This Loan Agreement is based primarily on the credit
  worthiness and representation of Borrower and Guarantors to whom it is
  made.  The rights and obligations of Borrower under this Agreement may
  not be assigned, assumed nor transferred and any other purported action
  by Borrower shall be null and void.  It is further understood and agreed
  that, except as specifically provided herein, the ownership, stock, or
  control of Borrower, or any partnership interest in Borrower, or a
  substantial portion of Borrower's assets may not be transferred,
  conveyed, or alienated in any form, without the written consent of
  Lender.

            12.12     The titles and headings of the articles and paragraphs 
  of this Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference 
  only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of 
  the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

            12.13     Lender, by executing and performing this Agreement,
  does not become a partner or joint venturer with Borrower and all
  inspections of the Collateral herein provided for are for the sole
  benefit of Lender.

            12.14     Time is of the essence of the payment of all amounts
  due Lender under this Agreement and performance and observance by
  Borrower of each covenant, agreement, provision and term of this
  Agreement.

            12.15     In the event any one or more of the provisions
  contained in this Agreement or in any of the Loan Documents shall for any
  reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by
  a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or
  unenforceability shall at the option of Lender, not affect any other
  provision of this Agreement or any such Loan Document, and this Agreement
  and any such Loan Document shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal
  or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.
<PAGE>
            12.16     Should a claim ("Recovery Claim") be made upon     
  Lender at any time for recovery of any amount received by Lender in
  payment of Borrower's Liabilities (whether received from Borrower or
  otherwise) and should Lender repay all or part of said amount by reason
  any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body  of (1)
  having jurisdiction over Lender or any of its property; or (2) any
  settlement or compromise of any such Recovery Claim effected by Lender
  with the claimant (including Borrower), this Agreement and the security
  interests granted Lender hereunder shall continue in effect with respect
  to the amount so repaid to the same extent as if such amount had never
  originally been received by Lender, notwithstanding any prior termination
  of this Agreement, the return of this Agreement to Borrower, or the
  cancellation of any note or other instrument evidencing Borrower's
  Liabilities.  Borrower may not sell, assign or transfer this Agreement,
  or the Other Agreements or any portion thereof.

            12.17     Lender's failure to require strict performance by
  Borrower of any provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or
  diminish any right of Lender thereafter to demand strict compliance and
  performance therewith.  Any suspension or waiver by Lender of an Event of
  Default by Borrower under this Agreement or the Other Agreements shall
  not suspend, waive or affect any other Event of Default by Borrower under
  this Agreement or the Other Agreements, whether the same is prior or
  subsequent thereto and whether of the same or of a different type.  None
  of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and
  representations of Borrower contained in this Agreement or the Other
  Agreements and no Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement or
  the Other Agreements shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by
  Lender unless such suspension or waiver is by an instrument in writing
  signed by an officer of Lender and directed to Borrower specifying such
  suspension or waiver.

            12.18     Borrower hereby appoints Lender as Borrower's agent
  and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of
  this Agreement and taking any action and executing any agreement,
  instrument or document which Lender may reasonably deem necessary or
  advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof which appointment is
  irrevocable and coupled with an interest.  All monies paid for the
  purposes herein, and all costs, fees and expenses paid or incurred in
  connection therewith, shall be part of Borrower's Liabilities, payable by
  Borrower to Lender on demand.

            12.19     This Agreement, or a carbon, photographic or other
  reproduction of this Agreement or of any Uniform Commercial Code
  financing statement covering the Collateral or any portion thereof, shall
  be sufficient as a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement and may be
  filed as such.

            12.20     Except as otherwise provided in the Other Agreements,
  if any provision contained in this Agreement is in conflict with, or
  inconsistent with, any provision in the Other Agreements, the provision
  contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.
<PAGE>
            12.21     Except as otherwise specifically provided in this
  Agreement, Borrower waives any and all notice or demand which Borrower
  might be entitled to receive by virtue of any applicable statute or law,
  and waives presentment, demand and protest and notice of presentment,
  protest, default, dishonor, non-payment, maturity, release, compromise,
  settlement, extension or renewal of any and all agreements, instruments
  or documents at any time held by Lender on which Borrower may in any way
  be liable.

            12.22     Until Lender is notified by Borrower to the contrary
  in writing by registered or certified mail directed to Lender's principal
  place of business, the signature upon this Agreement or upon any of the
  Other Agreements of any partner, manager, employee or agent of the
  Borrower, or of any other Person designated in writing to Lender by any
  of the foregoing, shall bind Borrower and be deemed to be the duly
  authorized act of Borrower.

            12.23     If at any time or times hereafter, whether or not
  Borrower's Liabilities are outstanding at such time, Lender:  (a) employs
  counsel for advice or other representation, (i) with respect to the
  Collateral, this Agreement, the Other Agreements or the administration of
  Borrower's Liabilities, (ii) to represent Lender in any litigation,
  arbitration, contest, dispute, suit or proceeding or to commence, defend
  or intervene or to take any other action in or with respect to any
  litigation, arbitration, contest, dispute, suit or proceeding (whether
  instituted by Lender, Borrower or any other Person) in any way or respect
  relating to the Collateral, this Agreement, the Other Agreements, or
  Borrower's affairs, or (iii) to enforce any rights of Lender against
  Borrower or any other Person which may be obligated to Lender by virtue
  of this Agreement or the Other Agreements; (b) takes any action with
  respect to administration of Borrower's Liabilities or to protect,
  collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of the Collateral; and/or
  (c) attempts to or enforces any of Lender's rights or remedies under this
  Agreement or the Other Agreements, including, without limitation,
  Lender's rights or remedies with respect to the Collateral, the
  reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender in any manner or way
  with respect to the foregoing, shall be part of Borrower's Liabilities,
  payable by Borrower to Lender on demand.

            12.24     BORROWER AND EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT,
  SUBJECT TO LENDER'S SOLE AND ABSOLUTE ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR
  PROCEEDINGS IN ANY WAY, MANNER OR RESPECT, ARISING OUT OF OR FROM OR
  RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE COLLATERAL SHALL BE
  LITIGATED ONLY IN COURTS HAVING SITUS WITHIN EITHER THE CITY OF CHICAGO,
  STATE OF ILLINOIS OR THE CITY OF GREENEVILLE, STATE OF TENNESSEE. 
  BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY LOCAL,
  STATE OR  FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN SAID CITIES AND STATE.  BORROWER
  HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRANSFER OR CHANGE THE VENUE OF
  ANY LITIGATION BROUGHT AGAINST BORROWER BY LENDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS
  PARAGRAPH.
<PAGE>

            12.25     BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL
  BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING (I) TO ENFORCE OR
  DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN
  DOCUMENTS, OR ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED
  OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR
  THEREWITH, OR (II) ARISING FROM ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY ARISING IN
  CONNECTION WITH OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY
  SUCH AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT, AND AGREES THAT ANY
  SUCH ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A
  COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.


            12.26     Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the
  contrary, Lender will not be required to make any disbursement or perform
  any other act under this Agreement if as a result thereof, Lender will
  violate any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or judicial
  decision applicable thereto.  This Agreement may be executed and
  delivered by any party hereto by way of counterpart, which, when taken
  together with all executed counterparts hereof shall constitute a single
  agreement; provided, however, that any counterpart, when taken separately
  from other counterparts shall be fully binding and enforceable as against
  the party signatory thereto, without respect to the other counterparts.
<PAGE>

  Dated:  July 24, 1997

                                LENDER:

                                AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND
                                    TRUST COMPANY OF CHICAGO

                                  By:/s/ James G. Cygan_    
                                         James G. Cygan                     
                                     Its:  Vice President


                                BORROWER:

                                CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P.,
                                a Tennessee limited partnership

                                By:  CIRCUIT SYSTEMS, INC.,
                                     its general partner

                                     By: /s/ Dilip S. Vyas
                                     Its: Vice-President
  ATTEST:

  By:  /s/ Thomas W. Rieck
  Its: Secretary  


                                
                                GUARANTORS:

                                CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, INC.,
                                a Tennessee corporation

                                By:  /s/ Dilip S. Vyas                   
                                Its: Vice-President


                                CIRCUIT SYSTEMS, INC., an Illinois corporation

                                By:  /s/ Dilip S. Vyas                   
                                Its: Vice-President                          
<PAGE>

                            SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS


                 Exhibit A      Existing Litigation

                 Exhibit B      Master Lease

                 Exhibit C      Permitted Indebtedness

                 Exhibit D      Permitted Liens

                 Exhibit E      12-Month Term Note

                 Exhibit F      60-Month Term Note

                 Exhibit G      Seventh Amendment to Secured Revolving
                                    Credit Agreement

                 Exhibit H      Continuing Security Agreement


  

                                  EXHIBIT A

                             EXISTING LITIGATION


                                    None.





                                  EXHIBIT B

                                MASTER LEASE



                                   
                                  EXHIBIT C

                           PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS

                                    None.

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT D

                               PERMITTED LIENS

                                    None.




                                  EXHIBIT E

                             12-MONTH TERM NOTE


                                  
                                  EXHIBIT F

                             60-MONTH TERM NOTE



                                  EXHIBIT G

                        SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO SECURED
                         REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT



                                  EXHIBIT H

                        CONTINUING SECURITY AGREEMENT





<PAGE>


<PAGE>                                              
                                              American National Bank
                                        and Trust Company of Chicago

                      INSTALLMENT NOTE (SECURED)
                         (12-Month Term Note)

  $2,800,000.00                                    Chicago, Illinois           
  July 24, 1997                                   Due August 1, 1998

       FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned ("Borrower ), promises to          
  pay to the order  of American National Bank  and Trust Company  of
  Chicago ("Bank"),  at its principal place  of business in Chicago,            
  Illinois or such other  place as Bank may  designate from time  to
  time hereafter, the  principal sum  of TWO  MILLION EIGHT  HUNDRED
  THOUSAND AND NO/100  DOLLARS ($2,800,000.00), which  sum shall  be
  due on  August  1,  1998,  and  shall  be  payable  in  successive
  installments as follows:  monthly installments of principal in the
  amount of  Fifteen  Thousand Five Hundred Fifty-Five   and 56/100
  Dollars ($15,555.56) plus accrued interest as hereinafter provided
  below; with  the final  installment equal  to the  balance of  all
  amounts due hereunder.   The  first installment  of principal  and         
  interest shall  be due  on the  1st  day  of September,  1997, and
  successive installments  shall be  paid on  the same  day of  each
  month thereafter until paid. 

       Borrower's obligations  and liabilities  to Bank  under  this
  Note, and all  other obligations  and liabilities  of Borrower  to
  Bank  (including  without   limitation  all   debts,  claims   and
  indebtedness)  whether  primary,  secondary,  direct,  contingent,
  fixed or  otherwise, including  those  evidenced in  rate  hedging
  agreements designed to protect  the Borrower from the  fluctuation
  of interest  rates,  heretofore  now  and/or  from  time  to  time
  hereafter owing,  due  or  payable,  however  evidenced,  created,
  incurred, acquired  or owing  and however  arising, whether  under
  this Note, any agreement,  instrument or document heretofore,  now
  or from time to time hereafter  executed and delivered to Bank  by
  or on behalf of Borrower, or by oral agreement or operation of law
  or  otherwise  shall  be  defined   and  referred  to  herein   as
  "Borrower's Liabilities."

       This Note is  one of the  Notes referred to  in the Loan  and
  Security Agreement  which has  been made  by and  among  Borrower,
  Circuit  Systems  of  Tennessee,  Inc.,  a  Tennessee  corporation
  ("Circuit/Tennessee"),  Circuit   Systems,   Inc.,   an   Illinois
  corporation ("Circuit") and  Bank (the "Loan Agreement"  and   any
  security documents and any other documents or instruments securing
  this Note  or  evidencing  the indebtedness  described  herein  or
  delivered to  induce Lender  to  disburse the  proceeds  evidenced
  hereby are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to  as  the  "Loan         
  Documents").   Reference  is hereby  made  to the  Loan  Documents
  (which are incorporated herein by reference as fully and with  the
  same effect as if set forth  herein at length) for a statement  of
  the covenants and agreements contained therein, a statement of the
  rights, remedies  and security  afforded  thereby, and  all  other
  matters herein contained.  All property  which secures all or  any
  part of  the  indebtedness  evidenced by  the  Loan  Documents  is
  hereinafter  referred   to   individually  and   collectively   as
  "Collateral."
<PAGE>
       The unpaid principal balance  of  Borrower's  Liabilities due
  hereunder shall bear interest from  the date of disbursement until
  paid at the rate or rates from time  to  time  applicable  to  the
  12-Month Term Loan as determined  in  accordance  with  the   Loan
  Agreement ("Interest Rate").

       Such interest shall be computed daily (on the basis of a 360-
  day year and actual days elapsed) on the  daily  balance  at   the
  Interest Rate, and shall be payable on the first Bank business day
  ("Business Day") of  each  month  beginning  on  August  1,  1997;
  provided,  however,  that  in  the  event  that  any of Borrower's
  Liabilities are not paid when due, the unpaid amount of Borrower's
  Liabilities shall bear interest after the due date until paid at a
  rate equal to the sum  of  the  rate  that  would  otherwise be in
  effect plus 3%.

       Borrower warrants and represents to Bank that Borrower  shall
  use the  proceeds  represented  by this  Note  solely  for  proper
  business purposes and  consistently with all  applicable laws  and
  statutes.

       Regardless of the adequacy of the Collateral, any deposits or
  other sums at any time credited by or payable or due from Bank  to
  Borrower, or  any  monies,  cash,  cash  equivalents,  securities,
  instruments,  documents  or  other  assets  of  Borrower  in   the
  possession or control of Bank or  its Bailee for any purpose,  may
  be reduced  to cash  and applied  by  Bank to  or setoff  by  Bank
  against Borrower's Liabilities.

       The occurrence  of  any one  of  the following  events  shall
  constitute a default  by the Borrower  ("Event of Default")  under
  this Note:  (a)  if  Borrower  fails  to  pay  any  of  Borrower's
  Liabilities when  due  and payable  or  declared due  and  payable
  (whether by  scheduled maturity,  required payment,  acceleration,
  demand or otherwise); (b) if Borrower  or any guarantor of any  of
  Borrower's Liabilities  fails  or  neglects to  perform,  keep  or
  observe any  term,  provision, condition,  covenant,  warranty  or
  representation contained  in  this  Note;   (c)  occurrence  of  a
  default or an event of default under any agreement, instrument  or
  document heretofore, now or at any time hereafter delivered by  or
  on behalf of Borrower to Bank;  (d) occurrence of a default or  an
  event of  default  under  any agreement,  instrument  or  document
  heretofore, now or at any time hereafter delivered to Bank by  any
  guarantor of Borrower's  Liabilities or  by any  person or  entity
  which has granted to  Bank a security interest  or lien in and  to
  some or all of such person's or entity's real or personal property
  to secure  the  payment  of Borrower's  Liabilities;  (e)  if  the
  Collateral or any other of Borrower's assets are attached, seized,
  subjected to a writ, or are  levied upon or become subject to  any
  lien or  come  within the  possession  of any  receiver,  trustee,
  custodian or  assignee for  the benefit  of  creditors; (f)  if  a
  notice of lien, levy or assessment is filed of record or given  to
  Borrower with respect to  all or any of  Borrower's assets by  any
  federal, state or local department or  agency; (g) if Borrower  or
  any guarantor  of  Borrower's  Liabilities  becomes  insolvent  or
  generally fails to pay or admits  in writing its inability to  pay
<PAGE>  
  debts as they  become due,  if a petition  under Title  11 of  the
  United States Code or any similar law or regulation is filed by or
  against Borrower or any  such guarantor, if  Borrower or any  such
  guarantor shall make an assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,
  if any case or proceeding is  filed by or against Borrower or  any
  such guarantor for its dissolution or liquidation, or if  Borrower
  or any  such  guarantor is  enjoined,  restrained or  in  any  way
  prevented by court order from conducting all or any material  part
  of its business affairs; (h) the death or incompetency of Borrower
  or any guarantor of Borrower's Liabilities, or the appointment  of
  a conservator for all or any  portion of Borrower's assets or  the
  Collateral; (i) the revocation, termination or cancellation of any
  guaranty of  Borrower's  Liabilities without  written  consent  of
  Bank;  (j) if  a contribution failure occurs  with respect to  any
  pension plan maintained by Borrower  or any corporation, trade  or
  business that is, along  with Borrower, a  member of a  controlled
  group  of  corporations  or  a  controlled  group  of  trades   or
  businesses (as  described  in  Sections  414(b)  and  (c)  of  the
  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986 or  Section 4001  of the  Employee
  Retirement Income  Security  Act  of 1974,  as  amended,   ERISA )    
  sufficient to give rise to a  lien under Section 302(f) of  ERISA;
  (k) if Borrower or any guarantor  of Borrower's Liabilities is  in
  default in the payment of  any obligations, indebtedness or  other
  liabilities to any third party and such default is declared and is
  not cured  within the  time, if  any,  specified therefor  in  any
  agreement governing  the  same;  (l) if  any  material  statement,
  report or  certificate  made  or delivered  by  Borrower,  any  of
  Borrower's  partners,  officers,  employees   or  agents  or   any
  guarantor of Borrower's  Liabilities is not  true and correct;  or
  (m) if Bank is reasonably insecure.

       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, at Bank's option,
  without notice by Bank to or demand by Bank of Borrower:  (i)  all
  of Borrower's Liabilities  shall be immediately  due and  payable;
  (ii) Bank may exercise any one or more of the rights and  remedies
  accruing to it under the Loan Documents.  No holder hereof shall,
  by any act or  omission or commission, be  deemed to waive any  of
  its rights, remedies or powers hereunder or otherwise unless  such
  waiver is in writing signed by the holder hereof, and then only to
  the extent specifically set forth  therein.  The rights,  remedies
  and powers of the holder hereof,  as provided in this Note and  in
  all of the  other Loan Documents,  are cumulative and  concurrent,
  and may  be pursued  singly,  successively against  Borrower,  any
  guarantor hereof, and any security given at any time to secure the
  repayment hereof, all at the sole discretion of the holder hereof.

       Upon an Event of  Default, Borrower, immediately upon  demand
  by Bank, shall assemble  the Collateral and  make it available  to
  Bank at  a place  or places  to  be designated  by Bank  which  is
  reasonably convenient to Bank and Borrower.
<PAGE>
       All of  Bank's  rights  and  remedies  under  this  Note  are
  cumulative and  non-exclusive.   The  acceptance by  Bank  of any
  partial  payment  made  hereunder  after  the  time  when  any  of
  Borrower's Liabilities become due and payable will not establish a
  custom or  waive any  rights of  Bank  to enforce  prompt  payment
  hereof.  Bank's failure to require strict performance by  Borrower
  of any provision of this Note shall not waive, affect or  diminish
  any right  of  Bank thereafter  to  demand strict  compliance  and
  performance  therewith.    Any  waiver  of  an  Event  of  Default
  hereunder shall not suspend,  waive or affect  any other Event  of
  Default hereunder.  Borrower and every endorser waive presentment,
  demand and protest  and notice of  presentment, protest,  default,
  non-payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension
  or renewal of this  Note, and hereby  ratify and confirm  whatever
  Bank may do in this regard.   Borrower further waives any and  all
  notice or demand to which Borrower might be entitled with  respect
  to this Note by  virtue of any applicable  statute or law (to  the
  extent permitted by law).

       Borrower agrees to pay, immediately upon demand  by Bank, any
  and all costs, fees and expenses (including reasonable  attorneys'
  fees, costs and expenses) incurred by Bank (i) in enforcing any of
  Bank's rights  hereunder, and  (ii) in  representing Bank  in  any
  litigation, contest, suit  or dispute, or  to commence, defend  or
  intervene or to take  any action with  respect to any  litigation,
  contest, suit or dispute (whether instituted by Bank, Borrower  or
  any other person)  in any way  relating to  this Note,  Borrower's
  Liabilities or the Collateral, and to the extent not paid the same
  shall become part of Borrower's Liabilities hereunder.

       This Note shall be deemed to have been submitted by  Borrower
  to Bank  and  to have  been  made  at Bank's  principal  place  of
  business.   This Note  shall be  governed  and controlled  by  the
  internal laws  of  the  State  of Illinois  and  not  the  law  of
  conflicts.

       TO INDUCE  BANK TO  ACCEPT  THIS NOTE,  BORROWER  IRREVOCABLY
  AGREES THAT, SUBJECT  TO BANK'S  SOLE AND  ABSOLUTE ELECTION,  ALL
  ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS IN ANY WAY, MANNER OR RESPECT, ARISING  OUT
  OF OR FROM OR  RELATED TO THIS NOTE  SHALL BE LITIGATED IN  COURTS
  HAVING SITUS WITHIN THE CITY OF CHICAGO, STATE OF ILLINOIS, AND/OR
  THE CITY  OF GREENEVILLE,  STATE OF  TENNESSEE.   BORROWER HEREBY
  CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO  THE JURISDICTION OF  ANY LOCAL, STATE  OR
  FEDERAL  COURT  LOCATED WITHIN  EITHER OF SAID CIT IES AND STATES. 
  BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRANSFER OR CHANGE
  THE VENUE OF ANY  LITIGATION BROUGHT AGAINST  BORROWER BY BANK  IN
  ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH.
  
       BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
  ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING (I) TO ENFORCE OR  DEFEND
  ANY RIGHTS UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE OR ANY AMENDMENT,
  INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR  AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR  WHICH MAY IN  THE
  FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION  HEREWITH, OR (II) ARISING  FROM
  ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN CONNECTION  WITH OR RELATED TO  THIS
  NOTE OR ANY SUCH AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT, AND
  AGREES THAT  ANY SUCH  ACTION,  SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM  OR  PROCEEDING
  SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.
<PAGE>
                                     BORROWER
  1515 Industrial Drive
  Greeneville, Tennessee             CIRCUIT  SYSTEMS   OF
  TENNESSEE, L.P.,                   a Tennessee limited partnership
  62-1692960
  FEIN                               By:  CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF
                                          TENNESSEE, INC., its general partner

                                          By:  /s/ Dilip S. Vyas
                                          Its:     Vice-President

       
<PAGE>


<PAGE>                                                     
                                                     American National Bank
                                               and Trust Company of Chicago

                          INSTALLMENT NOTE (SECURED)
                             (60-Month Term Note)

   $2,270,000.00                                         Chicago, Illinois     
   July 24, 1997                                         Due August 1, 2002

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned  ("Borrower"), promises to
    pay to  the  order of  American  National Bank  and  Trust Company  of
    Chicago ("Bank"),  at   its principal  place of  business  in Chicago,
    Illinois or such other place as  Bank may designate from  time to time
    hereafter, the  principal  sum  of  TWO  MILLION TWO  HUNDRED  SEVENTY
    THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($2,270,000.00), which sum shall be due on
    August 1, 2002,  and shall  be payable  in successive  installments as
    follows:  monthly installments  of principal in the  amount of Thirty-
    Seven  Thousand   Eight Hundred  Thirty-Thre e  and   33/100   Dollars
    ($37,833.33) plus  accrued interest  as hereinafter  provided  below; 
    with the final  installment equal  to the balance  of all  amounts due
    hereunder.  The first  installment of principal and  interest shall be
    due on the  1   day of  September, 1997,  and successive  installments
    shall be paid on the same day of each month thereafter until paid. 

         Borrower's obligations and  liabilities to Bank  under this Note,
    and  all  other  obligations  and  liabilities  of  Borrower  to  Bank
    (including without  limitation  all  debts,  claims and  indebtedness)
    whether primary,  secondary, direct,  contingent, fixed  or otherwise,
    including those  evidenced  in  rate  hedging  agreements designed  to
    protect  the  Borrower   from  the  fluctuation   of  interest  rates,
    heretofore now  and/or  from  time to  time  hereafter  owing, due  or
    payable, however evidenced,  created, incurred, acquired  or owing and
    however arising, whether under this Note, any agreement, instrument or
    document heretofore, now or  from time to time  hereafter executed and
    delivered to Bank by or on behalf of Borrower, or by oral agreement or
    operation of law or otherwise shall be  defined and referred to herein
    as "Borrower's Liabilities."    
    
         This Note  is  one of  the  Notes referred  to  in  the Loan  and
    Security Agreement which has been made  by and among Borrower, Circuit
    Systems    of    Tennessee,    Inc.,     a    Tennessee    corporation
    ("Circuit/Tennessee"),  Circuit Systems, Inc., an Illinois corporation
    ("Circuit")  and  Bank  ( the  "Loan  Agreement"   and   any  security
    documents and any other documents or instruments securing this Note or
    evidencing the indebtedness  described herein  or delivered  to induce
    Lender to  disburse  the  proceeds  evidenced  hereby are  hereinafter
    collectively referred  to as  the "Loan Documents" ).     Reference is
    hereby made to  the Loan Documents  (which are incorporated  herein by
    reference as fully and with the same effect as  if set forth herein at
    length) for  a statement  of  the covenants  and  agreements contained
    therein, a  statement of  the rights,  remedies and  security afforded
    thereby, and all other  matters herein contained.   All property which
    secures all  or any  part of  the indebtedness  evidenced by  the Loan
    Documents is hereinafter referred to individually  and collectively as
    "Collateral."
<PAGE>
         The  unpaid   principal  balance  of  Borrower's  Liabilities due
    hereunder shall bear interest from the date of disbursement until paid
    at the rate or rates from time to time applicable to the 60-Month Term
    Loan as determined in accordance with the Loan Agreement ("Interest    
    Rate").

         Such interest shall be computed daily (on the basis of a 360-day
    year and actual  days  elapsed)  on the daily balance at the Interest
    Rate, and shall be payable on the first Bank business day ( "Business   
    Day")  of  each month beginning on August 1, 1997; provided, however,
    that in the event that any of Borrower's Liabilities are not paid when
    due, the unpaid amount of Borrower's Liabilities shall bear interest
    after the due date until paid at a rate equal to the sum of the rate
    that would otherwise be in effect plus 3%.

         Borrower warrants and represents to Bank  that Borrower shall use
    the proceeds  represented  by this  Note  solely  for proper  business
    purposes and consistently with all applicable laws and statutes.

         Regardless of  the adequacy  of the  Collateral, any  deposits or
    other sums at  any time  credited by or  payable or  due from  Bank to
    Borrower,  or   any  monies,   cash,  cash   equivalents,  securities,
    instruments, documents or other  assets of Borrower  in the possession
    or control of Bank  or its Bailee for  any purpose, may  be reduced to
    cash and  applied by  Bank to  or  setoff by  Bank  against Borrower's
    Liabilities.

         The  occurrence  of  any  one  of   the  following  events  shall
    constitute a default by the Borrower ("Event of Default")  under  this    
    Note: (a) if Borrower fails to pay  any of Borrower's Liabilities when
    due and  payable or  declared due  and payable  (whether  by scheduled
    maturity, required payment, acceleration, demand or otherwise); (b) if
    Borrower or any  guarantor of any  of Borrower's Liabilities  fails or
    neglects to perform, keep  or observe any  term, provision, condition,
    covenant, warranty  or representation  contained  in this  Note;   (c)
    occurrence of a  default or an  event of default  under any agreement,
    instrument or  document  heretofore,  now  or  at any  time  hereafter
    delivered by or  on behalf of  Borrower to  Bank; (d) occurrence  of a
    default or  an event  of default  under any  agreement,  instrument or
    document heretofore, now or at any time hereafter delivered to Bank by
    any guarantor of  Borrower's Liabilities  or by  any person  or entity
    which has granted to Bank a  security interest or lien in  and to some
    or all  of such  person's or  entity's  real or  personal  property to
    secure the payment of Borrower's Liabilities; (e) if the Collateral or
    any other of  Borrower's assets are  attached, seized, subjected  to a
    writ, or are levied upon or become subject to  any lien or come within
    the possession of any receiver, trustee, custodian or assignee for the
    benefit of creditors; (f) if a  notice of lien, levy  or assessment is
    filed of record  or given to  Borrower with respect  to all or  any of
    Borrower's assets by any federal, state or local department or agency;
    (g) if  Borrower or  any guarantor  of Borrower's  Liabilities becomes
    insolvent or generally fails to pay or admits in writing its inability
    to pay debts as they become  due, if a petition under Title  11 of the
    United States Code  or any similar  law or  regulation is filed  by or
    against Borrower  or  any  such guarantor,  if  Borrower  or any  such
<PAGE>    
    guarantor shall make  an assignment for  the benefit of  creditors, if
    any case or  proceeding is filed  by or  against Borrower or  any such
    guarantor for its  dissolution or liquidation,  or if Borrower  or any
    such guarantor  is enjoined,  restrained or  in any  way  prevented by
    court order from conducting all  or any material part  of its business
    affairs; (h) the death or incompetency of Borrower or any guarantor of
    Borrower's Liabilities, or the appointment of a conservator for all or
    any  portion  of  Borrower's   assets  or  the   Collateral;  (i)  the
    revocation, termination or cancellation of any  guaranty of Borrower's
    Liabilities without written  consent of Bank;   (j) if  a contribution
    failure occurs with respect to any pension plan maintained by Borrower
    or any corporation, trade or business that  is, along with Borrower, a
    member of a controlled group of corporations  or a controlled group of
    trades or businesses (as described  in Sections 414(b) and  (c) of the
    Internal Revenue  Code  of  1986  or  Section  4001  of  the  Employee
    Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as   amended,    ERISA    
    sufficient to give rise to a  lien under Section 302(f)  of ERISA; (k)
    if Borrower or any  guarantor of Borrower's Liabilities  is in default
    in the payment of  any obligations, indebtedness  or other liabilities
    to any  third party  and such  default is  declared and  is  not cured
    within the time, if any, specified therefor in any agreement governing
    the same; (l) if any material statement, report or certificate made or
    delivered by Borrower, any of Borrower's partners, officers, employees
    or agents or any guarantor  of Borrower's Liabilities is  not true and
    correct; or (m) if Bank is reasonably insecure.

         Upon the occurrence  of an  Event of  Default, at  Bank's option,
    without notice by Bank to or  demand by Bank of Borrower:   (i) all of
    Borrower's Liabilities shall be immediately due and payable; (ii) Bank
    may exercise any one or more of the rights and remedies accruing to it
    under the  Loan Documents.    No holder  hereof shall,  by any  act  or
    omission or commission, be deemed to waive any of its rights, remedies
    or powers  hereunder or  otherwise unless  such waiver  is  in writing
    signed by the holder hereof, and then  only to the extent specifically
    set forth  therein.   The rights,  remedies and  powers of  the holder
    hereof, as  provided  in  this Note  and  in  all  of  the other  Loan
    Documents, are cumulative and  concurrent, and may  be pursued singly,
    successively against Borrower, any guarantor hereof,  and any security
    given at any  time to  secure the  repayment hereof,  all at  the sole
    discretion of the holder hereof.

         Upon an Event  of Default,  Borrower, immediately upon  demand by
    Bank, shall assemble the Collateral and make it available to Bank at a
    place  or  places  to  be  designated  by  Bank  which  is  reasonably
    convenient to Bank and Borrower.

         All of Bank's rights and remedies  under this Note are cumulative
    and non-exclusive.  The acceptance by Bank of any partial payment made
    hereunder after the time when any of Borrower's Liabilities become due
    and payable will not establish a custom or waive any rights of Bank to
    enforce prompt  payment  hereof.   Bank's  failure  to require  strict
    performance by Borrower of any provision of this Note shall not waive,
    affect or  diminish  any right  of  Bank thereafter  to  demand strict
    compliance and  performance  therewith.   Any  waiver of  an  Event of
    Default hereunder shall not  suspend, waive or affect  any other Event
    of Default hereunder.  Borrower and  every endorser waive presentment,
<PAGE>    
    demand and  protest  and  notice  of  presentment,  protest,  default,
    non-payment, maturity, release, compromise,  settlement, extension  or
    renewal of this Note, and hereby ratify  and confirm whatever Bank may
    do in this  regard.   Borrower further  waives any  and all  notice or
    demand to which Borrower might  be entitled with respect  to this Note
    by virtue of any applicable statute or law (to the extent permitted by
    law).

         Borrower agrees to pay, immediately upon demand  by Bank, any and
    all costs, fees  and expenses  (including reasonable  attorneys' fees,
    costs and expenses)  incurred by Bank  (i) in enforcing  any of Bank's
    rights hereunder,  and (ii)  in representing  Bank in  any litigation,
    contest, suit or  dispute, or to  commence, defend or  intervene or to
    take any  action  with respect  to  any litigation,  contest,  suit or
    dispute (whether instituted by Bank, Borrower  or any other person) in
    any  way  relating  to  this  Note,   Borrower's  Liabilities  or  the
    Collateral, and to the extent not  paid the same shall  become part of
    Borrower's Liabilities hereunder.

         This Note shall be deemed  to have been submitted  by Borrower to
    Bank and to  have been made  at Bank's  principal place of  business. 
    This Note shall be governed and controlled by the internal laws of the
    State of Illinois and not the law of conflicts.

         TO INDUCE BANK TO  ACCEPT THIS NOTE,  BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AGREES
    THAT, SUBJECT TO  BANK'S SOLE  AND ABSOLUTE  ELECTION, ALL  ACTIONS OR
    PROCEEDINGS IN ANY WAY, MANNER OR  RESPECT, ARISING OUT OF  OR FROM OR
    RELATED TO THIS NOTE SHALL BE LITIGATED  IN COURTS HAVING SITUS WITHIN
    THE  CITY  OF  CHICAGO,   STATE  OF  ILLINOIS,  AND/OR  THE  CITY   OF
    GREENEVILLE, STATE OF TENNESSEE.  BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS
    TO THE  JURISDICTION  OF ANY  LOCAL,  STATE OR  FEDERAL  COURT LOCATED
    WITHIN EITHER OF  SAID CITIES AND STATES.  BORROWER HEREBY  WAIVES ANY
    RIGHT IT MAY HAVE  TO TRANSFER OR  CHANGE THE VENUE  OF ANY LITIGATION
    BROUGHT AGAINST BORROWER BY BANK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH.

         BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES  ANY RIGHT  TO TRIAL  BY JURY  IN ANY
    ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING (I)  TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY
    RIGHTS UNDER  OR  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  THIS NOTE  OR  ANY  AMENDMENT,
    INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE
    BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR  (II) ARISING FROM ANY DISPUTE
    OR CONTROVERSY IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATED TO  THIS NOTE OR ANY SUCH
    AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH
    ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT
    AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

                                       BORROWER
    
    1515 Industrial Drive
    Greeneville, Tennessee           CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P.,
                                     a Tennessee limited partnership
    62-1692960
    FEIN                             By:CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF
                                        TENNESSEE, INC., its general partner

                                        By:  /s/ Dilip S. Vyas
                                        Its: Vice-President

<PAGE>



<PAGE>

                         SECURITY AGREEMENT

                      Re:  1515 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE


       THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and delivered
  as of July 24, 1997 by CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P., a
  Tennessee limited partnership ("Debtor"), to AMERICAN NATIONAL
  BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CHICAGO, ("Secured Party").

                           R E C I T A L S

       Debtor, with  principal offices  located  at 2350  East  Lunt
  Avenue, Elk  Grove Village,  Illinois  60007, is  executing  those
  certain term notes  in the principal  amounts of  TWO MILLION  TWO
  HUNDRED SEVENTY THOUSAND  AND NO/100  DOLLARS ($2,270,000.00)  and
  TWO MILLION   EIGHT   HUNDRED   THOUSAND   AND   NO/100    DOLLARS
  ($2,800,000.00)   (hereinafter individually a "Note" and
  collectively the "Notes"), and that  certain master  lease (the
  "Master Lease"), each made as  of even da te herewith payable to
  the order of, and held by Secured Party.

       The Notes and the Master Lease are the Notes and Master Lease
  referred to in  that certain Loan  and Security Agreement  ("Loan
  Agreement") among Debtor, Circuit Systems of Tennessee,  Inc., an
  Illinois  corporation   and   the  general   partner   of   Debtor
  ("Circuit/Tennessee"),  Circuit   Systems,  Inc.,   an  Illinois
  corporation ("Circuit") and  Secured  Party.    The Notes,  the
  Master Lease  and any  documents  evidencing and/or  securing  the
  indebtedness under the Notes, Master  Lease or Loan Agreement  are
  hereinafter  referred to  as  the "Loan Documents."  All  defined
  terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings  defined
  in the Loan Agreement.

       Secured Party requires as a condition precedent to its making
  the financial accommodations  evidenced by the  Notes, the  Master
  Lease and the Loan Agreement, that Debtor grant to Secured Party a
  security interest in the property herein described.

       Debtor desires  to give  such  security interest  to  Secured
  Party in order to  induce Secured Party  to extend such  financial
  accommodations to Debtor.

       ACCORDINGLY, for and in consideration of the making of the
  Loan and as an inducement to Secured Party to do so, and for and
  in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements
  hereinafter set forth, Debtor and Secured Party agree as follows:

       1.   Creation of Security Interest.  Debtor hereby grants to
  Secured Party a security interest in and does hereby collaterally
  assign, pledge, mortgage, convey and set over unto Secured Party
  the property described as follows (hereinafter referred to as
  collectively as the "Collateral"):
<PAGE>
            (a)  All apparatus, machinery, devices, fixtures,
  communication devices, systems and equipment, fittings,
  appurtenances, equipment, appliances, furniture, furnishings,
  appointments, accessories, landscaping, plants and all other items
  of personal property now or hereafter acquired by Debtor, or in
  which Debtor may now or hereafter have any interest whatsoever,
  and used in the operation of the Property.  All fixtures and
  equipment now or hereafter installed for use in the operation of
  the buildings, structures and improvements now or hereafter on the
  Property, including but not limited to, all lighting, heating,
  cooking, air-cooling, lifting, fire extinguishing, cleaning,
  entertaining, communicating and electrical and power systems, and
  the machinery, appliances, ovens, stoves, refrigerators,
  dishwashers, disposals, carpeting, doors and windows, shades,
  floor coverings, cabinets, partitions, conduits, ducts and
  compressors, and all elevators and escalators and the machinery
  and appliances, fixtures and equipment pertaining thereto, other
  than any such items that are owned by tenants of all or any
  portion of the Property.

            (b)  Any and all judgments, awards, revenues,
  receivables, income and accounts now owned or hereafter acquired
  and arising from or out of the Property and the businesses and
  operations conducted thereon, including, without limitation,
  condemnation awards and proceeds, payments or settlements under
  insurance policies covering the Property.

            (c)  Any and all goods, tangible and intangible,
  personal property of any kind, nature or description (including
  without limitation, any and all accounts, contract rights,
  franchises, licenses, permits, documents, instruments and general
  intangibles) of Debtor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
  or in which Debtor now has or shall hereafter acquire by any
  right, title or interest whatsoever (whether by bill or sale,
  lease, conditional sales contract, or other title retention
  document or otherwise), and any and all replacements and
  substitutions thereof or therefore, arising from or out of the
  Property.

            (d)  All right, title and interest of Debtor in and to
  all construction contracts, subcontracts, architectural
  agreements, engineering contracts, service contracts, maintenance
  contracts, construction and other governmental consents, permits
  and licenses, surveys, plans, specifications, warranties, and
  guaranties, and all amendments, modifications, supplements,
  general conditions and addenda thereto, which Debtor has, may have
  or may subsequently directly or indirectly enter into, obtain or
  acquire in connection with the improvements, ownership, operation
  or maintenance of the Property.

            (e)  Any and all additions and accessories to all of the
  foregoing and any and all proceeds, renewals, replacements and
  substitutions of all of the foregoing.
<PAGE>
            (f) Rights of Debtor under any and all declarations
  recorded with respect to any portion of the Property.
            
       2.   Debtor's Obligations.

            (a)  Payment of Indebtedness.  The security interest
  created herein is given as additional security for:  the payment
  to Secured Party of all indebtedness evidenced by and according to
  the terms of the Notes, the Mortgage, the Master Lease and the
  other Loan Documents; the payment of all sums hereafter loaned,
  paid out, expended or advanced by Secured Party under the terms of
  this Agreement or otherwise, to or for the account of Debtor,
  together with interest thereon; all extensions or renewals of each
  and all of the Notes, the Mortgage, the Master Lease and the other
  Loan Documents evidencing sums hereafter loaned, paid out,
  expended or advanced by Secured Party, its successors or assigns,
  to or for the account of Debtor; the discharge and performance of
  all agreements and obligations under the Notes, the Mortgage, the
  Master Lease and the other Loan Documents; any other obligations,
  liabilities or indebtedness of Debtor to Secured Party, whether
  such obligations, liabilities or indebtedness are now existing or
  hereafter created, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,
  joint or several, due or to become due, howsoever created,
  evidenced or arising and howsoever acquired by Secured Party (all
  of the foregoing are hereinafter collectively called the
  "Indebtedness").

            (b)  Protection of Collateral.  Debtor shall take any
  and all steps required to protect the Collateral and in pursuance
  thereof Debtor agrees that the Collateral:

            (i)   Shall be kept at the Property or at any other real
       property hereafter subject to the lien of the Mortgage, as
       applicable, and shall be used only in the conduct of Debtor's
       business and operation of the buildings, structures and
       improvements on the Property or on any other real property
       hereafter subject to the lien of the Mortgage, as applicable;

            (ii)  Shall not be misused, wasted or allowed to
       deteriorate, except for the ordinary wear and tear resulting
       from its use, as aforesaid;

            (iii)  Shall at all times be insured against loss,
       damage, theft, and such other risks as Secured Party may
       require in such amounts, with such companies, under such
       policies, in such form and for such periods as shall be
       satisfactory to Secured Party, and each such policy shall
       provide that the loss thereunder and the proceeds payable
       thereunder shall be payable to Secured Party as its interest
       may appear, and Secured Party may apply any proceeds of such
       insurance which may be received by Secured Party toward the
       payment of the Indebtedness whether due or not due, in such
       order as Secured Party may determine;

            (iv)  Shall not be used in violation of any applicable
       statute, law, rule, regulation or ordinance; and
<PAGE>
            (v)  May be examined and inspected by Secured Party at
       any reasonable time, wherever located.

            (c)  Protection of Security Interest.  Debtor shall take
  any and all steps necessary to protect the priority of the
  security interest granted herein, and in pursuance of this
  obligation, Debtor agrees that:

            (i)  Debtor shall not sell, transfer, lease or otherwise
       dispose of any of the Collateral or any interest therein or
       offer to do so, except in the ordinary course of business,
       without the prior written consent of Secured Party, or permit
       anything to be done that may impair the value of any of the
       Collateral or the security intended to be afforded by this
       Agreement;

            (ii)  Debtor shall pay promptly when due all taxes and
       assessments upon the Collateral or for its use or operation
       and, if requested in writing by Secured Party, shall deliver
       to Secured Party, within ten (10) days after such request, a
       receipt or other evidence satisfactory to Secured Party of
       the payment thereof;

            (iii)  Debtor shall sign and execute alone or with
       Secured Party any financing statement or other document or
       procure any documents and pay all reasonable connected costs,
       expenses and fees, including attorneys' fees, necessary to
       protect the security interest under this Agreement against
       the rights, interests or claims of third persons;

            (iv)  Debtor shall reimburse Secured Party for all
       reasonable costs, expenses and fees, including without
       limitation court costs and attorneys' fees, incurred for any
       action taken by Secured Party to remedy a default of Debtor
       under this Agreement;
<PAGE>
            (v)  Debtor shall (A) from time to time promptly execute
       and deliver to Secured Party all such other assignments,
       certificates, supplemental writings, and financing
       statements, and do all other acts or things as Secured Party
       may request in order to more fully evidence and perfect the
       security interest created herein; (B) punctually and properly
       perform all of Debtor's agreements and obligations under this
       Agreement, the Notes, the Mortgage, the Master Lease and the
       other Loan Documents and under any other security agreement,
       mortgage, deed of trust, collateral pledge, agreement or
       contract of any kind now or hereafter existing as security
       for and in connection with payment of the Indebtedness, or
       any part thereof; (C) pay the Indebtedness in accordance with
       the terms thereof and in accordance with the terms of this
       Agreement, the Notes, the Mortgage, the Master Lease and the
       other Loan Documents or other writings evidencing the
       Indebtedness, or any part thereof; (D) promptly furnish
       Secured Party with any information or writings which Secured
       Party may request concerning the Collateral; (E) allow
       Secured Party to inspect all records of Debtor relating to
       the Collateral, the Indebtedness and the business and
       operation of Debtor or the Property or any other real
       property hereafter subject to the lien of the Mortgage, and
       to make and take away copies of such records; (F) promptly
       notify Secured Party of any change in any facts or
       circumstances warranted or represented by Debtor in this
       Security Agreement or in any other writing furnished by
       Debtor to Secured Party in connection with the Collateral,
       the Indebtedness and the business and operation of Debtor or
       the Property or any other real property hereafter subject to
       the lien of the Mortgage; (G) promptly notify Secured Party
       of any claim, action or proceeding affecting title to the
       Collateral, or any part thereof, or the security interest
       created herein, and, at the request of Secured Party, appear
       in and defend, at Debtor's sole cost and expense, any such
       action or proceeding; and (H) promptly, after being requested
       by Secured Party, pay to Secured Party the amount of all
       expenses, including attorneys' fees, court costs and other
       legal expenses, incurred by Secured Party in enforcing the
       security interest created herein;

            (vi)  Debtor shall not, without the prior written
       consent of Secured Party:  create any other security interest
       in, mortgage, pledge, or otherwise encumber the Collateral,
       or any part thereof, or permit the same to be or become
       subject to any lien, attachment, execution, sequestration,
       other legal or equitable process, or any encumbrance of any
       kind or character;
<PAGE>
            (vii)  Should the Collateral, or any part thereof ever
       be in any manner converted by its issuer or maker into
       another type of property or any money or other proceeds ever
       be paid or delivered to Debtor as a result of Debtor's rights
       in the Collateral, then, in any such event, all such
       property, money and other proceeds shall become part of the
       Collateral, and Debtor covenants to forthwith pay or deliver
       to Secured Party all of the same which is susceptible of
       delivery and, at the same time, if Secured Party deems it
       necessary and so requests, Debtor will properly endorse or
       assign the same.  With respect to any of such property of a
       kind requiring any additional security agreement, financing
       statement or other writing to perfect a security interest
       therein in favor of Secured Party, Debtor will forthwith
       execute and deliver to Secured Party whatever Secured Party
       shall deem necessary or proper for such purpose; and

            (viii)  Should any covenant, duty or agreement of Debtor
       fail to be performed in accordance with its terms hereunder,
       Secured Party may, but shall never be obligated to, perform
       or attempt to perform such covenant, duty or agreement on
       behalf of Debtor, and any amount expended by Secured Party in
       such performance or attempted performance shall become a part
       of the Indebtedness, and, at the request of Secured Party,
       Debtor agrees to pay such amount promptly to Secured Party at
       Secured Party's address set forth opposite its name below, or
       at such other place as Secured Party may designate, together
       with interest thereon at the Default Rate (as such term
       is defined in the Mortgage) from the date of such expenditure
       by Secured Party until paid.

       3.   Default.  The occurrence of any one or more of the
  Events of Default described in the Loan Agreement and/or the other
  Loan Documents shall be an "Event of Default" for purposes of this
  Agreement.

       4.   Consequences of Default.  Upon the occurrence of any
  such Event of Default, or at any time thereafter while such Event
  of Default continues to exist, Secured Party may, at its option,
  declare all Indebtedness secured hereby to be immediately due and
  payable to Secured Party without demand or notice of any kind
  whatsoever, and such Indebtedness thereupon shall immediately
  become due and payable to Secured Party without demand or notice,
  but with such adjustments, if any, with respect to interest or
  other charges as may be provided for herein or in the Notes,
  the Mortgage, the Master Lease, the other Loan Documents or any
  other written agreements between Debtor and Secured Party.

       5.   Secured Party's Rights and Remedies.  Secured Party
  shall have available to it the following rights and remedies:
<PAGE>
            (a)  Right to Assign.  Secured Party may assign this
  Agreement, and if Secured Party does assign this Agreement, the
  assignee shall be entitled to the performance of all of Debtor's
  agreements and obligations under this Agreement, and the assignee
  shall be entitled to all the rights and remedies of Secured Party
  under this Agreement, and Debtor expressly agrees that it will
  assert no claims or defenses it may have against Secured Party
  against the assignee except those available to it in this
  Agreement.
  
            (b)  Right to Discharge Debtor's Obligations.  Secured
  Party may, at its option, discharge taxes, liens or security
  interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on
  the Collateral, may remedy or cure any default of Debtor under the
  terms of any lease, rental agreement, or other document which in
  any way pertains to or affects Debtor's title to or interest in
  any of the Collateral, may pay for insurance on the Collateral,
  and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the
  Collateral, and Debtor agrees to reimburse Secured Party, on
  demand, for any payment made or any expense incurred by Secured
  Party, including reasonable attorneys' fees, pursuant to the
  foregoing authorization, together with interest at the Default
  Rate from the date so paid or incurred by Secured Party, which
  payments, expenses and interest shall be secured by the security
  intended to be afforded by this Agreement and/or by the Mortgage
  and the other Additional Collateral.

            (c)  Right of Enforcement.  Secured Party shall have and
  may exercise any and all rights of enforcement and remedies before
  or after default afforded to a Secured Party under the Uniform
  Commercial Code in force in the State of Tennessee (the "Uniform
  Commercial Code") together with any and all other rights and
  remedies otherwise provided and available to Secured Party at law
  or in equity as of the date of this Agreement or the date of
  Debtor's default; and, in conjunction with, in addition to, or
  substitution for those rights and remedies, at Secured Party's
  discretion, Secured Party may:

            (i)  To the extent permitted by law, enter upon Debtor's
       premises to take possession of, assemble and collect the
       Collateral or to render it or any portion of the Collateral
       unusable; and/or

            (ii)  Remedy any default in any reasonable manner,
       without waiving its rights and remedies upon default and
       without waiving any other prior or subsequent default.

            (d)  Right of Sale.
<PAGE>
            (i)  Debtor agrees that should it fail to make payments
       as provided in the Notes, the Mortgage, the Master Lease or
       the other Loan Documents, or if a default be made on any
       obligation or promise of Debtor contained herein or hereby
       secured or contained in or secured by the Notes, the
       Mortgage, the Master Lease or the other Loan Documents, then
       Secured Party may, at its option, sell or dispose of the
       Collateral at public or private sale without any previous
       demand of performance or notice to Debtor of any such sale
       whatsoever, except as provided under the Uniform Commercial
       Code, and from the proceeds of sale retain:  (A) all costs
       and charges incurred by Secured Party in taking and causing
       the removal and sale of said property, including such
       attorneys' fees as shall have been incurred by Secured Party;
       (B) all sums due pursuant to the Notes, the Mortgage, the
       Master Lease, the other Loan Documents and this Agreement,
       and all accrued interest thereon; and (C) all monies due from
       Debtor to Secured party under any other indebtedness or
       obligation and all accrued interest thereon.  Any surplus of
       such proceeds remaining shall be paid to Debtor.

            (ii)  At any sale or sales made pursuant to this
       Agreement or in a suit to foreclose the same, the Collateral
       may be sold en masse or separately, at the same or at
       different times, at the option of Secured Party or its
       assigns.  Such sale may be public or private, with notice as
       required by the Uniform Commercial Code, and the Collateral
       need not be present at the time or place of sale.  At any
       such sale, Secured Party or the holder of the Notes hereby
       secured may bid for and purchase any of the property sold,
       notwithstanding that such sale is conducted by Secured Party
       or its attorneys, agents, or assigns, and no irregularity in
       the manner of sale or of giving notice shall operate to
       preclude Secured Party from recovering the Indebtedness.

            (iii)  If any notification of intended sale or other
       disposition of the Collateral or any part thereof is required
       under the Uniform Commercial Code or other law, such
       notification, if mailed, shall be deemed reasonably and
       properly given if mailed to Debtor at least ten (10) days
       before such sale or disposition.
<PAGE>
            (e)  Miscellaneous.  Secured Party shall have the right
  at all times to enforce the provisions of this Agreement in strict
  accordance with the terms hereof, notwithstanding any conduct or
  custom on the part of Secured Party in refraining from so doing at
  any time or times.  The failure of Secured Party at any time or
  times to enforce its rights under said provisions strictly in
  accordance with the same shall not be construed or operate as a
  waiver of any of the rights and remedies granted Secured Party
  hereunder or as having created a custom in any way or manner
  contrary to the specific provisions of this Agreement or as having
  in any way or manner modified the same.  All rights and remedies
  of Secured Party are cumulative and concurrent, and the exercise
  of one right or remedy by Secured Party shall not be deemed a
  waiver or release of any other right or remedy.  Except as
  otherwise specifically required herein, notice of the exercise of
  any right, remedy or power granted to Secured Party by this
  Agreement is not required to be given.

       6.   Representations and Warranties.  Debtor represents and
  warrants that:

            (a)  Debtor has authority to execute and deliver this
  Agreement;

            (b)  No financing statement covering the Collateral, or
  any part thereof, has been filed with any filing officer;

            (c)  No other security agreement covering the
  Collateral, or any part thereof, has been made and no security
  interest, other than the one herein created, has attached or been
  perfected in the Collateral or in any part thereof;

            (d)  No dispute, right of setoff, counterclaim or
  defenses exist with respect to any part of the Collateral;

            (e)  All information supplied and statements made in any
  financial or credit statements or application for credit prior to
  the execution of this Agreement are true and correct in all
  material respects as of the date hereof; and

            (f)  At the time Secured Party's security interest
  attaches to any of the Collateral or its proceeds Debtor will be
  the lawful owner with the right to transfer any interest therein,
  and that Debtor will make such further assurances as to prove
  title to the Collateral in Debtor as may be required and will
  defend the Collateral and its proceeds against the lawful claims
  and demands of all persons whomsoever.
<PAGE>
       The delivery at any time by Debtor to Secured Party of the
  Collateral shall constitute a representation and warranty by
  Debtor under this Agreement that, with respect to such Collateral,
  and each item thereof, Debtor is owner of the Collateral and the
  matters heretofore represented and warranted in this Paragraph 6
  are true, complete and correct.  Further Debtor, upon the request
  of Secured Party, agrees to amend this Agreement and any and all
  financing statements filed in connection therewith for the purpose
  of setting forth in said Agreement and said financing statements
  an accurate and itemized list, when known, of the Collateral now
  generally described herein and in said financing statements and to
  include in said accurate and itemized list an identification of
  the Collateral by make, model, serial number and other appropriate
  descriptive data.

       7.   Subrogation.  If the Indebtedness, or any part thereof,
  be given in renewal or extension, or applied toward the payment of
  indebtedness secured by mortgage, pledge, security agreement or
  other lien, Secured Party shall be and is hereby subrogated to all
  of the rights, titles, security interests and other liens securing
  the indebtedness so renewed, extended or paid.

       8.   Mutual Agreements.  Debtor and Secured Party mutually
  agree as follows:

            (a)  "Debtor" and "Secured Party" as used in this
  Security Agreement include the general partners, if any, joint
  venturers, if any, heirs, legatees, administrators, legal
  representatives, permitted successors and permitted assigns of
  those parties.

            (b)  This Agreement includes all amendments and
  supplements thereto and all assignments thereof.  This Agreement
  shall not be amended, modified or supplemented without the written
  agreement of Debtor and Secured Party at the time of such
  amendment, modification or supplement.

            (c)  It is expressly intended, understood and agreed
  that this Agreement, the Notes, the Mortgage, the Master Lease and
  the other Loan Documents are made and entered into for the sole
  protection and benefit of Secured Party and Debtor, and their
  respective successors and assigns (but in the case of assigns of
  Debtor, only to the extent permitted hereunder), and no other
  person or persons shall have any right of action hereunder or
  rights to the Loan proceeds at any time; that the Loan proceeds do
  not constitute a trust fund for the benefit of any third party;
  that no third party shall under any circumstances be entitled to
  any equitable lien on any undisbursed Loan proceeds at any time;
  and that Secured Party shall have a lien upon and right to direct
  application of any undisbursed Loan proceeds as additional
  security for this Agreement, the Notes, the Mortgage, the Master
  Lease and the other Loan Documents.  The relationship between
  Secured Party and Debtor is solely that of a lender and borrower,
  and nothing contained herein, or in the Notes, the Mortgage, the
  Master Lease or the other Loan Documents shall in any manner be
  construed as making the parties hereto partners, joint venturers
  or creating any other relationship other than lender and borrower.
<PAGE>
            (d)  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance
  with and governed by the substantive laws of the State of
  Illinois.  All provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed valid
  and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.  Any provision or
  provisions of this Agreement which are held unenforceable, invalid
  or contrary to law by a court of competent jurisdiction, or the
  inclusion of which would affect the validity or enforceability of
  this Agreement, shall be of no force or effect, and in such event
  each and all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall
  subsist and remain and be fully effective according to the tenor
  of this Agreement as though such invalid, unenforceable or
  unlawful provision or provisions had not been included in this
  Security Agreement.

            (e)  To the extent permitted by law, Debtor hereby
  waives any and all rights to require marshaling of assets by
  Secured Party.

            (f)  Any notices desired or required to be given
  hereunder shall be deemed given two (2) business days after the
  same is deposited in the United States mail, as registered or
  certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

       TO SECURED PARTY:        AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND
                                TRUST COMPANY OF CHICAGO
                                21 North Randall Street
                                Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007
                                Attention:  James G. Cygan

       WITH A COPY TO:          MELTZER, PURTILL & STELLE
                                1515 East Woodfield Road
                                Suite 250
                                Schaumburg, Illinois  60173-5431
                                Attention:     Scott D. Gudmundson

       TO DEBTOR:               CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P.,
                                a Tennessee limited partnership
                                c/o Circuit Systems of Tennessee, Inc.,
                                its general partner
                                2350 East Lunt Avenue
                                Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60607

       WITH COPY TO:            RIECK AND CROTTY
                                55 West Monroe Street
                                Suite 3390
                                Chicago, Illinois  60603-5062
                                Attention:  Douglas C. Conover

  Either party may change its address for notice purposes by
  complying with the provisions for giving notice as above
  described; provided, however, that such notice shall not be deemed
  given until actually received by the addressee.
<PAGE>
            (g)  Debtor hereby agrees that no liability shall be
  asserted or enforced by Debtor against Secured Party in its
  exercise of the powers and rights herein granted, all such
  liability being hereby expressly waived and released by Debtor. 
  Debtor hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Secured Party
  harmless from and against any and all liability, expense, cost or
  damage which may be incurred by, asserted against or imposed upon
  Secured Party at any time which relate to or arise from the use,
  operation or lease of any of the Collateral or the exercise by
  Secured Party of the powers and rights herein granted.

            (h)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
  Secured Party, its successors and assigns and shall be binding 
  upon the debtor and its general partners, if any, joint venturers, 
  if any, heirs, legatees, administrators, legal representatives, 
  successors and permitted assigns.

  Debtor has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first
  above written.

                                CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P.,
                                a Tennessee limited partnership

                                By:  CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE,
                                     INC., its general partner

                                     By:  /s/ Dilip S. Vyas
                                     Its: Vice-President                       



                              EXHIBIT A

                  Legal Description of the Property

                    
  SITUATED IN THE 10th CIVIL DISTRICT OF GREENE COUNTY, TENNESSEE,
  AND DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

  BEGINNING AT A STAKE IN THE NORTHWESTERN BOUNDARY OF THE RIGHT-OF-
  WAY OF INDUSTRIAL ROAD, CORNER TO THE LANDS OF GLEN MILLER; THENCE
  NORTH 38 DEG. 58 MIN. 46 SEC. WEST 557 FEET TO A STAKE; THENCE
  NORTH 52 DEG. 18 MIN. 33 SEC. EAST 809.01 FEET TO A STAKE IN THE
  EDGE OF ROCKWELL DRIVE; THENCE WITH THE EDGE OF SAID DRIVE, SOUTH
  38 DEG. 51 MIN. 22 SEC. EAST 541.69 FEET TO A STAKE, CORNER OF
  ROCKWELL DRIVE WITH THE INDUSTRIAL ROAD; THENCE WITH THE
  NORTHWESTERN BOUNDARY OF THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OF INDUSTRIAL ROAD, TWO
  COURSES AND DISTANCES AS FOLLOWS:  SOUTH 48 DEG. 26 MIN. 49 SEC.
  WEST 220 FEET TO A STAKE AND SOUTH 52 DEG. 15 MIN. 49 SEC. WEST
  588 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING, CONTAINING 10.292 ACRES, MORE
  OR LESS, ACCORDING TO SURVEY OF JAMES N. LOUPE, SURVEYOR, DATED
  JUNE 19, 1990.
<PAGE>
  BEING THE SAME PROPERTY CONVEYED TO NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS
  CORPORATION BY WARRANTY DEED FROM KIL-TRA, INCORPORATED (a/k/a
  "KIL-TRA, INC.") DATED JUNE 28, 1990, AND RECORDED IN WARRANTY                
  DEED BOOK 427, PAGE 344, IN THE RECORDS OF THE GREENE COUNTY
  REGISTRAR'S OFFICE.

  P.I.N.         10-087-087-07902
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
      
            American National Bank
          and Trust Company of Chicago

      CONTINUING PLEDGE AGREEMENT

      
               This Continuing Pledge Agreement is made by the undersigned,
          Circuit  Systems,  Inc.,  an  Illinois  corporation  (hereinafter
          "Pledgor" or the  "Undersigned"), to and  for the  benefit of
          American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago  (hereinafter
          referred to as the "Bank").      

          R E C I T A L S:

               Circuit Systems  of  Tennessee, L.P.,  a  Tennessee  limited
          partnership, with  principal offices  located at  2350 East  Lunt
          Avenue, Elk  Grove  Village,  Illinois 60007  ( "Borrower" ), is
          executing those certain  term notes in  the principal amounts  of
          TWO MILLION  TWO  HUNDRED  SEVENTY THOUSAND  AND  NO/100  DOLLARS
          ($2,270,000.00) and TWO MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100
          DOLLARS ($2,800,000.00) (hereinafter individually a "Note" and
          collectively the "Notes"), and that  certain master lease  (the  
          "Master Lease" ), each made as of even date  herewith payable to 
          the order of, and held by Bank.

               The Notes  and the  Master Lease  are the  Notes and  Master
          Lease referred to  in that  certain Loan  and Security  Agreement
          ( "Loan  Agreement")  among   Borrower,   Circuit   Systems  of
          Tennessee, Inc., an Illinois corporation and the general  partner
          of Borrower  ( "Circuit/Tennessee"), Pledgor  and  Bank.    The
          Notes, the  Master  Lease  and any  documents  evidencing  and/or
          securing the indebtedness under the  Notes, Master Lease or  Loan
          Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Documents."

               Pledgor is the sole  shareholder of Circuit/Tennessee,  and,
          as such, will benefit from the Loan and financial  accommodations
          of Bank to Borrower described in the Loan Agreement.

               Bank requires as  a condition  precedent to  its making  the
          financial accommodations evidenced by the Notes, the Master Lease
          and the Loan  Agreement, that Pledgor  grant to  Bank a  security
          interest in the property herein described.

               Pledgor desires to  give such security  interest to Bank  in
          order to induce Bank to  extend such financial accommodations  to
          Borrower.

               NOW, THEREFORE, for value received, and in consideration  of
          the  advances,   credits   or  other   financial   accommodations
          heretofore, now or hereafter at any time extended to Borrower  by
<PAGE>
          Bank (all of  such financial  accommodations, including,  without
          limitation, the amounts due under the Notes, the Master Lease and
          the  Loan  Agreement,   are  hereinafter  referred   to  as   the
          "Liabilities"), the Undersigned agrees as follows:

          PLEDGE:  Pledgor pledges  and transfers to  the Bank, and  grants
          the Bank a  continuing security interest  in the property  listed
          below under the heading "Schedule of Collateral (the "Collateral").
          If the  Collateral  consists  of  securities,  the grant 
          includes  any  stock  rights, stock  dividends,  liquidating
          dividends, new securities and other property to which the Pledgor
          may become entitled because it owns the Collateral.  The  Pledgor
          has transferred  the  securities  to the  Bank.    This  security
          interest shall  secure all  Liabilities and  includes  principal,
          interest, expenses,  reasonable attorneys'  fees, and  all  other
          costs of  collection.    The Pledgor  agrees  to  hold  the  Bank
          harmless from  any  liability  caused by  its  reliance  on  this
          Pledge.

          SCHEDULE OF COLLATERAL:

               400,000 shares of the stock of Sigmatron International, Inc., 
          represented by Certificate Nos. SI 1991, SI 1992, SI 1993 & SI 1994
          substitions,   replacements,   additions  and   proceeds.     Any
          securities or other property  of the Pledgor at  any time in  the
          custody, possession or control of the Bank shall also  constitute
          Collateral unless  the  Bank  holds such  property  solely  in  a
          fiduciary capacity.

          WARRANTIES AND  COVENANTS:   The  Pledgor  warrants it  owns  the
          Collateral free and  clear of any  liens.  The  Pledgor will  not
          attempt to sell or  assign the Collateral or  create any lien  or
          claim against it.  The Pledgor  agrees to reimburse the Bank,  on
          demand, for any  amounts paid  or advanced  by the  Bank for  the
          purpose of preserving  all or any  part of the  Collateral.   The
          Bank  shall  exercise   reasonable  care  in   the  custody   and
          preservation  of  the  Collateral  to  the  extent  required   by
          applicable statute.  The Bank shall use its best efforts to  take
          any action the Pledgor may reasonably request in writing, but the
          failure to do so shall not be construed as a failure to  exercise
          reasonable care.

          REGISTRATION RIGHTS:    If  any of  the  collateral  consists  of
          securities not registered under the  Securities Act of 1933,  and
          the issuer  proposes  to  register any  of  its  securities,  the
          Pledgor will give the Bank notice of that fact.  In addition, and
          at no cost to the Bank, the Pledgor will use its best efforts  to
          induce the issuer to register the pledged securities so that they
          may be disposed of  by public sale  or other public  disposition.
          Upon the  completion of  registration, the  Pledgor will  deliver
          certificates without any restrictive  legend in exchange for  the
          unregistered securities.  The  Pledgor indemnifies and holds  the
          Bank harmless  against  any  loss,  claim,  damage  or  liability
          arising out of the registration  process, and will reimburse  the
          Bank for any legal  or other expenses incurred  by the Bank as  a
          result.

<PAGE>
          INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING THE COLLATERAL:  The Bank may act upon any
          instructions given by the Pledgor whether in writing or not, with
          regard to additions or substitutions or sale or other disposition
          of the Collateral and its proceeds.  The Pledgor agrees that  any
          additions to,  substitutions for  or proceeds  of the  Collateral
          that it receives will be held  for the Bank's benefit and  turned
          over to the Bank.  The Pledgor also gives the Bank permission  to
          have  the  Collateral  or  any  part  of  it  transferred  to  or
          registered in the Bank's name or in the name of any other  person
          or business entity with or without designation of the capacity of
          that nominee, and will hold the Bank harmless from any liability
          or responsibility   that  might result.   In  furtherance of  the
          Bank's rights under this Pledge, the Pledgor irrevocably appoints
          the  Bank   as  its   attorney-in-fact,   with  full   power   of
          substitution.

          CONTINUED RELIANCE:   The  Bank may  continue  to make  loans  or
          extend credit  to the  Borrower based  on  this Pledge  until  it
          receives written notice  of termination from  the Pledgor.   That
          notice shall be effective at the opening of the Bank for business
          on the  third business  day after  receipt of  the notice.    The
          termination will not affect any of  the rights given to the  Bank
          in this Pledge with respect to  any of the Liabilities that  were
          created, assumed or committed to prior  to the effective date  of
          the  termination,  and   all  subsequent  renewals,   extensions,
          modifications and amendments of the Liabilities.  Upon receipt of
          the notice, the Bank does not have to take any action against the
          Borrower or the Collateral in order to maintain its rights.    If
          this Pledge secures Liabilities of the Pledgor only, this  Pledge
          is not terminable.

          LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO:  If the ratio  of the unpaid balance of  the
          Liabilities  to  the  then  fair  market  value  (as   reasonably
          determined by the Bank) of any securities constituting all or any
          portion of the Collateral shall  exceed the Bank's fifty  percent
          (50%) loan-to-value requirements for  the 60-Month Term Loan (as
          defined in the  Loan Agreement), and  Pledgor fails, within  five
          (5) days  following the  demand of  Bank (a    Margin Call       
          pledge such additional Collateral as is  required by the Bank  to
          maintain such fifty percent (50%) loan-to-value requirement,  the
          Pledgor shall be in  default under this Pledge  and the Bank  may
          sell all or any portion of such securities and otherwise exercise
          any or all of the rights and remedies set forth in this Pledge.

          DEFAULT/REMEDIES:   If  the Borrower  fails  to pay  any  of  the
          Liabilities when due,  or otherwise defaults  under the terms  of
          any agreement  related  to any  of  the Liabilities,  or  if  the
          Pledgor fails to observe or perform  any term of this Pledge,  or
          if any representation  or warranty  of the  Pledgor contained  in
          this Pledge  is untrue  in any  material respect,  then the  Bank
          shall have all of the rights and remedies provided by any law  to
          liquidate or foreclose on and sell the Collateral, including  but

<PAGE>
          not limited to the rights and  remedies of a secured party  under
          the Uniform Commercial Code.  The Pledgor agrees and acknowledges
          that because of applicable securities laws,  the Bank may not  be
          able to effect a  public sale of the  Collateral, and sales at  a
          private sale may be on terms  and at a price less favorable  than
          if the securities were sold at a public sale.  The Pledgor agrees
          that all private  sales made under  these circumstances shall  be
          construed to have been made in a commercially reasonable  manner.
          These rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not  exclusive.
          If the Pledgor is  entitled to notice,  that requirement will  be
          met if the Bank sends notice at least seven (7) days prior to the
          date of sale, disposition or other  event requiring notice.   The
          proceeds of any sale shall be applied first to costs, then toward
          payment of the Liabilities, whether  or not the Liabilities  have
          been declared to be due and  owing; provided that, to the  extent
          any Liabilities consists of extensions of credit to the  Borrower
          by the issuance of letters of credit or other like obligations of
          the Bank  to third  parties which  have not  been utilized,  such
          proceeds shall be held by the  Bank in a cash collateral  account
          as security for the Liabilities.

          LIQUIDATION:   Upon the  occurrence of  an  Event of  Default  or
          Unmatured  Event  of  Default,  each  as  defined  in  the   Loan
          Agreement, or upon any Margin Call, which remains unsatisfied  in
          whole or in part  by Pledgor, Pledgor agrees  that it shall  not,
          for a period  ending 180  days following the  occurrence of  such 
          event, sell  and/or offer  to sell  any securities  of  Sigmatron
          International, Inc. then held by Pledgor.  Pledgor further agrees
          that, in  such  event,  it  shall  not  cause  or  authorize  any
          Affiliate, as such term  is described in  the Loan Agreement,  to
          sell  and/or   offer  to   sell  any   securities  of   Sigmatron
          International, Inc. held by any such Affiliate.

          SALE OF COLLATERAL:

               (a)  Pledgor recognizes that Bank may be unable to effect  a
          public sale or  disposition (including,  without limitation,  any
          disposition in connection with a merger of any Subsidiary) of any
          or all  of  the  Collateral by  reason  of  certain  prohibitions
          contained  in  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the
          "Act"), and  applicable  state  securities  laws,  but  may  be  
          compelled to resort to one or more private sales or  dispositions
          thereof to a restricted group of  purchasers who will be  obliged
          to agree,  among other  things, to  acquire such  securities  for
          their own  account for  investment and  not with  a view  to  the
          distribution or resale thereof.  Pledgor acknowledges and  agrees
          that any such private  sale or disposition  may result in  prices
          and other terms (including the terms  of any securities or  other
          property received in connection therewith) less favorable to  the
          seller than if  such sale or  disposition were a  public sale  or
          disposition and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees  that
          any such private sale or disposition shall be deemed to have been
          made in a commercially reasonable manner.  Bank shall be under no
          obligation  to  delay  a  sale  or  disposition  of  any  of  the
          Collateral to permit Pledgor or  any Subsidiary to register  such

<PAGE>

          securities for public  sale under  the Act,  or under  applicable
          state securities laws,  even if Pledgor  or any Subsidiary  would
          agree to do so.

               (b)  Pledgor further agrees to  do or cause  to be done all
          such other acts and things as may be necessary to make such  sale
          or sales or dispositions of any portion or all of the  Collateral
          valid and binding and in compliance  with any and all  applicable
          laws, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or  awards
          of   any   and   all   courts,   arbitrators   or    governmental
          instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction  over
          any such sale or sales or dispositions, all at Pledgor's expense,
          provided that Pledgor shall  be under no  obligation to take  any
          action to enable any  or all of the  Collateral to be  registered
          under the  provisions  of  the  Act or  to  prepare  and  file  a
          prospectus in connection therewith.  Pledgor further agrees  that
          a breach of any of the covenants contained in this paragraph will
          cause irreparable  injury  to Bank,  that  Bank has  no  adequate
          remedy at law in  respect of such breach  and, as a  consequence,
          agrees that each and every  covenant contained in this  paragraph
          shall be specifically  enforceable against  Pledgor, and  Pledgor
          hereby waives and agrees  not to assert  any defenses against  an
          action for specific  performance of such  covenants except for  a
          defense that  no Event  of Default  has occurred  under the  Loan
          Agreement.

          WAIVERS:  The  Pledgor waives any  right it may  have to  receive
          notice of any of the following  matters before the Bank  enforces
          any of its rights:  (a) the Bank's acceptance of this Pledge, (b)
          any credit  that  the  Bank extends  to  the  Borrower,  (c)  the
          Borrower's default, (d) any  demand, or (e)  any action that  the
          Bank  takes  regarding  anyone  else,  any  collateral,  or   any
          Liability, which it might be entitled to take by law or under any
          other agreement.   No modification or  waiver of  this Pledge  is
          effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party against
          whom it is being enforced.  The Bank may waive or delay enforcing
          any of its rights without losing  them.  Any waiver affects  only
          the specific terms  and time period  stated in the  waiver.   The
          Bank shall not be obligated to take any action in connection with
          any conversion, call, redemption,  retirement or any other  event
          relating to any of the Collateral.

          REPRESENTATION BY PLEDGOR:   Each Pledgor  represents that:   (a)
          the execution and delivery of this Pledge and the performance  of
          the obligations  it  imposes  do not  violate  any  law,  do  not
          conflict with any agreement by which it is bound, or require  the
          consent or approval  of any governmental  authority or any  third
          party;  (b)  this  Pledge  is  a  valid  and  binding  agreement,
          enforceable according to its terms;  and (c) all balance  sheets,
          profit  and  loss  statements,  and  other  financial  statements
          furnished to  the  Bank  are  accurate  and  fairly  reflect  the
          financial condition  of the  organizations and  persons to  which
          they  apply  on  their  effective  dates,  including   contingent
          liabilities of  every type,  which  financial condition  has  not
          changed  materially  and  adversely  since  those  dates.    Each
          Pledgor, other than  a natural person,  further represents  that:
          (a) it is duly organized, existing and in good standing under the
          
<PAGE>          
          laws where it is organized: and (b) the execution and delivery of
          this Pledge and the performance of the obligations it imposes (i)
          are within  its  powers and  have  been duly  authorized  by  all
          necessary  action  of  its  governing  body;  and  (ii)  do   not
          contravene  the  terms  of  its  articles  of  incorporation   or
          organization,  its  by-laws,  or  any  agreement  governing   its
          affairs.

          NOTICES:   Notice from  one party  to  another relating  to  this
          Pledge   is   effective   if    made   in   writing    (including
          telecommunications) and  delivered  to the  recipient's  address,
          telex number or facsimile number set forth in this Pledge by  any
          of the following  means:  (a)  hand delivery,  (b) registered  or
          certified mail, postage prepaid, (c) first class or express  mail
          postage prepaid, (d)  Federal Express or  like overnight  courier
          service, or (e) facsimile, telex or other wire transmission  with
          request for assurance of receipt in a manner typical with respect
          to communications of that type.   Notice made in accordance  with
          this section  shall  be  construed as  delivered  on  receipt  if
          delivered by hand or wire transmission, on the third business day
          after mailing if mailed by  first class, registered or  certified
          mail, or on the next business  day after mailing or deposit  with
          an overnight  courier service  if delivered  by express  mail  or
          overnight courier.    Notwithstanding the  foregoing,  notice  of
          termination of the Pledge  is received only  upon the receipt  of
          actual  written  notice  by  the  Bank  in  accordance  with  the
          paragraph above labeled  Continued Reliance.                     

          MISCELLANEOUS:   The  Pledgor  consents  to  (a)  any  extension,
          postponement,  renewal,   modification  and   amendment  of   any
          Liability, (b) the release or discharge of all or any part of any
          security for the Liabilities and (c) the release or discharge  or
          suspension of any rights and remedies against any person who  may
          be liable for the Liabilities.  The Bank does not have to look to
          any other right, any  other collateral, or  any other person  for
          payment before it exercises  its rights under  this Pledge.   The
          Pledgor's obligations  to  the Bank  under  this Pledge  are  not
          subject to any condition, precedent or subsequent, and shall  not
          be released  or affected  by any  change  in the  composition  or
          structure of  the Pledgor,  including a  merger or  consolidation
          with any other  person or entity.   If this  Pledge is signed  by
          more than one person, all are jointly and severally bound.   This
          Pledge is binding on  the Pledgor and  its heirs, successors  and
          assigns, and is for  the benefit of the  Bank and its  successors
          and assigns.  This  Agreement is governed by  Illinois law.   The
          use of section  headings does not  limit the  provisions of  this
          Pledge.

          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL:  The Bank and the Pledgor, after consulting
          or having had the opportunity to consult with counsel, knowingly,
          voluntarily and intentionally waive any right either of them  may
          have to a trial by jury  in any litigation based upon or  arising
          out of this Pledge or any related instrument or agreement, or any

<PAGE>

          of the transactions contemplated by this Pledge, or any course of
          conduct,  dealing,  statements  (whether  oral  or  written),  or
          actions of either  of them.   Neither  the Bank  nor the  Pledgor
          shall seek  to consolidate,  by  counterclaim or  otherwise,  any
          action in  which a  jury trial  has been  waived with  any  other
          action in which a  jury trial cannot be  or has not been  waived.
          These provisions shall not be deemed to have been modified in any
          respect or relinquished by either the Bank or the Pledgor  except
          by a written instrument executed by both of them.

          Dated:  July 24, 1997
                                                  
          Address:                               Pledgor:

          2350 East Lunt Avenue                  CIRCUIT SYSTEMS,INC., an
          Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007     Illinois corporation
          Facsimile/Telex No. (847) 439-2093  
                     
                                               By: /s/ Dilip S. Vyas
                                                
                                               Its: Vice-President
                                                


<PAGE>




<PAGE>  
  MASTER LEASE


  This Master Lease  Agreement ("Master  Lease") is  dated JULY  24,
  1997, between  AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CHICAGO
  ("Lessor"), and CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, L.P. ("Lessee").

  Lessee wants  from time  to time  to  lease from  Lessor  personal
  property to be described in one or more schedules ("Schedule")  of
  leased  equipment.  Lessor  is  willing  to  lease  such  personal
  property to  Lessee  at  the  rent, for  the  term  and  upon  the
  conditions stated.  Any Schedules  executed by  Lessor and  Lessee
  which are identified as being a part of this Master Lease,   shall
  be deemed to incorporate by reference all the terms of this Master
  Lease except  as provided  in the  Schedule. In  the   event of  a
  conflict  between  this  Master   Lease  and  any  Schedule,   the
  provisions of such Schedule shall control.

  1. Equipment Leased and Term. This  Master Lease shall cover  such
  personal  property   as  is   described  in   any  Schedule   (the
  "Equipment") executed by the parties. Lessor leases to Lessee  and
  Lessee hires and takes from Lessor, subject to the  conditions  of
  this Master Lease,  the Equipment described  in any Schedule.  The
  term for any item  of Equipment   shall be for  the period as  set
  forth in the Schedule ("Initial Lease Term").

  2. Rent. The rent for each item of Equipment shall be payable  as,
  and in the amount, shown on the Schedule.

  3. Purchase and Acceptance. Lessee requests Lessor to acquire  all
  scheduled  Equipment  pursuant  to  an  assignment  of    Lessee's
  purchase order(s)  for the  Equipment. Delivery  of each  item  of
  Equipment shall  be  deemed complete  upon  the   acceptance  date
  ("Acceptance Date") stated  in the Schedule.  Lessor shall not  be
  liable for loss  or damage or  for the delay  or   failure of  any
  supplier of  the  Equipment  ("Seller") to  deliver  any  item  of
  Equipment. THE LESSEE  REPRESENTS  THAT  LESSEE HAS SELECTED  BOTH
  THE EQUIPMENT LISTED IN ANY SCHEDULE AND THE SELLER BEFORE  HAVING
  REQUESTED LESSOR TO ACQUIRE THE EQUIPMENT FOR LEASING TO LESSEE.

  4. Non-Cancelable Lease. THIS MASTER LEASE IS NON-CANCELABLE. When
  Lessee signs  and delivers  a Certificate  of Acceptance  for  the
  Equipment, its obligations to pay all  rent and other amounts  for
  the Initial  Lease Term  and to  perform  as required  under  this
  Master Lease   are  unconditional,  irrevocable  and  independent.  
  These obligations are  not subject  to cancellation,  termination,
  modification,  repudiation,   excuse  or substitution  by  Lessee.  
  Lessee is  not  entitled  to  any  abatement,  reduction,  offset,
  defense or counterclaim with respect to these obligations for  any
  reason  whatsoever, whether arising out of default or other claims
  against Lessor, the Seller or the manufacturer of the   Equipment,
  defects in or damage to the Equipment, its loss or destruction.

<PAGE>
  5. Disclaimer of  Warranties by Lessor;  Rights of Lessee.  LESSOR
  MAKES  NO  WARRANTY,  EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED,  AS  TO  ANY    MATTER
  WHATSOEVER,  INCLUDING  THE  CONDITION   OF  THE  EQUIPMENT,   ITS
  MERCHANTABILITY OR ITS FITNESS FOR   ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE,  AND,
  AS TO  LESSOR, LESSEE  LEASES THE  EQUIPMENT  "AS-IS".  UNDER   NO 
  CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LESSOR  BE RESPONSIBLE FOR  ANY INCIDENTAL  OR
  CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS MASTER LEASE AND/OR
  THE EQUIPMENT. LESSEE IS ENTITLED TO THE PROMISES AND  WARRANTIES,
  INCLUDING THOSE  OF ANY  THIRD PARTY,  PROVIDED TO  LESSOR BY  THE
  SELLER IN CONNECTION  WITH OR  AS PART  OF THE  CONTRACT BY  WHICH
  LESSOR ACQUIRED THE  EQUIPMENT.  LESSEE  MAY COMMUNICATE WITH  THE
  SELLER AND  RECEIVE  AN ACCURATE AND  COMPLETE STATEMENT OF  THOSE
  RIGHTS, PROMISES AND  WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY   DISCLAIMERS  AND
  LIMITATIONS OF THEM OR OF REMEDIES.

  6. Claims Against Seller;  Seller Not An Agent  of Lessor. If  the
  Equipment  is  not  properly  installed,  does  not  operate  as  
  represented or warranted  by the Seller  or is unsatisfactory  for
  any reason, Lessee shall make any  claim for same solely   against
  the Seller  and shall  nevertheless pay  Lessor all  rent  payable
  under this Master Lease. Lessor agrees to assign to Lessee, solely
  for the  purpose of  making and  prosecuting any  such claim,  any
  rights it may have against the  Seller for breach of  warranty  or
  representation regarding the  Equipment. Notwithstanding any  fees
  that must  be paid  to Seller  or  any agent  of Seller,    Lessee
  understands and agrees that  neither the Seller  nor any agent  or
  employee of the Seller is an agent or employee of the  Lessor  and
  that neither the Seller nor its agent or employee is authorized to
  waive or alter any term or condition of this Master  Lease.

  7.  Title;  Location  of  the  Equipment;  Equipment  is  Personal
  Property; Termination. Title to the Equipment is in the Lessor and
  under no circumstances shall pass  to Lessee. The Equipment  shall
  be kept at Lessee's address indicated in the applicable   Schedule
  and shall  not be  removed without  the prior  written consent  of
  Lessor. Lessee agrees  that the  Equipment is,  and will  at   all
  times remain,  personal property.  At each  scheduled  termination
  date, or upon Lessee's default, Lessee, at its own expense,  shall
  assemble and  deliver  the Equipment  to  Lessor at  the  location
  designated by Lessor,  in good order and repair, ordinary wear and
  tear excepted. Lessee  shall give  Lessor 90  days written  notice
  prior to each   scheduled termination date,  that it is  returning
  the Equipment.

  8. No  Assignment by  Lessee; Assignment  by Lessor.  THIS  MASTER
  LEASE SHALL  NOT BE  ASSIGNED  BY LESSEE,  NOR  SHALL ANY  OF  THE
  EQUIPMENT BE SUBLEASED BY LESSEE WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT
  OF LESSOR.  Lessor may  sell or assign all  or part of its  right,
  title and interest  in this Master  Lease, any  item of  Equipment
  and/or any  Schedule and  in any  monies  to   become due  to  the
  Lessor. The assignee  shall not be  liable for or  be required  to
  perform any  of  Lessor's obligations  to  Lessee.   All  assigned
  rental payments shall be paid  directly to assignee, upon  written
  notice to Lessee of such assignment.  Lessee's performance  of all
  its obligations shall not be subject to any defense,  counterclaim
  or setoff which the Lessee may have against  Lessor. Lessee agrees
  that it will not assert any such defenses, setoffs,  counterclaims
  or claims against the assignee.
<PAGE>
  9. Casualty  and  Liability Insurance;  Risk  of Loss;  Damage  or
  Destruction. Lessee shall keep all Equipment insured against  loss
  by fire, theft and all  other hazards (comprehensive coverage)  in
  such amounts as Lessor  requires but not  less  than  the casualty 
  value ("Casualty Value") for such item indicated in  the  Casualty
  Value Table attached to  the applicable Schedule. Lessee  appoints
  Lessor Lessee's attorney in  fact to endorse  any loss payment  or
  returned premium check and to make any claim under such insurance.
  Lessee shall also  insure the Lessor and  Lessee with respect  to
  liability for personal injuries in amounts of at least  $1,000,000
  per individual,  $3,000,000  per occurrence;  and  $1,000,000  per
  occurrence for damage to or loss of use of property resulting from
  the ownership,  use and  operation of  the Equipment  and  against
  risks customarily  insured against  by  the Lessee  for  equipment
  owned by it. All policies shall be endorsed with Lessor as a  loss
  payee and  additional insured and shall provide that the  interest
  of Lessor shall not be invalidated by any act of Lessee.  Evidence
  of insurance must be delivered to Lessor within 30 days after  any
  Acceptance Date. In the event of   loss, destruction or theft  of,
  or damage to, any of the Equipment, Lessee will immediately notify
  Lessor.

  If Lessee defaults in obtaining any insurance, Lessor may  but  is
  not required  to, place  such insurance.    Any premiums  paid  by
  Lessor shall be additional rent payable on demand with interest at
  the highest legal rate from the date of payment.  At Lessor's sole
  option, such amounts together  with interest may  be added to  the
  lease balance  to  be  paid by Lessee as  additional monthly rent.  
  Lessee assumes and shall bear all  risks of loss of, damage to  or
  destruction   of  each  item  of  Equipment,  whether  partial  or  
  complete. Except  as provided  in this  Section 9,  no such  event
  shall relieve the Lessee of its obligation to pay the full  rental
  payable for such item.

  If any item of Equipment  is destroyed, damaged beyond  economical
  repair, lost  or stolen,  or taken  by governmental  action for  a
  stated period extending  beyond the  Initial Lease  Term for  such
  item (an "Event of Loss"), Lessee must promptly notify Lessor  and
  any assignee and pay  to Lessor or the  assignee, as the case  may
  be, on the next rent payment date following the Event of  Loss the
  Casualty Value of  the item of  Equipment. Upon  such payment  and
  provided no  Event  of Default  as  defined  in Section  12    has
  occurred, Lessee's  obligation  to  pay  rent  for  such  item  of
  Equipment will cease and  Lessee will be  entitled to receive  any
  insurance proceeds or  other recovery  received by  the Lessor  or
  assignee in connection with the Event of Loss.

  10. Repairs; Use; Alterations; Attachments.   Lessee,  at its  own
  expense, shall  keep  the  Equipment maintained  in  good  repair,
  condition,     working  order,   and   in  accordance   with   the
  manufacturer's    recommended    maintenance    procedures     and
  specifications; shall use  the  Equipment lawfully; and shall  not
  alter the Equipment  without the Lessor's  prior written  consent.
  Lessee shall take  no action which  would void the  manufacturer's
  warranty on the Equipment.  All items which become attached to  or
  a part of the Equipment become the property of Lessor.
<PAGE>
  11. Liens  and  Taxes.  Lessee  at  its  expense  shall  keep  the
  Equipment free and clear  of all levies and  liens. Lessee shall  
  reimburse the Lessor (or pay directly  if, but only if  instructed
  by Lessor) for all  charges and taxes  (local, state and  federal)
  imposed or levied upon this Master Lease, any  Schedules, rentals,
  operation, leasing,  sale, ownership,  possession  or use  of  the
  Equipment excluding all taxes based upon  income or gross receipts
  of Lessor.

  12. Default. Any  of the following  shall constitute  an event  of
  default ("Event of Default")  by Lessee: (a)  Lessee fails to  pay
  when  due  any scheduled  rent or  other amount  required by  this
  Master Lease;  (b) Lessee  breaches any  covenant of  this  Master
  Lease    or  fails  to  promptly  perform  any  of  its  terms  or
  conditions, including  but not  limited to  return of  the  leased
  Equipment at  the   expiration of  any scheduled  lease term;  (c)
  Lessee makes an  assignment for the  benefit of  creditors; (d)  a
  petition is filed by  or against Lessee in  bankruptcy or for  the
  appointment of  a   receiver;  (e)  dissolution or  suspension  of
  Lessee's usual business; (f) Lessee makes a bulk transfer or  bulk
  sale of any assets, (g) any representation, warranty, or signature
  made by   Lessee  in  this Master  Lease  or related  document  is
  incorrect, fraudulent or  breached; or (h)  Lessee defaults  under
  the terms of any agreement or instrument relating to any lease  or
  debt for borrowed money such that the lessor accelerates the  rent
  or the creditor declares the debt due before its maturity.  Lessee
  agrees to give  Lessor prompt   notice upon the  occurrence of  an
  Event of Default.

  13. Lessor's Remedies upon Default by Lessee. Upon the  occurrence
  of an Event of  Default, Lessor, without further  notice, and   in
  addition to  any remedy  provided by  law,  may (i)  recover  from
  Lessee the  Casualty  Value of  the  Equipment together  with  any
  unpaid rent and (ii) regardless of whether such amounts are  paid,
  take possession of any items of Equipment  and at Lessor's  option
  sell or lease at  public auction or by  private sale or  otherwise
  dispose of such items of Equipment.

  If Lessee has  paid the Casualty  Value, all unpaid  rent and  all
  other amounts owing  under this  Master   Lease and  any items  of
  Equipment have  been  taken  from  Lessee,  the  proceeds  of  any
  reletting  or  sale  (less  all  costs  and    expenses  including
  reasonable attorneys' fees) shall be paid to reimburse the  Lessee
  for the Casualty  Value up  to the  amount   previously paid.  Any
  surplus remaining  after  such payment  will  be retained  by  the
  Lessor.

  Regardless of any sale or lease of the Equipment or any payment of
  the Casualty Value, Lessee will remain  liable to Lessor for   all
  damages as provided by law and  for all costs and expenses  caused
  by  Lessee's  breach,   including  court   costs  and   reasonable
  attorneys' fees (whether attributable to Lessor's in-house counsel
  or outside  counsel).   These costs  and expenses  shall  include,
  without limitation, any  costs or expenses  incurred by Lessor  in
  any  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency  or  other   similar
  proceeding.
<PAGE>
  14. Renewal. If the  Equipment is not delivered  to Lessor at  any
  scheduled termination date in accordance  with paragraph 7, then  
  the Initial Lease Term shall renew on a month to month basis  upon
  the same terms and conditions, subject to the right of  Lessor  or
  Lessee to terminate the renewed term on 30 days written notice, in
  which event,  the  Equipment  shall  immediately  be  returned  to
  Lessor.

  15. Late  Charges. Without  limiting Lessor's  remedies above,  if
  Lessee fails to pay any amount of  rental or other payment for   a
  period of ten days after its due date, Lessee agrees to pay Lessor
  a late charge of 5%  of each such payment  or installment with   a
  minimum  late  charge  of  $25.00.  This  late  charge  shall   be
  reassessed in  each subsequent  month that  the rental  or other  
  payment remains unpaid.

  16. Financing  Statements.  The Lessor  is  authorized to  file  a
  financing statement  in accordance  with the  Uniform Commercial  
  Code signed by Lessee or by Lessor, as Lessee's attorney in fact.

  17. Jurisdiction;  Venue; Severability.  THIS AGREEMENT  SHALL  BE
  GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.  LESSEE CONSENTS TO
  THE JURISDICTION OF  THE COURTS OF  ILLINOIS AND TO  VENUE IN  THE
  COURTS OF THE  COUNTY OF COOK. No provision which may be construed
  as unenforceable shall in any way invalidate any other  provision,
   all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

  18. Warranties by Lessee. Lessee warrants and represents that: (a)
  the Equipment  is  being leased  for  business purposes;  (b)  all
  signatures are  genuine; and  (c) the  person signing  the  Master
  Lease is authorized to do so.   If Lessee is other than a  natural
  person, it  further  represents that  (a)  it is  duly  organized,
  existing and in good standing pursuant to the laws under which  it
  is organized; and (b)  the execution and  delivery of this  Master
  Lease and the performance of the obligations it imposes are within
  its powers and have been duly  authorized by all necessary  action
  of its  governing body  and do  not contravene  the terms  of  its
  articles of  incorporation or  organization,  its bylaws,  or  any
  partnership, operating or other agreement governing its affairs:

  19. Indemnity  by  Lessee. Lessee  agrees  to indemnify  and  hold
  Lessor or any assignee harmless from any and all claims,  actions,
  proceedings,  expenses,   damages   and   liabilities,   including
  attorneys' fees, arising out of or in any manner pertaining to the
  Equipment or this Master Lease including, without limitation,  the
  ownership,    selection,    possession,    purchase,     delivery,
  installation, leasing,  operation, use,  control, maintenance  and
  return of the Equipment and the recovery of claims under insurance
  policies. 
<PAGE>
  Lessee  acknowledges  that  the  Equipment  is  owned  by   Lessor
  ("Owner"). It is the intent of  Owner/Lessor and Lessee that  this
  Lease constitute a true lease for  Federal income tax purposes  so
  that, for the  purpose of  determining its  liability for  Federal
  income taxes, Owner shall be entitled  to the tax benefits as  are
  provided by the Internal  Revenue Code of  1986, as amended,  (the
  "Code") to an owner of personal  property.

  In addition  notwithstanding any  other provision  of this  Master
  Lease, if  as to  any Equipment,  the modified  accelerated cost  
  recovery system or depreciation deductions allowed under the  Code
  shall be  lost, disallowed,  eliminated, reduced,  recaptured or  
  otherwise unavailable to Lessor for any reason, then Lessee  shall
  pay to Lessor as additional rent within 30 days after such a  loss
  an amount equal to the sum  of (i) the additional federal,  state,
  local and foreign income or any  other taxes payable as a   result
  of such loss, disallowance,  elimination, reduction, recapture  or
  unavailability of  accelerated  cost  recovery  or  depreciation  
  deductions plus  (ii) the  amount of  any interest,  penalties  or
  additions to  tax  payable by  the  Lessor  as a  result  of  such
  additional  tax.

  The indemnities  given  and  liabilities  assumed  by  the  Lessee
  pursuant to  this Section  19 shall  continue  in full  force  and
  effect notwithstanding the expiration or other termination of this
  Master Lease.

  20. Notices. Notice  from one party  to another  relating to  this
  Master  Lease  shall  be  deemed  effective  if  made  in  writing
  (including telecommunications)  and delivered  to the  recipient's
  address, telex number  or telecopier  number set  forth under  its
  name below.

  21. Labels Affixed to Equipment. Lessor shall have the right,  but
  not  the  obligation,  to  attach  or  require  Lessee  to  attach
  ownership identification labels to  the  Equipment. Lessee  agrees
  to not remove any such labels.

  22. Lessor's  Expense.  Lessee  shall pay  Lessor  all  costs  and
  expenses, including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  incurred  by  
  Lessor in  enforcing  any  terms of,  or  in  protecting  Lessor's
  interests under, this Master Lease.

  23. Performance by Lessor. If the Lessee fails to promptly perform
  any of its obligations  under this Master Lease,  Lessor may, at  
  its option, perform such act or make such payment which the Lessor
  deems necessary. All sums  paid or incurred  by Lessor   including
  reasonable attorneys' fees shall be immediately due and payable by
  Lessee, without demand, and shall bear interest  at the lesser  of
  one and one-half percent (1 -1/2%) per month  or the highest  rate
  permissible by law.
<PAGE>
  24. Entire Agreement. This  Master Lease and subsequent  Schedules
  constitute the  entire agreement  of  the parties.  Neither  party
  relies on any other statements, understandings, representations or
  assurances,  the  same,  if  any  having  been  merged  into  this
  agreement. This agreement cannot be  modified except by a  writing
  signed by each party. This agreement inures to the benefit of  the
  heirs, executors, administrators,  successors and  assigns of  the
  parties.

  25. Waiver. No delay on the part of Lessor in the exercise of  any
  right or remedy shall  operate as a waiver.  No single or  partial
  exercise by Lessor of any right or remedy shall preclude any other
  future exercise  of it  or  the exercise  of  any other  right  or
  remedy.  No  waiver by Lessor  of any default  shall be  effective
  unless in writing and signed by Lessor, nor shall a waiver on  one
  occasion be construed as a bar to  or waiver of that right on  any
  future occasion.

  26.  Financial  Reports.  Upon  request  by  Lessor,  Lessee  will
  promptly furnish to Lessor all financial reports deemed  necessary
  by Lessor.

  27. Waiver of Jury Trial. Lessor  and Lessee, after consulting  or
  having had  the opportunity  to consult  with counsel,  knowingly,
  voluntarily and intentionally waive any  right either of them  may
  have to a trial  by jury in any  litigation based upon or  arising
  out of this Master Lease, or any related agreement, or any  course
  of conduct,  dealing or  statements (whether  oral or  written).  
  These provisions shall not be deemed to have been modified in  any
  respect or relinquished by   either Lessor or  Lessee except by  a
  written instrument executed by both of them.

  THIS MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT             THE UNDERSIGNED (AND IF MORE THAN
  SHALL NOT BE BINDING ON                 ONE, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY) AGREE
  LESSOR UNTIL IT HAS BEEN                TO ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ABOVE
  ACEPTED AND EXECUTED BY AN              WHICH ARE PART OF THIS MASTER LEASE
  OFFICER OF LESSOR.                      AGREEMENT.

Accepted by Lessor:AMERICAN NATIONAL  Lessee:CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE,L.P.
   BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CHICAGO         CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF 
                                                TENNESSEE,INC., G.P.


  By:    /s/ James G. Cygan              By:/s/ Dilip S. Vyas
  Title: Vice-President                  Title: Vice-President
  Date:  July 24, 1997                   Date:  July 24, 1997
                                     

  Address For Notices:                        Address For Notices:
  
  1) 33 North LaSalle Street                  2350 East Lunt Avenue
     Chicago, IL  60690                       Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
     Fax No.: (312) 661-7352                  Fax No.: (847) 439-5910
<PAGE>
  2) 660 Woodward Avenue
     Suite #200
     Detroit, MI  48226
     Fax No.:  (313) 226-1959



    
  
<PAGE>


<PAGE>                                              
                                              American National Bank
                                              and Trust Company of Chicago


                               GUARANTY
                        (Circuit Systems, Inc.)





       This Guaranty is made by the undersigned, Circuit Systems,
  Inc., an Illinois corporation (hereinafter referred to as the
  "Undersigned" or "Guarantor"), to and for the benefit of
  American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago (hereinafter
  referred to as the "Bank").


                           R E C I T A L S:

       Circuit  Systems  of  Tennessee,  L.P.,  a  Tennessee  limited
  partnership, with  principal  offices  located at  2350  East  Lunt
  Avenue,  Elk  Grove  Village,  Illinois   60007  ("Borrower")  is
  executing those certain term notes in the principal amounts of  Two
  Million  Two   Hundred   Seventy  Thousand   and   No/100   Dollars
  ($2,270,000.00) and Two Million  Eight Hundred Thousand and  No/100
  Dollars  ($2,800,000)  (hereinafter  individually  a "Note" and
  collectively the "Notes") and executing that certain master lease  
  (the "Master Lease") made as of even date herewith payable to the  
  order of, and held by, Bank;

       The Notes and the Master Lease are the notes and master  lease
  referred to in  that certain  Loan and  Security Agreement  ("Loan     
  Agreement" )  among   Borrower,  Guarantor,   Circuit  Systems   of
  Tennessee, Inc., a Tennessee corporation ( "Circuit"), and Bank. 
  The Notes, the  Master Lease  and any  documents evidencing  and/or
  securing the indebtedness  under the  Notes, Master  Lease or  Loan
  Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Documents."

       Bank requires  as  a condition  precedent  to its  making  the
  financial accommodations evidenced by  the Notes, the Master  Lease
  and the Loan Agreement  (the "Loan" ) that Guarantor guaranty  the       
  payment of principal and interest provided  in the Notes, the  rent
  provided in the Master Lease and all other amounts provided in  the
  Loan Documents and the full and faithful performance by Borrower of
  all of the covenants to be  performed and observed pursuant to  the
  provisions thereof and  all of the  terms and conditions  contained
  therein.

       Guarantor desires to give  such guaranty to  Bank in order  to
  induce Bank to extend such financial accommodations to Borrower.

       Guarantor  will  be  directly   benefited  by  the   financial
  accommodations extended by Bank to Borrower.
<PAGE>
  1.   NOW THEREFORE,  FOR VALUE  RECEIVED, and  in consideration  of
  advances, credit or other  financial accommodation heretofore,  now
  or hereafter at any time extended to the Borrower by the Bank,  the
  undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantee(s) the full and prompt
  payment to  the  Bank  at  maturity,  whether  by  acceleration  or
  otherwise,  and   at  all   times  thereafter   of  any   and   all
  "Indebtedness". "Indebtedness"  shall  mean  obligations  and
  liabilities of every kind and nature  of the Borrower to the  Bank,
  including  principal,   interest   and  lease   payments,   however
  evidenced, whether now  existing or hereafter  created or  arising,
  directly  or  indirectly,   primary  or   secondary,  absolute   or
  contingent, due or to become due, or joint or several, and  however
  owned, held  or  acquired,  whether  through  discount,  overdraft,
  returned  checks,  purchase,  direct  loan  or  as  collateral,  or
  otherwise.

       The undersigned further unconditionally guarantees the prompt,
  full and faithful performance and discharge by the Borrower of  all
  of  the   terms,   conditions,  agreements,   representations   and
  warranties on the part of the Borrower contained in any  agreement,
  or in any modification or  addenda thereto or substitution  thereof
  in connection with any  advance, credit or financial  accommodation
  afforded by the Bank to the Borrower.

       The undersigned further agrees to pay all reasonable expenses,
  including, without limitation, legal fees  and court costs paid  or
  incurred by the Bank in endeavoring to collect the Indebtedness, or
  any part thereof, in  enforcing this guaranty,  arising out of  any
  post-judgment proceedings, or  in defending any  suit based on  any
  act or  omission of  the Bank  with  respect to  the  Indebtedness,
  collateral, or this  guaranty or  in connection  with any  Recovery
  Claim hereinbelow defined (hereafter,  collectively referred to  as
  "Expenses").

       2. The term "Guaranteed Debt," as used herein, shall be  deemed
  to mean an amount equal to all the Indebtedness plus Expenses.  The
  Guaranteed Debt shall be unlimited.

       3. In case of the death, incompetence, dissolution, liquidation 
  or insolvency (however evidenced) of  the Borrower, a principal  of
  the Borrower, or any guarantor of  the Indebtedness or in case  any
  bankruptcy, reorganization,  debt arrangement  or other  proceeding
  under  any  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  law,  or  any  dissolution,
  liquidation or receivership proceeding, is instituted by or against
  the Borrower, or any of the  undersigned or any other guarantor  of
  the Indebtedness or  the inability of  the Borrower or  any of  the
  undersigned to  pay  debts  as  they mature,  or  in  case  of  the
  assignment by  the  Borrower or  any  of the  undersigned  for  the
  benefit of creditors, then upon the  occurrence of any such  event,
  all Guaranteed Debt then existing shall at the option of the  Bank,
  without notice to anyone, immediately become due or accrued and  be
  payable from the undersigned.
<PAGE>       
  4.   All payments received  from whatever source  shall be  applied
  toward the payment of the Indebtedness in such order of application
  as the Bank may  in its sole discretion,  from time to time  elect,
  and this determination shall be conclusive upon the undersigned.

  5.   This guaranty shall in all respects be a continuing,  absolute
  and unconditional  guaranty, and  shall remain  in full  force  and
  effect with respect  to each guarantor  until written notice  shall
  have been  actually  received  by  the Bank  by  first  class    or
  certified mail, of its discontinuance as  to such guarantor, or  of
  the death  or dissolution  of such  guarantor, and  also until  all
  Guaranteed Debt created or existing  before receipt of such  notice
  shall have been fully paid.  In case of any such discontinuance, or
  death or  dissolution of  any guarantor  or guarantors  and  notice
  thereof to the Bank, this guaranty shall nevertheless continue  and
  remain in force  against the  other guarantor  or guarantors  until
  discontinued as to  such other  guarantor or  guarantors as  herein
  provided.  No compromise, settlement,  release or discharge of,  or
  indulgence with respect to, or  failure, negligence or omission  to
  enforce or exercise any right against,  any one or more  guarantors
  or the  fact  that at  any  time or  from  time to  time,  all  the
  Guaranteed Debt  may  have been  paid  in full,  shall  release  or
  discharge the  undersigned.   In  the event  of  the death  of  the
  undersigned, this guaranty  shall continue as  to all  Indebtedness
  theretofore incurred by the Borrower even though said  Indebtedness
  is renewed or  the time of  maturity of Indebtedness   is  extended
  without the  consent  of the  executors  or administrators  of  the
  undersigned. This  guaranty shall  be  valid, irrespective  of  the
  validity, regularity or enforceability  of any instrument,  writing
  or agreement relating  to any Indebtedness,   whether  or not  such
  Indebtedness is due or to become due before or after any bankruptcy
  or insolvency proceeding involving the Borrower.

  6.   The liability  hereunder  shall  in  no  way  be  affected  or
  impaired by any of the following, any  or all of which may be  done
  or omitted by  the Bank in  its sole discretion  without notice  to
  anyone and irrespective  of whether  the Guaranteed  Debt shall  be
  increased or decreased  thereby and said  Bank is hereby  expressly
  authorized in  its  sole discretion  to  make from  time  to  time,
  without notice to anyone:  any sale, pledge, surrender, compromise,
  settlement, exchange,  release, renewal,  extension,  modification,
  election with respect to any collateral  under Section 1111 or  any
  other provision or section of the  Bankruptcy Code now existing  or
  hereinafter amended; or other disposition of or with respect to any
  of said Guaranteed  Debt or  any security  or collateral  therefor,
  whether or  not  such  disposition is  commercially  reasonable  or
  accomplished  in  a  commercially   reasonable  manner;  and   such
  liability shall in no way be affected or impaired by any acceptance
  by the Bank of  any security for, or  other guarantors or  obligors
  of, any of the Guaranteed Debt, or by any forbearance or indulgence
  by the Bank  in the collection  of, or any  failure, negligence  or
  omission on its part to realize upon any thereof, or to enforce any
  claims against  any  person  or persons  primarily  or  secondarily
  liable thereon, or upon any collateral  or security therefor or  to
  enforce any  lien upon  or right  of appropriation  of any  moneys,
  credits or property of the Borrower  in the possession and  control
<PAGE>  
  of the Bank, or by an application of any payments or credits on the
  Guaranteed Debt.  Any act  or omission of any  kind or at any  time
  upon the part  of the Bank  with respect to  any matter  whatsoever
  shall not in  any manner  affect or  impair this  guaranty nor  the
  liability thereunder.  The undersigned hereby consents to all  acts
  and omissions of the Bank set forth herein.

  7.     In order  to hold  the undersigned liable hereunder  and to
  enforce this guaranty, there shall be no obligation on the part  of
  the Bank at any time to resort  for payment to the Borrower, or  to
  any other guarantor, or any person, firm or corporation liable  for
  the Guaranteed  Debt, or  to  any collateral,  security,  property,
  liens or other  rights or remedies  of the Bank  in respect to  the
  Guaranteed Debt  or  any  part thereof,  all  of  which  is  hereby
  expressly waived by the undersigned.

  8.   All diligence in collection, and any presentment for  payment, 
  demand, protest and/or notice, as to any and everyone, of  protest,
  dishonor, default or  nonpayment, and  notice of  the creation  and
  existence of  any  and all  of  the  Guaranteed Debt,  and  of  any
  security therefor,  and  of the  acceptance  of this  guaranty,  or
  extensions of  credit  or indulgences  hereunder  or of  any  other
  matters or things whatsoever relating hereto are expressly waived.

  9.   The granting of  additional credit from  time to  time by  the
  Bank to the Borrower in excess of the amount to which the right  of
  recovery under this guaranty is limited or in excess of the  amount
  extended to the Borrower at the  time this guaranty is executed  by
  the undersigned,  without  notice  to the  undersigned,  is  hereby
  expressly authorized  and shall  in no  way affect  or impair  this
  guaranty.

  10.  To secure  payment of  the  Guaranteed Debt,  the  undersigned
  grants  to  Bank  a  security  interest  in  all  property  of  the
  undersigned, including any  and all  cash, negotiable  instruments,
  documents of  title,  chattel paper,  securities,  certificates  of
  deposit, deposit accounts, other cash equivalents and other  assets
  delivered currently herewith  or now or  at any  time hereafter  in
  transit to, or  in the possession  or control of  the Bank, or  any
  agent or bailee of  Bank, and all proceeds  of all such property.  
  The undersigned  agrees that  the Bank  shall have  the rights  and
  remedies of a secured  party under the  Uniform Commercial Code  of
  Illinois with respect to all of the aforesaid property,  including,
  without limitation thereof, the right to sell or otherwise  dispose
  of any  or  all of  such  property. THE  UNDERSIGNED  WAIVES  EVERY
  DEFENSE, COUNTERCLAIM OR SETOFF WHICH THE UNDERSIGNED MAY NOW  HAVE
  OR HEREAFTER  MAY HAVE  AGAINST THE  BORROWER OR  ANY  OTHER PARTY
  LIABLE TO THE BANK IN ANY MANNER.  As further security, any and all
  debts and liabilities now or hereafter arising and owing to any  of
  the undersigned by the Borrower, or  any other party liable to  the
  Bank are hereby subordinated  to the Bank's  claims and are  hereby
  assigned to  the  Bank.   The  undersigned  ratifies  and  confirms
  whatever the Bank  may do  pursuant to  the terms  hereof and  with
  respect to any collateral for the Guaranteed Debt, and agrees  that
  the Bank shall not be liable for any error of judgment or  mistakes
  of fact or law.  The Bank may, without  notice to anyone, apply  or
  set off any balances, credits, deposits, accounts, moneys or  other
<PAGE>  
  indebtedness at any time credited by or due from the Bank to any of
  the undersigned against  the Guaranteed Debt.  Any notification  of
  intended disposition  of  any property  required  by law  shall  be
  deemed reasonable and  properly given if given at  least  ten  (10) 
  calendar days before such disposition.

  11.  Should a claim  ("Recovery Claim") be made upon  the Bank at
  any time for recovery of any amount received by the Bank in payment
  of the Guaranteed  Debt (whether  received from  the Borrower,  the
  undersigned pursuant  hereto, or  otherwise)  and should  the  Bank
  repay all or  part of said  amount by reason  of (i) any  judgment,
  decree, or  order  of  any  court  or  administrative  body  having
  jurisdiction over the  Bank or  any of  its property;  or (ii)  any
  settlement or compromise of any such Recovery Claim effected by the
  Bank with the  claimant (including the  Borrower), the  undersigned
  shall remain  jointly and  severally liable  to  the Bank  for  the
  amount so repaid  to the same  extent as if  such amount had  never
  originally  been  received   by  the   Bank,  notwithstanding   any
  termination hereof or  the return of  this document to  any of  the
  undersigned or the cancellation of any note, this guaranty or other
  instrument evidencing any of the Indebtedness.

  12.  In the  event the  Bank shall  sell,  assign or  transfer  the
  Indebtedness or  Guaranteed Debt,  or any  part thereof,  or  grant
  participations  therein,  each  and   every  immediate  or   remote
  successive assignee, transferee, holder of or participant  therein,
  of all or  any part of  the Indebtedness or  Guaranteed Debt  shall
  have the right to  enforce this guaranty by  suit or otherwise  for
  the benefit of such assignee, transferee, holder or participant, as
  fully as if  such assigned transferee,  holder or participant  were
  herein by name specifically given such rights, powers and benefits;
  but the Bank shall have an unimpaired, prior and superior right  to
  enforce this  guaranty  for  its  benefit as  to  so  much  of  the
  Indebtedness or Guaranteed Debt as it  has not been sold,  assigned
  or transferred.

  13.   No release or discharge of any one or more of the undersigned
  (if there is  more than  one guarantor),  or of  any other  person,
  whether primarily  or secondarily  liable  for and  obligated  with
  respect to the Guaranteed Debt,  or the institution of  bankruptcy,
  receivership,   insolvency,    reorganization,    dissolution    or
  liquidation proceedings by or against any such guarantor or person,
  or the  entry  of  any  restraining or  other  order  in  any  such
  proceeding, shall release or discharge the undersigned or any other
  guarantor of  the Guaranteed  Debt, or  any other  person, firm  or
  corporation liable to the Bank for the Guaranteed Debt, unless  and
  until all of  the Guaranteed Debt  shall have been  fully paid  and
  this guaranty stamped "Canceled" and returned to the undersigned.       

  14.  No delay on the part of the Bank in the exercise of any  right 
  or remedy  shall operate  as a  waiver thereof,  and no  single  or
  partial exercise by the Bank of any right or remedy shall  preclude
  any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other
  right or remedy.  No action  of the Bank permitted hereunder  shall
  in any  way  affect  or impair  the  rights  of the  Bank  and  the
  obligation of the undersigned under this guaranty.
<PAGE>
  15.  To the extent that the Borrower or any of the undersigned is a
  corporation,  limited   liability  company   or  partnership,   all
  references  herein  to  the   Borrower  and  to  the   undersigned,
  respectively,  shall  be  deemed   to  include  any  successor   or
  successors, whether  immediate  or  remote,  to  such  corporation,
  limited liability company or partnership. 

  16.  This guaranty  has been  delivered at  Chicago, Illinois,  and  
  shall be construed according to the laws of the State of  Illinois,
  in which  state it  shall be  performed by  the undersigned.    All
  actions  arising  directly  or  indirectly   as  a  result  or   in
  consequence of  this  guaranty  shall, in  the  sole  and  absolute
  discretion of the Bank, be instituted and litigated only in  courts
  having situs in the City of Chicago, Illinois, and the  undersigned
  hereby consents to the jurisdiction of  any State or Federal  Court
  located and having its situs in  said city and waives any right  to
  transfer or change the venue of any litigation.

  17.  Wherever possible, each  provision of this  guaranty shall  be  
  interpreted in  such manner  as to  be  effective and  valid  under
  applicable law,  but if  any provision  of this  guaranty shall  be
  prohibited by or invalid  under such law,  such provision shall  be
  ineffective to  the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or  invalidity,
  without  invalidating  the  remainder  of  such  provision  or  the
  remaining provisions of this guaranty.

  18.  It is  agreed that  the undersigned's  liability hereunder  is
  several and is independent of any  other guaranties at any time  in
  effect with respect to all or any part of the Indebtedness and that
  the undersigned's liability hereunder may be enforced regardless of
  the existence of any such other guaranties.

  19.  This guaranty,  and  each  and every  part  hereof,  shall  be  
  binding  upon   the  undersigned   and   upon  the   heirs,   legal
  representatives, successors  and assigns  of the  undersigned,  and
  shall inure to the benefit of the Bank, its successors and assigns.

  20.  If the undersigned  guarantor is  a corporation,  then and  in
  such event,  the  undersigned guarantor  expressly  represents  and
  warrants unto  the Bank  that the  execution and  delivery of  this
  guaranty has been  duly authorized by  resolutions heretofore  duly
  adopted by its Board  of Directors in accordance  with law and  its
  by-laws, that said resolutions have not been amended nor rescinded,
  are in full force and effect, that the officers of the  undersigned
  executing and delivering this  guaranty, for and  on behalf of  the
  undersigned, are duly authorized and empowered so to act.  The Bank
  in accepting this guaranty is expressly relying upon the  aforesaid
  representations and warranties.
<PAGE>
  21.  This guaranty  constitutes the  entire agreement  between  the
  parties relating to the subject matter hereof and is the final  and
  complete expression of their intent.   No prior or  contemporaneous
  negotiations, promises, agreements, covenants or representations of
  any kind or nature,  whether made orally or  in writing, have  been
  made by the  parties, or any  of them, in  negotiations leading  to
  this guaranty or relating to the  subject matter hereof, which  are
  not expressly contained herein, or which have not become merged and
  finally integrated into  this guaranty; it  being the intention  of
  the parties hereto that in the event of any subsequent  litigation,
  controversy or dispute concerning the terms and provisions of  this
  guaranty, no party shall be permitted to offer to introduce oral or
  extrinsic evidence concerning the terms and conditions hereof  that
  are not  included  or  referred to  herein  and  not  reflected  in
  writing. This guaranty  can only  be changed,  modified, waived  or
  discharged if consented to in a  writing duly signed and  delivered
  on  behalf  of  the  Bank.    No  conditions  exist  to  the  legal
  effectiveness of this guaranty.

  22.  THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO  TRIAL
  BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION OR PROCEEDING (i)  TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND  ANY
  RIGHTS UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH  THIS GUARANTY OR AN  AMENDMENT,
  INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH,
  OR (ii) ARISING FROM ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN CONNECTION  WITH
  OR RELATED TO  THIS GUARANTY, AND  AGREES THAT ANY  SUCH ACTION  OR
  PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

  SIGNED AND SEALED  by the undersigned  effective this  24 day of
  July, 1997.

  ADDRESS:                           CIRCUIT SYSTEMS, INC.,
                                     an Illinois corporation
  2350 East Lunt Avenue              
  Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007      
                                     
                                     By: /s/ Dilip S. Vyas
                                        
                                     Its: Vice-President
                                      
                     
  
  STATE OF ILLINOIS        )
                           )    SS:
  COUNTY OF COOK           )


       The Undersigned, a Notary Public within and for said County,
  in the State aforesaid, duly commissioned and acting, hereby
  certifies that on this 24 day of July, 1997, personally
  appeared before me Dilip S. Vyas, the Vice-President of Circuit
  Systems, Inc., to me personally well known and known to be the
  person who signed the foregoing instrument, and who, being by me
  duly sworn, stated and acknowledged that he is the Vice-President of
  said corporation and that he signed and delivered the same on
  behalf of said corporation, with authority, as his/her and its free
  and voluntary act and deed for the uses and purposes therein
  mentioned and set forth.
<PAGE>
       WITNESS my hand and seal as such Notary Public the day and
  year in this certificate above written.

                                     /s/ Douglas Conover
                                     
                                         Notary Public

  My commission expires: April 15, 2000


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                               American National Bank
                                         and Trust Company of Chicago


                               GUARANTY
                 (Circuit Systems of Tennessee, Inc.)


       This Guaranty is made by the undersigned, Circuit Systems of
  Tennessee, Inc., a Tennessee corporation (hereinafter referred to
  as the "Undersigned" or "Guarantor"),  to  and for the benefit of
  American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago (hereinafter
  referred to as the "Bank").

                           R E C I T A L S:

       Circuit  Systems  of  Tennessee,  L.P.,  a  Tennessee  limited
  partnership, with  principal  offices  located at  2350  East  Lunt
  Avenue,  Elk  Grove  Village,  Illinois   60007  ("Borrower")   is
  executing those certain term notes in the principal amounts of  Two
  Million  Two   Hundred   Seventy  Thousand   and   No/100   Dollars
  ($2,270,000.00) and Two Million  Eight Hundred Thousand and  No/100
  Dollars  ($2,800,000)   ( hereinafter  individually  a "Note"   and
  collectively  the "Notes")  and executing that certain master lease 
  (the "Master Lease")  made  as of even date herewith payable to the    
  order of, and held by, Bank;

       The Notes and the Master Lease are the notes and master  lease
  referred to in  that certain  Loan and  Security  Agreement  ("Loan
  Agreement") among  Borrower, Guarantor,  Circuit Systems, Inc.,  an     
  Illinois  corporation  ("Circuit"), and   Bank.    The  Notes,  the
  Master Lease  and  any  documents evidencing  and/or  securing  the
  indebtedness under the  Notes, Master Lease  or Loan Agreement  are
  hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Documents."

       Bank requires  as  a condition  precedent  to its  making  the
  financial accommodations evidenced by  the Notes, the Master  Lease
  and the Loan Agreement  (the "Loan")  that  Guarantor guaranty  the     
  Loan payment of principal and interest provided  in the Notes, the  
  rent provided in the Master Lease and all other amounts provided in  
  the Loan Documents and the full and faithful performance by Borrower
  of all of the covenants to be  performed and observed pursuant to  the
  provisions thereof and  all of the  terms and conditions  contained
  therein.

       Guarantor desires to give  such guaranty to  Bank in order  to
  induce Bank to extend such financial accommodations to Borrower.
  
       Guarantor  will  be  directly   benefited  by  the   financial
  accommodations extended by Bank to Borrower.
<PAGE>
  1.   NOW THEREFORE,  FOR VALUE  RECEIVED, and  in consideration  of
  advances, credit or other  financial accommodation heretofore,  now
  or hereafter at any time extended to the Borrower by the Bank,  the
  undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantee(s) the full and prompt
  payment to  the  Bank  at  maturity,  whether  by  acceleration  or
  otherwise,  and   at  all   times  thereafter   of  any   and   all
  "Indebtedness".   "Indebtedness"   shall   mean   obligations   and
  liabilities of every kind and nature  of the Borrower to the  Bank,
  including  principal,   interest   and  lease   payments,   however
  evidenced, whether now  existing or hereafter  created or  arising,
  directly  or  indirectly,   primary  or   secondary,  absolute   or
  contingent, due or to become due, or joint or several, and  however
  owned, held  or  acquired,  whether  through  discount,  overdraft,
  returned  checks,  purchase,  direct  loan  or  as  collateral,  or
  otherwise.

       The undersigned further unconditionally guarantees the prompt,
  full and faithful performance and discharge by the Borrower of  all
  of  the   terms,   conditions,  agreements,   representations   and
  warranties on the part of the Borrower contained in any  agreement,
  or in any modification or  addenda thereto or substitution  thereof
  in connection with any  advance, credit or financial  accommodation
  afforded by the Bank to the Borrower.

       The undersigned further agrees to pay all reasonable expenses,
  including, without limitation, legal fees  and court costs paid  or
  incurred by the Bank in endeavoring to collect the Indebtedness, or
  any part thereof, in  enforcing this guaranty,  arising out of  any
  post-judgment proceedings, or  in defending any  suit based on  any
  act or  omission of  the Bank  with  respect to  the  Indebtedness,
  collateral, or this  guaranty or  in connection  with any  Recovery
  Claim hereinbelow defined (hereafter,  collectively referred to  as
  "Expenses"). 

  2.   The term "Guaranteed Debt,"    as used herein, shall be  deemed
  to mean an amount equal to all the Indebtedness plus Expenses.  The
  Guaranteed Debt shall be unlimited.

  3.   In case of the  death, incompetence, dissolution,  liquidation  
  or insolvency (however evidenced) of  the Borrower, a principal  of
  the Borrower, or any guarantor of  the Indebtedness or in case  any
  bankruptcy, reorganization,  debt arrangement  or other  proceeding
  under  any  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  law,  or  any  dissolution,
  liquidation or receivership proceeding, is instituted by or against
  the Borrower, or any of the  undersigned or any other guarantor  of
  the Indebtedness or  the inability of  the Borrower or  any of  the
  undersigned to  pay  debts  as  they mature,  or  in  case  of  the
  assignment by  the  Borrower or  any  of the  undersigned  for  the
  benefit of creditors, then upon the  occurrence of any such  event,
  all Guaranteed Debt then existing shall at the option of the  Bank,
  without notice to anyone, immediately become due or accrued and  be
  payable from the undersigned.
<PAGE>
  4.   All payments received  from whatever source  shall be  applied
  toward the payment of the Indebtedness in such order of application
  as the Bank may  in its sole discretion,  from time to time  elect,
  and this determination shall be conclusive upon the undersigned.

  5.   This guaranty shall in all respects be a continuing, absolute
  and unconditional  guaranty, and  shall remain  in full  force  and
  effect with respect  to each guarantor  until written notice  shall
  have been  actually  received  by  the Bank  by  first  class    or
  certified mail, of its discontinuance as  to such guarantor, or  of
  the death  or dissolution  of such  guarantor, and  also until  all
  Guaranteed Debt created or existing  before receipt of such  notice
  shall have been fully paid.  In case of any such discontinuance, or
  death or  dissolution of  any guarantor  or guarantors  and  notice
  thereof to the Bank, this guaranty shall nevertheless continue  and
  remain in force  against the  other guarantor  or guarantors  until
  discontinued as to  such other  guarantor or  guarantors as  herein
  provided.  No compromise, settlement,  release or discharge of,  or
  indulgence with respect to, or  failure, negligence or omission  to
  enforce or exercise any right against,  any one or more  guarantors
  or the  fact  that at  any  time or  from  time to  time,  all  the
  Guaranteed Debt  may  have been  paid  in full,  shall  release  or
  discharge the  undersigned.   In  the event  of  the death  of  the
  undersigned, this guaranty  shall continue as  to all  Indebtedness
  theretofore incurred by the Borrower even though said  Indebtedness
  is renewed or  the time of  maturity of Indebtedness   is  extended
  without the  consent  of the  executors  or administrators  of  the
  undersigned. This  guaranty shall  be  valid, irrespective  of  the
  validity, regularity or enforceability  of any instrument,  writing
  or agreement relating  to any Indebtedness,   whether  or not  such
  Indebtedness is due or to become due before or after any bankruptcy
  or insolvency proceeding involving the Borrower.

  6.   The liability  hereunder  shall  in  no  way  be  affected  or
  impaired by any of the following, any  or all of which may be  done
  or omitted by  the Bank in  its sole discretion  without notice  to
  anyone and irrespective  of whether  the Guaranteed  Debt shall  be
  increased or decreased  thereby and said  Bank is hereby  expressly
  authorized in  its  sole discretion  to  make from  time  to  time,
  without notice to anyone:  any sale, pledge, surrender, compromise,
  settlement, exchange,  release, renewal,  extension,  modification,
  election with respect to any collateral  under Section 1111 or  any
  other provision or section of the  Bankruptcy Code now existing  or
  hereinafter amended; or other disposition of or with respect to any
  of said Guaranteed  Debt or  any security  or collateral  therefor,
  whether or  not  such  disposition is  commercially  reasonable  or
  accomplished  in  a  commercially   reasonable  manner;  and   such
  liability shall in no way be affected or impaired by any acceptance
  by the Bank of  any security for, or  other guarantors or  obligors
  of, any of the Guaranteed Debt, or by any forbearance or indulgence
  by the Bank  in the collection  of, or any  failure, negligence  or
  omission on its part to realize upon any thereof, or to enforce any
  claims against  any  person  or persons  primarily  or  secondarily
  liable thereon, or upon any collateral  or security therefor or  to
  enforce any  lien upon  or right  of appropriation  of any  moneys,
  credits or property of the Borrower  in the possession and  control
<PAGE>  
  of the Bank, or by an application of any payments or credits on the
  Guaranteed Debt.  Any act  or omission of any  kind or at any  time
  upon the part  of the Bank  with respect to  any matter  whatsoever
  shall not in  any manner  affect or  impair this  guaranty nor  the
  liability thereunder.  The undersigned hereby consents to all  acts
  and omissions of the Bank set forth herein.

  7.     In order  to hold  the undersigned  liable hereunder  and to
  enforce this guaranty, there shall be no obligation on the part  of
  the Bank at any time to resort  for payment to the Borrower, or  to
  any other guarantor, or any person, firm or corporation liable  for
  the Guaranteed  Debt, or  to  any collateral,  security,  property,
  liens or other  rights or remedies  of the Bank  in respect to  the
  Guaranteed Debt  or  any  part thereof,  all  of  which  is  hereby
  expressly waived by the undersigned.

  8.   All diligence in collection, and any presentment for  payment,  
  demand, protest and/or notice, as to any and everyone, of  protest,
  dishonor, default or  nonpayment, and  notice of  the creation  and
  existence of  any  and all  of  the  Guaranteed Debt,  and  of  any
  security therefor,  and  of the  acceptance  of this  guaranty,  or
  extensions of  credit  or indulgences  hereunder  or of  any  other
  matters or things whatsoever relating hereto are expressly waived.

  9.   The granting of  additional credit from  time to  time by  the
  Bank to the Borrower in excess of the amount to which the right  of
  recovery under this guaranty is limited or in excess of the  amount
  extended to the Borrower at the  time this guaranty is executed  by
  the undersigned,  without  notice  to the  undersigned,  is  hereby
  expressly authorized  and shall  in no  way affect  or impair  this
  guaranty.

  10.  To secure  payment of  the  Guaranteed Debt,  the  undersigned
  grants  to  Bank  a  security  interest  in  all  property  of  the
  undersigned, including any  and all  cash, negotiable  instruments,
  documents of  title,  chattel paper,  securities,  certificates  of
  deposit, deposit accounts, other cash equivalents and other  assets
  delivered currently herewith  or now or  at any  time hereafter  in
  transit to, or  in the possession  or control of  the Bank, or  any
  agent or bailee of  Bank, and all proceeds  of all such property.  
  The undersigned  agrees that  the Bank  shall have  the rights  and
  remedies of a secured  party under the  Uniform Commercial Code  of
  Illinois with respect to all of the aforesaid property,  including,
  without limitation thereof, the right to sell or otherwise  dispose
  of any  or  all of  such  property. THE  UNDERSIGNED  WAIVES  EVERY
  DEFENSE, COUNTERCLAIM OR SETOFF WHICH THE UNDERSIGNED MAY NOW  HAVE
  OR HEREAFTER  MAY HAVE  AGAINST THE  BORROWER OR  ANY  OTHER PARTY
  LIABLE TO THE BANK IN ANY MANNER.  As further security, any and all
  debts and liabilities now or hereafter arising and owing to any  of
  the undersigned by the Borrower, or  any other party liable to  the
  Bank are hereby subordinated  to the Bank's  claims and are  hereby
  assigned to  the  Bank.   The  undersigned  ratifies  and  confirms
  whatever the Bank  may do  pursuant to  the terms  hereof and  with
  respect to any collateral for the Guaranteed Debt, and agrees  that
  the Bank shall not be liable for any error of judgment or  mistakes
  of fact or law.  The Bank may, without  notice to anyone, apply  or
<PAGE>  
  set off any balances, credits, deposits, accounts, moneys or  other
  indebtedness at any time credited by or due from the Bank to any of
  the undersigned against  the Guaranteed Debt.  Any notification  of
  intended disposition  of  any property  required  by law  shall  be
  deemed reasonable and  properly given if  given at  least ten  (10)
  calendar days before such disposition.

  11.  Should a  claim  ("Recovery Claim")  be made upon  the Bank at
  any time for recovery of any amount received by the Bank in payment
  of the Guaranteed  Debt (whether  received from  the Borrower,  the
  undersigned pursuant  hereto, or  otherwise)  and should  the  Bank
  repay all or  part of said  amount by reason  of (i) any  judgment,
  decree, or  order  of  any  court  or  administrative  body  having
  jurisdiction over the  Bank or  any of  its property;  or (ii)  any
  settlement or compromise of any such Recovery Claim effected by the
  Bank with the  claimant (including the  Borrower), the  undersigned
  shall remain  jointly and  severally liable  to  the Bank  for  the
  amount so repaid  to the same  extent as if  such amount had  never
  originally  been  received   by  the   Bank,  notwithstanding   any
  termination hereof or  the return of  this document to  any of  the
  undersigned or the cancellation of any note, this guaranty or other
  instrument evidencing any of the Indebtedness.

  12.  In the  event the  Bank shall  sell,  assign or  transfer  the
  Indebtedness or  Guaranteed Debt,  or any  part thereof,  or  grant
  participations  therein,  each  and   every  immediate  or   remote
  successive assignee, transferee, holder of or participant  therein,
  of all or  any part of  the Indebtedness or  Guaranteed Debt  shall
  have the right to  enforce this guaranty by  suit or otherwise  for
  the benefit of such assignee, transferee, holder or participant, as
  fully as if  such assigned transferee,  holder or participant  were
  herein by name specifically given such rights, powers and benefits;
  but the Bank shall have an unimpaired, prior and superior right  to
  enforce this  guaranty  for  its  benefit as  to  so  much  of  the
  Indebtedness or Guaranteed Debt as it  has not been sold,  assigned
  or transferred.

  13.  No release or discharge of any one or more of the  undersigned  
  (if there is  more than  one guarantor),  or of  any other  person,
  whether primarily  or secondarily  liable  for and  obligated  with
  respect to the Guaranteed Debt,  or the institution of  bankruptcy,
  receivership,   insolvency,    reorganization,    dissolution    or
  liquidation proceedings by or against any such guarantor or person,
  or the  entry  of  any  restraining or  other  order  in  any  such
  proceeding, shall release or discharge the undersigned or any other
  guarantor of  the Guaranteed  Debt, or  any other  person, firm  or
  corporation liable to the Bank for the Guaranteed Debt, unless  and
  until all of  the Guaranteed Debt  shall have been  fully paid  and
  this guaranty stamped "Canceled" and returned to the undersigned.
<PAGE>
  14.  No delay on the part of the Bank in the exercise of any  right  
  or remedy  shall operate  as a  waiver thereof,  and no  single  or
  partial exercise by the Bank of any right or remedy shall  preclude
  any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other
  right or remedy.  No action  of the Bank permitted hereunder  shall
  in any  way  affect  or impair  the  rights  of the  Bank  and  the
  obligation of the undersigned under this guaranty.

  15.  To the extent that the Borrower or any of the undersigned is a
  corporation,  limited   liability  company   or  partnership,   all
  references  herein  to  the   Borrower  and  to  the   undersigned,
  respectively,  shall  be  deemed   to  include  any  successor   or
  successors, whether  immediate  or  remote,  to  such  corporation,
  limited liability company or partnership. 

  16.  This guaranty  has been  delivered at  Chicago, Illinois,  and  
  shall be construed according to the laws of the State of  Illinois,
  in which  state it  shall be  performed by  the undersigned.    All
  actions  arising  directly  or  indirectly   as  a  result  or   in
  consequence of  this  guaranty  shall, in  the  sole  and  absolute
  discretion of the Bank, be instituted and litigated only in  courts
  having situs in the City of Chicago, Illinois, and the  undersigned
  hereby consents to the jurisdiction of  any State or Federal  Court
  located and having its situs in  said city and waives any right  to
  transfer or change the venue of any litigation.

  17.  Wherever possible, each  provision of this  guaranty shall  be  
  interpreted in  such manner  as to  be  effective and  valid  under
  applicable law,  but if  any provision  of this  guaranty shall  be
  prohibited by or invalid  under such law,  such provision shall  be
  ineffective to  the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or  invalidity,
  without  invalidating  the  remainder  of  such  provision  or  the
  remaining provisions of this guaranty.

  18.  It is  agreed that  the undersigned's  liability hereunder  is
  several and is independent of any  other guaranties at any time  in
  effect with respect to all or any part of the Indebtedness and that
  the undersigned's liability hereunder may be enforced regardless of
  the existence of any such other guaranties.
  
  19.  This guaranty,  and  each  and every  part  hereof,  shall  be  
  binding  upon   the  undersigned   and   upon  the   heirs,   legal
  representatives, successors  and assigns  of the  undersigned,  and
  shall inure to the benefit of the Bank, its successors and assigns.

  20.  If the undersigned  guarantor is  a corporation,  then and  in
  such event,  the  undersigned guarantor  expressly  represents  and
  warrants unto  the Bank  that the  execution and  delivery of  this
  guaranty has been  duly authorized by  resolutions heretofore  duly
  adopted by its Board  of Directors in accordance  with law and  its
  by-laws, that said resolutions have not been amended nor rescinded,
  are in full force and effect, that the officers of the  undersigned
  executing and delivering this  guaranty, for and  on behalf of  the
  undersigned, are duly authorized and empowered so to act.  The Bank
  in accepting this guaranty is expressly relying upon the  aforesaid
  representations and warranties.
<PAGE>
  21.  This guaranty  constitutes the  entire agreement  between  the
  parties relating to the subject matter hereof and is the final  and
  complete expression of their intent.   No prior or  contemporaneous
  negotiations, promises, agreements, covenants or representations of
  any kind or nature,  whether made orally or  in writing, have  been
  made by the  parties, or any  of them, in  negotiations leading  to
  this guaranty or relating to the  subject matter hereof, which  are
  not expressly contained herein, or which have not become merged and
  finally integrated into  this guaranty; it  being the intention  of
  the parties hereto that in the event of any subsequent  litigation,
  controversy or dispute concerning the terms and provisions of  this
  guaranty, no party shall be permitted to offer to introduce oral or
  extrinsic evidence concerning the terms and conditions hereof  that
  are not  included  or  referred to  herein  and  not  reflected  in
  writing. This guaranty  can only  be changed,  modified, waived  or
  discharged if consented to in a  writing duly signed and  delivered
  on  behalf  of  the  Bank.    No  conditions  exist  to  the  legal
  effectiveness of this guaranty.

  22.  THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO  TRIAL
  BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION OR PROCEEDING (i)  TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND  ANY
  RIGHTS UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH  THIS GUARANTY OR AN  AMENDMENT,
  INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH,
  OR (ii) ARISING FROM ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN CONNECTION  WITH
  OR RELATED TO  THIS GUARANTY, AND  AGREES THAT ANY  SUCH ACTION  OR
  PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

  SIGNED AND SEALED  by the undersigned  effective this  24 day of
  July, 1997.

  ADDRESS:                             CIRCUIT SYSTEMS OF TENNESSEE, INC.,
                                       a Tennessee corporation
  c/o Circuit Systems, Inc.
  2350 East Lunt Avenue                By: /s/ Dilip S. Vyas
  Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007   Its: Vice-President


  STATE OF ILLINOIS   )
                      )    SS:
  COUNTY OF COOK      )


       The Undersigned, a Notary Public within and for said County,
  in the State aforesaid, duly commissioned and acting, hereby
  certifies that on this 24th day of July, 1997, personally
  appeared before me Dilip S. Vyas, the Vice-President of Circuit
  Systems of Tennessee, Inc., to me personally well known and known
  to be the person who signed the foregoing instrument, and who,
  being by me duly sworn, stated and acknowledged that he is the
  Vice-President of said corporation and that he signed and delivered
  the same on behalf of said corporation, with authority, as his/her
  and its free and voluntary act and deed for the uses and purposes
  therein mentioned and set forth.
<PAGE>
       WITNESS my hand and seal as such Notary Public the day and
  year in this certificate above written.


                                     /s/ Douglas Conover
                                         Notary Public

  My commission expires: April 15, 2000

  
<PAGE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission